STAR TREK: DARK VICTORY [065-5.0]

By: WILLIAM SHATNER WITH JUDITh AND GARFIELD REEVES-STEVENS

SYNOPSIS:

James T. Kirk is back 78 years in the future.  He wants to be marry and
settle down with his soon to be born child, but Emperor Tiberius Kirk
from the dark mirror universe has other plans for him.

STAR TREK: DARK VICTORY BY WILLIAM SHATNER WITH JUdith AND GARFIELD
REEVES-STEVENS

This book is a work of fiction.  Names, characters, places and
incidents are products of the author's imagination or are used
fictitiously.  Any resemblance to actual events or locales or persons,
living or dead, is entirely coincidental.

POCKET BOOKS, a division of Simon & Schuster Inc. "I 1230 Avenue of
the Americas, New York, NY 10020

Copyright @ 1999 by Paramount Pictures.  All Rights Reserved.

STAR TREK is a Registered Trademark of Paramount Pictures.

This book is published by Pocket Books, a division of Simon & Schuster
Inc., under exclusive license from Paramount Pictures.

All rights reserved, including the right to reproduce this book or
portions thereof in any form whatsoever.

For information address Pocket Books, 1230 Avenue of the Americas, New
York, NY 10020

ISBN: 0-671-00882-X

First Pocket Books hardcover printing April 1999

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 I

POCKET and colophon are registered trademarks of Simon & Schuster Inc.
Printed in the U.S.A.

 I have a dear friend who has been steadfast and loving and kind and
perceptive.

She is a woman of the soil and of the spirit.

Her looks are glamorous and her work makes her sweat; her name is Donna
Moore and I love her dearly.

I dedicate this book to this grand woman.

 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

To Judy and Gar Reeves-Stevens, without whom this book would not have
been written.

To John Ordover, without whom this book would not have been written.

 PROLOGUE

The Enterprise hung dead in space, surrounded by the floating ruin of
the crossover device, like an ancient sunken vessel shrouded in kelp
and debris.

The mighty ship's running lights were out.  Her nacelles were dark.

But she was intact, and her batteries were keeping life-support at
minimal levels.

Kirk and Picard stood together before the Voyager's main screen.  Spock
and Teilani were with them.

"Jean-Luc, I'm sorry," Kirk said And he meant it.

Among a handful of beings, he truly knew the force that bound a captain
to his ship.  He knew what must be in his friend's heart as Picard
gazed upon the battered hulk before them.

"Don't be, " Picard said He flashed a smile at Kirk.  A small one, but
one that said he could see light shining through this dark hour.  "I
still have her.  We saved her.

Kirk went to give Picard his hand, but both men stared awkwardly at the
bandages that protected Kirk's damagedflesh.  Picard put his own hands
on Kirk's shoulders instead "You saved her, " he said "And I thank
you.

Then La Forge spoke up from an aft sensor station.

"Captain?"

Both Kirk and Picard turned as one and said, "Yes?"

La Forge smiled.  "Captain Picard.  Scotty and I have completed our
structural analysis.  She's not showing any sign of transporter
misalignment."

"That's a relief," Picard said Kirk understood why.

The subspace shock wave generated by the Sovereign's warp-core
explosion had shut down the transporter effect intended to beam the
Enterprise to the mirror universe.  If the shock wave had hit too late,
while transport was already in progress, the huge ship might not have
been properly reassembled when she had rematerialized.  But all was
well.  Another victory to add to all the others.

But Spock, apparently, did not think so.  "Curious, " he said "I was
certain I detected a full transporter-field effect before the warp-core
detonation."  Kirk smiled at his old friend.  "We've never seen a
transporter this big before, Spock.  There're bound to be engineering
differences we know nothing about."

"Perhaps, " Spock said, but he didn't sound convinced.

Picard looked down at his Klingon armor, as if suddenly realizing he
still had it on.  "I suppose I should clean UP.  The relief vessels
will be here in two hours and ... I imagine there's a great deal of
work to be done over there."  Picard walked back to the turbolift, that
small smile still on his face.

Kirk watched him go, pleased his friend still had his starship but glad
that he himself had other missions to attend to now.

Then Teilani hugged him.  "And I want to get you down to Dr. McCoy to
get those dressings changed.

2

Kirk looked at his bandages.  Still the least of his concerns.  "I'll
be fine, " he said "You'd better be, " Teilani told him.  Tm not going
to change all the diapers by myself Kirk grinned at the thought of that
one new mission in particular.  He couldn't wait for it to begin.  Then
he saw Spock look back at T'Val, and knew his friend was also
distracted by thoughts of children and parents.  Of paths not taken.

It pained him to think that Spock might be in distress.  Kirk changed
the subject.

"Spock, just when the Voyager came in on the attack, you said you and
your counterpart had worked out what made the two universes diverge.  "
Spock returned his attention to the here and now.  "Not the event, " he
clarified.  "The time period Approximately three hundred years ago.

About the time of First Contact between humans and Vulcans.  Kate
Janeway gave us a clue when she referred to Lake Sloane on Alpha
Centauri IV being called Lake Riker in her universe."

"One name made the difference?"  Kirk asked.

"No, but it is one of the earliest signs of divergence my counterpart
and I could identify.  The fact that the lake was named by Zefram
Cochrane, following his move from Earth to the colony hefounded on that
world, made us focus on the time of First Contact."

"There was First Contact in both universes, though?"

Kirk asked.

"Yes.  And to the best of our abilities to recall history, that event
in both universes was the same.  Cochrane's first warp flight attracted
the attention of a Vulcan ship, Spock's long face and the next day,
contact was made.

took on a thoughtful expression.

"But ... ?"  Kirk prompted.

3

"It is the events after First Contact that somehow seem to be at odds
in the two universes.  There is nothing conclusive.  No key document or
incident we can point to.

But in one universe, our universe, humans and Vulcans shared an
optimistic dream of combining their resources to seek out new life.  In
the mirror universe, the same cooperation followed, the same early
expeditions took place, but there was a decidedly military aspect to
their nature.  Almost as if, somehow, those responsiblefor First
Contact believed some grave threat was waitingfor them among the
stars.

As if they had secret knowledge of the future and the conflicts to
come."

"What kind of conflicts?"  Kirk asked.

Spock folded his hands behind his back.  "Again, the differences could
just be an artifact of how history is recorded.  None of this might be
true.  But ... in the mirror universe ... when the Borg werefirst
detected, far earlier than they were in our history ... it was almost
as if the Terran Empire had been expecting them.  The Borg did not
remain a threat there."

"How could that be?"  Teilani asked.

T do not know, " Spock said.  "And even if it is true, the explanation
of that truth might always elude us.

Kirk looked back at the screen and the Enterprise.

There were enough mysteries in the universe for him to struggle with.

He would leave the mirror universe to others.  Janeway and T'Val would
return to their war with all the technical information that Kirk could
provide them.  The mirror Spock would be treatedfor Bend here antigiven
sanctuary until T'Valjudged it was safefor him to return.  And then,
Kirk would return to his own life.

"What are you thinking, James?"

4

Kirk smiled at the woman with whom he had created life.  "Will you
marry me?"  he asked.

Teilani looked at him with eyes that saw into his SOUL He could have no
secrets from her and he was glad of it.

"What are you going to do about that stump on Chal?"

"Phaser it out of existence, " Kirk promised.  "I'll borrow one from
Memlon's mother.

Teilani laughed.  The sweetest sound Kirk had heard in weeks.

"And then what?"  she asked.  "After you've planted the clearing and
built us a house?"  She looked to the screen, past the ship and the
storms, to where the stars waited.

"What about ... out there?"

Kirk looked out as well, not through space, but through time.

He could have no secrets from her.  He could tell her no lies.

"I don't know, " he said "Maybe I'll farm.  Maybe we can breed that
horse Jean-Luc sent me.  And maybe I'll buy a starship and we canfind
out how many other Chals are out there.  You, me, and our son.

"Or our daughter."

"All our children, " Kirk said with a smile, and he pulled her closer
to him, so she could rest her head on his houlder.

"I don't know what I'll do, Teilani, or where I'll go.  But what I do
know, without question, without doubt, is that whatever waits for me,
I'm going to face it with you.

Teilani smiled at him, and in the love she shared with him, Kirk knew
he hadfound what she had sent him out to discover.

His place in the universe.

It was not a world.  Not a time.  Not any physical place at all.

Instead, it was every place and every time.  As long as he was at her
side.

"I love you, " she whispered, next to his cheek.

"I love you, " he whispered back.

A perfect moment.

And then an alarm blared on the bridge.

Instantly Kirk and Teilani broke apart.

"What is it?"  Kirk demanded.

"Weapons lock!"  T'Val said.

Janeway was on herfeet, reading the tactical boards.

"It's the Enterprise!  All systems ... they're coming back online.  "
"What?"  Kirk said.  "How can that be possible?"

"We're being hailed, " T'Val called out.

"Onscreen, " Janeway said.

All eyes went to the main screen as the image of the drifting
Enterprise winked out, to be replaced by a transmission from that
ship's bridge.

It was fully staffed.  All consoles lit and active.

But none of that mattered.

Because of the man who sat in her center chair.

If there were gasps on the bridge of the Voyager, Kirk didn't hear
them.

If Teilani grabbed his arm in fear, he did not feel her grip.

His heart thundered in his ears.

His breath caught in his throat.

Every thought in his mind was banished, replaced by a primal dread that
lived deep in the darkness of his mind Because when he looked at the
man in the center chair 6

-the face he saw was his own.

And that face laughed at him.

"James T. Kirk," the man in the center chair said "I've heard so much
about you.  I owe you ... so much more.

"They are powering phasers, " T'Val said.

Kirk struggled through his shock to find his voice.

"Who ... are you?"  Though he already knew the answer.

The man in the center chair leaned forward, and the smile that split
his face was the grin of the devil "You can call me ... Tiberius.

Kirk leaned against the helm console for support.

"Why are you here?"

His mirror counterpart answered as if it were the most obvious question
ever asked.  "You stole a universe from me, James.  And now I'm here to
do the same to you.

"Never, " Kirk said.

"The choice is yours.  Lower your shields and surrender.  You have ten
seconds to comply.  Or you will die."  Emperor Tiberius sat back in the
center chair of the Enterprise.

The waiting began.

7

The waiting was over ...

"Ten," the emperor said.

It was the number of seconds James T. Kirk had to live.

Behind him on the mirror Voyager's bridge, Kathryn Janeway lunged for
the conn.  Kirk knew her well enough to understand her intention.

Once, it would have been his as well.

"Nine."

Kirk turned from the viewscreen, from the man in the mirror, and
shouted at the Voyager's captain.  "No!

Spock, following his captain's lead, now pushed ahead, one hand
extended, fingers ready to remove Janeway from the equation of this
moment.

But he was blocked by T'Val, the young, drawn Vulcan woman who haunted
him, the ghost of a possibility unexplored, child of his mirror
counterpart and the mirror Saavik.  The follower of Janeway.

"Eight."

T'Val's mechanized hand swung up to divert Spock's attack.  Janeway
reached the controls.  Kirk felt the ship's

9

warp-core generator sing its song in the vibration of the deck.

The stunning blow of T'Val's mechanized hand swept Spock to the side.

Then T'Val .  oined her leader.

"Seven."  Tiberius laughed mockingly, seeing everything, the chaos that
he had brought.

Kirk leaned over the central flight-control console, to reach the
controls on the captain's side, then gasped with pain as the ruins of
his hands strained but did nothing.

Hours ago, transtator feedback had destroyed the controls of the
runabout he had piloted.  He had kept the craft on course, completed
his mission, but had paid the price in charred flesh, shattered bones,
now wrapped in McCoy's glittering bandages.

Kirk called for help from the one person left to give it.

"Teilani!"

"Six.

No more than a moment ago, his beloved had agreed to become his wife.

No more than a month ago, in the peace of a glade on Chal, their love
had quickened their child within her.

Now, for him, their child, and their future, she became the fighter
Kirk needed at his side.

Teilani, child of QonoS and of Romulus, Klingon warrior and Romulan
tactician, vaulted over the console.

T'Val had no chance.

Teilani's boot made contact with the Vulcan female's jaw.  Teilani's
arm cut across Janeway's neck.

All three women flew back from the console.  T'Val crumpled to the
floor, unconscious.  Janeway fought unsuccessfully against Teilani's
grip.

10

"Five.

Without functioning hands, Kirk did what he could.

He ran.  Charging around the console to reach the empty conn, even as
the bridge tilted in the lag of the inertial dampeners and the Voyager
began her suicidal run, just as Janeway had intended.

But in the mirror universe, this Janeway had lived as a Terran slave to
the Klingon-Cardassian Alliance, cursed with the burden of a
scientist's intellect and dreams.

This Janeway knew what had been taken from her.

This Janeway burned with hate.

Directed at one man-Tiberius-just as her starship was now directed in a
deadly collision course with the Enterprise.

But on the viewscreen, Tiberius did the unexpected.

He abruptly broke off his countdown and commanded his gunner to target
the Voyager.

Hunched over the keyboards of the flight-control console, Kirk tore
with his teeth at the bandage on his right hand, like an animal gnawing
at its own limb to escape a trap.  As the sparkling bandages fluttered
to the floor, they took with them shreds of torn flesh.  Kirk's mouth
bore fresh bloodstains.

The Voyager shuddered and he swayed as the first salvo from the
Enterprise's aft phasers blazed around her shields, but he remained on
his feet.

On the screen, Tiberius grinned fiercely.  His long white hair was tied
back in an immaculate warrior's queue, his deeply tanned skin
unblemished and unmarked, his face the face of triumph.

On the Voyager's bridge, it seemed as if Kirk was now the beast.

Broken, bleeding, desperate.

I I

But not desperate to kill.

On his right hand, his thumb was still intact.  He jammed it down on
the helm controls, gasping as a blade of fire shot through his raw
palm, up his arm.

"Scotty!  La Forge!"  he cried out to the two engineers.

"Everything to the starboard shields, now!"

A second salvo blasted the Voyager.  But her weakened forward shields
had not been the target.

Kirk had succeeded in forcing the ship into a turn.

Her undamaged starboard shields had absorbed the full charge.

The bridge lights flickered.  The deck and bulkheads echoed with the
groaning of metal as the structural integrity field fluctuated.

"We've lost half the shield nodes," Scott called out.

"We cannas go to warp."

La Forge's urgent voice rose above the ship's din.

"We'll barely be able to manage half impulse!"

Suddenly, Janeway broke free of Teilani and rushed Kirk at the console,
trying to drag him from the helm.

"We can't run!  We can't protect ourselves!  Let it end now!"

But Kirk shouldered her away even as Teilani recaptured her.  Even as
the ship rocked and bucked violently.

The readouts confirming that Voyager was spinning on her central axis,
her inertial control damaged by the last phaser hit.

"It's not your decision," Kirk shouted at her.  "You're not alone on
this ship!"

Hate had blinded Janeway.  But not Kirk.  Spock and Scott and La Forge
were on the bridge of this ship.  On the other decks were McCoy,
Picard, Spock's counterpart, Data, Dr. Crusher, Will Riker, Deanna
Troi, and

12

dozens more from Starfleet who had been rescued from the asteroid labor
camp below.  No one had the right to force death upon others without
giving them a say.

Teilani held Janeway secure at Kirk's side, ready to deliver a
deathblow if that was what was required.

The grinning image of Tiberius vanished from the viewscreen, leaving in
its place a blur of streaming images: the roiling clouds of the Goldin
Discontinuity in which the two starships were embedded; the two
asteroids in their decaying orbit rushing dangerously closer to each
other; the Enterprise encased in her metallic, webbed cage.

"You're weak," Janeway screamed at Kirk.  "Letting that monster live
because of her!"  She struggled in vain to escape Teilani's hold.

Kirk clenched his teeth as he forced his right thumb over the controls,
bringing the ship back into trim.

"There's been too much death already."

"It's him or us!"

But Kirk could not be distracted.  He was focused on his ship and
survival.  "There is always another way!"

Recovered from T'Val's attack, Spock was on his feet again, already at
tactical.  "Phasers, captain?"

"On my mark!"  Kirk answered.

Janeway exploded in fury and frustration.  "We can't outfight that
ship!"

Kirk grunted to mask the agonizing pain he felt as his thumb and bloody
knuckles stabilized the Voyager.  He brought her around to face the
Enterprise's stern again, and then moved her forward.  But not on a
collision course.  "We don't have to outfight the ship, " he gasped.

"Just the man!"

More vibrations coursed through the bridge, but they

I 3

were weaker this time.  The Enterprise had scored only a glancing
blow.

And then the Voyager was to the port of the larger ship, moving slowly,
a perfect target.  Yet untouched.

Confusion dampened Janeway's rage.  "He's not firing."  Kirk's
attention was on the positions of the Enterprise and the intricate
construction that wrapped her like a mechanistic cocoon.  "Of course
he's not firing," he said.

"Not after what he went through to build that thingHe's not about to
risk shooting it."  He turned to Spock.

"Spock, has the Enterprise enlarged her shields to protect the
device?"

"She has."

Kirk nodded, unsurprised.  It was what he would have done in the same
situation.

Then the turbolift doors opened and Jean-Luc Picard rushed onto the
bridge, still in the Klingon armor he had taken from his mirror
counterpart.  The captain of the Enterprise looked at the viewscreen in
shock.  "Kirk, what is this?"

But Kirk could not respond.  There was no time.

Already the vastly more powerful starship was beginning to slip out of
its metallic cage.  Once the Enterprise was free, the Voyager's
remaining lifetime would be measured in seconds.

"Watch the shield intensity on the forward section," Kirk told Spock.

"When the tip of it shows through the shields .  . ."

"Understood," Spock said.

Kirk brought the Voyager about to face the closed end of the device,
even as the Enterprise had backed halfway out.  Sweat poured from
Kirk's brow.  "Spock-"

14

"Shield strength over the device is at eleven percent ... six ... three
... zero."

"Fire!"  Kirk commanded.

Teilani released Janeway.

On the screen, a thin blue stream of phased energy shot from the
Voyager to find its target-a few square meters of metal and wire no
longer protected by the Enterprise's shields.

At once, those copper-colored plates and strands lost all molecular
cohesion.  And as they blew apart into quantum mist, a chain reaction
spread as if a fuse had been lit.  Now the full power of the Voyager's
weapons raced along the web of metal, through the Enterprise's shields,
to explosively detonate the entire crossover device.

In the same instant, the shields of the great starship began to act
against her.  Instead of keeping energy away from her, they did not
allow energy out.

"No .  . ."  Picard whispered.  An eruption of phased energy now
enveloped his ship within the perfect curved perimeter of her
shields.

Then the ovoid shape vanished as the Enterprise's shield generators
failed, and the contained explosion rebounded into space.

A subspace compression wave swept out to engulf Voyager.

Impact with the massive wave struck the ship.  The deck pitched.  The
bridge lights flickered again.

"I've no idea what ye just exploded in there," Scott announced, "but
it's done in our shields.  We've got nothing protecting us now."

Then, on the screen, the Enterprise reappeared from the fire, free of
the crossover device, still intact.

I 5

Janeway's bitter accusation was directed at Kirk.

"You've killed us all anyway.  And for what?"

But Kirk was not listenin to her.  He hugged his hands against his
body, fighting the sensation that Voyager was still spinning, still
vibrating, out of control.

"Spock, does the Enterprise have shields?"

"Her shields are down," Spock's calm voice confirmed.  "Storage
batteries are exhausted.  Life support failing."

The gamble had worked.  He had won again.  Kirk allowed himself to fall
back heavily in the helmsman's chair.  "Lock transporters on all life
signs on the bridge.

Beam everyone directly to the brig."  He felt Teilani's touch as she
placed both hands on his shoulders.  He could stop fighting the pain.

Safe in her arms, he could yield to the darkness that called him.  He
needed to sleep, to rest ...

"No life signs detected," Spock said.  "There is no one left aboard
her."

Kirk's eyes widened.  "Scotty!  Transporter trace!"

"Aye, that's it, sir.  Nine people beamed directly to ...

the asteroid labor camp?"

Kirk struggled to his feet.  He had to stop Tiberius.  He could have
anything hidden down there.

But now Picard's hand was on him, gently but firmly forcing him back
into the chair.  "You've done enough, Captain.  My people and I have
spent the last three weeks down there.  We'll find Tiberius."

At any other time, Kirk might have resisted Picard's offer to help.

That was Kirk's own counterpart down there.  This was Kirk's battle.

But there were limits to what one man could do.  Limits to the pain he
could

16

withstand.  Perhaps Teilani was right.  It was time to pass the burden
to others.

Then La Forge shouted out: "Captain Picard!  The Enterprise!"

And on the screen, to Kirk it was as if the starship had begun to
disassemble herself, breaking up into a flurry of subcomponents like a
puzzle being shattered.

"The escape pods ... ?"  Picard said.  "Mr. La Forge, what is the
status of Enterprise's security systems?"

Of course, Kirk thought.  He knew what La Forge's answer would be
before the engineer began to speak.

Exactly what I would have done to buy time.

"Captain, she's on a ten-minute countdown to selfdestruct."  Kirk had
no strength left within him, no reserves on which to draw.  But he knew
the look of loss on Picard's face.  Understood it all too well.

He rose to his feet, forced his hands to hang at his sides as if they
were undamaged, willed his voice to remain strong.

"You have to save your ship, Captain," he told Picard.

"I'll find Tiberius."

Kirk shook his head once at Teilani to stop her protest before it could
begin.  "Spock, tell Dr.  McCoy to meet us in the transporter room.

Scotty, we'll need environment suits for the landing party and I'll
need you up here to run the sensor sweep."

As he headed for the turbolift, Kirk heard Picard already giving orders
to his command crew on the Voyager, having them assemble in the
transporter room, as well.

In the turbolift car, with Spock on one side of him,

17

Teilani on the other, Kirk looked toward the flightcontrol console.

"Captain Janeway," he said.  "You have the bridge."

If there were limits to what one man could do, to how much pain he
could withstand, Kirk hadn't found them yet.

The burden still was his.

Then the turbolift doors closed and James T. Kirk began his descent.

18

It had been known for centuries that the vacuum of interstellar space
was more than simple nothingness.

Instead, it seethed with quantum fluctuations, infinite amounts of
energy and matter-created and annihilated so rapidly that the net
effect was zero.

Most of the time.

But in rare places, for unknown reasons, the odds of nature broke down
and the balance shifted from one side to another.  All things were
possible then.  Wormholes.  Rifts.  Time loops.  Spatial interphase.

And plasma storms.

Some of those regions were torn by immense discharges of energy that
extended for light-years, as if a cluster of stars had been stretched
into long tendrils of plasma fire instead of contracting into compact
spheres.

One such region was near the Cardassian border.  It was called the
Badlands.

Another was within a few hundred light-years of the Vulcan Colonial
Protectorates.  It was called the Goldin Discontinuity.

19

Less than four weeks ago, the Enterprise, under JeanLuc Picard, entered
that discontinuity, searching for signs that Dominion and Cardassian
forces might be trying to exploit the region's unstable spacetime to
create a wormhole.

Instead, Picard's ship was captured by Alliance forces from the mirror
universe and her crew enslaved in a labor camp built on a nickel-iron
asteroid, no more than 15 kilometers in diameter.

Before the camp had been attacked by Kirk and his team on the duplicate
Voyager, a force-field generator had maintained an atmosphere over the
camp.  Now, an hour later, the camp was exposed to vacuum.  And in one
precise location near the center of that camp, that vacuum began to
glow, then shimmer, as it was forced apart by the sudden intrusion of
phased matter.

Then, on the gleaming metal surface of the asteroid, nine figures
materialized, resolving from the light to become dark silhouettes
against the burning sky.

Though all were humanoid, the armor of their pressurized battle suits
gave them an exaggerated, harsh, and alien appearance.

In the sky beyond the boundaries of the camp, the ion distortions of
the Goldin Discontinuity writhed in a constant war of color.  Red
clouds swept over blue.

Golden streamers flashed with silent, pinpoint explosions of blinding
white energy like sparks from primitive chemical reactions.  But the
canvas of the discontinuity was light-years deep and distant, and its
power was no threat to those in properly shielded suits-provided they
did not remain in one place too long.

Directly above the nine battle-suited figures loomed the oppressive
mass of the second asteroid, also nick 20 el-iron, also 15 kilometers
in diameter, that was spinning slowly on its axis, moving on a newly
disturbed orbit that in minutes would bring it within 200 meters of the
first asteroid.

But as spectacular and awe inspiring as the discontinuity's display of
plasma energy was, as threatening as the descending second asteroid
appeared to be, nothing in this environment distracted the nine from
their mission.

The moment transport was complete, they began to run in military
formation.  Their destination was the cluster of low, circular barracks
of rough-finished, rustcolored metal, surrounding a central overseer's
command station.  That building of Cardassian design was double the
height of the others, bristling with sensor dishes and antenna masts
and linked with all the other structures by a network of raised
plasteel walkways and platforms.

Running easily, despite the extra mass of his armor, Tiberius led his
six samurai and two commandants to the overseer's station.  The battle
suit he wore was of Klingon design, smoothly sculpted to depict the
heroic musculature of Kahless himself.  Its dull metallic finish was so
deeply red it verged on black.  Built for ease of motion and the speed
and grace and intimacy of handto-hand combat, Tiberius's battle suit
was also more lightly armored than his soldiers' ebony Cardassian suits
of sharply angled insectlike wedges.

Rounded jewels and bloodstones were embedded on the arms and across the
chest of Tiberius's suit.  To any other warrior of QonoS, they, told
the story of the wearer's victories in battle.  To any denizen of the
mirror universe, it identified that wearer as the monster who

21

had caused the deaths of untold worlds and civilizations.  The madman
who had lost an empire and consigned the once great people of Vulcan
and of Earth to abject slavery at the hands of the Klingon-Cardassian
Alliance.

But to Tiberius, all the decades of his life that had elapsed since the
fall of the Terran Empire, since Vulcan was conquered and Earth laid
waste, had merely been a setback.  A minor deviation on his way to
claiming absolute and inevitable control of known space.

Born on a farm in Iowa, this James T. Kirk had risen above his station
as captain of the LS.S. Enterprise to become Emperor Tiberius I. He had
survived both the treachery of his prime minister, Spock, son of Sarek,
and the betrayal of the Klingons and Cardassians whose alliance he
himself forged.

But then, surviving even death itself, Tiberius had found himself in a
new era, 78 years beyond his own.

How could any man blessed with such immortality not believe he had been
touched by the gods to put his mark not just upon a world, but upon the
very universe?

Tiberius had no doubts about the destiny he would make for himself.

The universe would be his.  It was just a matter of time until every
other living beingincluding the false reflections of the ghost
universerealized that truth, as well, and gave up their struggles
against him.

The nine reached the command station.  Though its main entrance was up
above, on the raised plasteel platform, Tiberius led his soldiers to
the side of the building.  There were cooling grids inset in the wall
there, radiator panels for shedding excess heat.  But Tiberius knew
that one grid did not function.

22

He swung open the cover of a radiator-adjustment terminal, then pushed
back the dummy-control surface inside to reveal the cavity of a
hololock.  He inserted his gloved hand into the dark opening and spread
his fingers until the hololock's sensors identified the unique
structure of the bones in his hand.  Responding as if it were a
miniature holodeck, the hololock then created five solid buttons in the
empty space before his hands.

Before the buttons could fade, Tiberius tapped out his imperial code.

As the machinery within the wall accepted the code, the false radiator
panel slid open, exposing a circular Cardassian airlock.  The disc door
rolled to the side.  As it did so, a sudden wind of ice crystals from a
pocket of trapped air rushed past the nine.

When his soldiers were in the airlock at his side, Tiberius entered the
code that would put it through its cycle.  As the disc door rolled
closed again, he took one last look upward.

The Enterprise hung lifeless in space a kilometer overhead.  Beside
her, the duplicate Voyager began to pull away.  The enemy had realized
that he and his soldiers had beamed from the ghost Picard's ship.

They're coming closerfor transport and high-resolution sensor sweeps,
Tiberius thought.  That's what he would do next.

Tiberius also knew the enemy would trace his beam-in coordinates.

Which is why he had had his team set down in a place well away from his
true destination.

A few more minutes, Tiberius thought.  Some of the ghosts would be
boarding the Enterprise, he knew, in a desperate attempt to save her
from self-destruction.  But the real enemy-the ghost Kirk-would be
coming to

23

this asteroid, for him.  And there would be nothing for him to find.

The door clanked shut.  Tiberius heard the whistle of wind outside his
helmet as the airlock was repressurized.

He snapped the seals on the neck of his suit, pulled off his helmet
while the atmospheric pressure was dangerously low, felt the air in his
suit rush up around his face' He inhaled deeply, the pitifully thin air
that made it into his lungs like that on a kilometers-high mountain,
barely enough to sustain life.

But Tiberius inhaled deeply anyway, as if through his actions and his
force of will he could bring life-giving air into the chamber for his
soldiers.

Those eight began to take off their helmets now.  The whistle of the
wind grew softer as equalization was achieved.  The inner door of the
airlock began to roll once more.

Before the door had stopped moving, Tiberius stepped through the
opening and into the hot, oppressive air of the command center.  The
foul stench suited his mood.

Regent Picard awaited him, out of uniform, in a simple brown Klingon
tunic and trousers.  Even his long warrior's queue was missing, leaving
him with only a wavy fringe of ragged white hair.

The regent touched his fist to his heart and flung his arm out level in
a salute of loyalty.  "Emperor, I-" Tiberius ended the greeting by
swinging the back of his hand against Picard's face.

"You allowed your ghost to live, " Tiberius snarled.  "I saw him on the
bridge of the Voyager, wearing your

24

armor, with the Spock of this false universe and the ghost Kirk."

A thin thread of blood trickled from Picard's torn lip.

"Nechayey failed to protect the camp!  I cannot be held responsible for
the failures of others."

"Yes, Jean-Luc, you can.  And you will be.  Count on it."  He held his
gaze on Picard, neither man wavering, neither man showing fear.

"You need me," Regent Picard said, not even bothering to hide the
intonation of a threat.

Tiberius touched the handle of the j swelled dk tang at his belt.

"Shall we see how much?"  he asked.

Then the moment was broken by his commandant of weapons, Geordi La
Forge.  "Emperor!  We have beamins!"

Tiberius turned from Picard to face his weapons master.  The brilliant
human, whose skin was as dark as the armor he wore, had been born
without functioning eyes.  So to tap his genius, Tiberius had gifted
him with ocular grafts-Borglike holographic lenses surrounded by dull
gray metal, implanted deeply in each empty socket.  Like insect legs,
extra tendrils of nerve transducers pierced La Forge's forehead and
cheeks to hold the implants in place.  Now the enhanced weapons master
could see in energy realms even tricorders were unable to detect.

La Forge held up his Cardassian combat sensor.  "Four intruders,
Federation.transport signatures."  The indicator lights on the sensor
display shifted.  "Four more."

Tiberius pointed to three of his samurai.  The glitteringjeweled
slashes of red on their dark suits' chests were symbolic of their
blood, which they had sworn to

25

sacrifice in the name of their emperor.  "Take cover by those
converters.  Let the ghosts cycle through the lock, then kill them
all.

Except for Kirk."

The three samurai saluted their emperor and quickly took up their
positions by the large power converters that rose from the polished
metal floor of the command station.  Around each converter coiled
narrow-channel plasma conduits through which pulsed golden light, its
glow rhythmically undulating across the floor like light reflections
off water.

Tiberius turned to his commandant of security.  "The regent is in your
charge.  The first sign of treachery, gut him."

William Riker's grin crinkled the long white scar that slashed his
face, a reminder of the long-ago kiss of an lopene cutter.  The
lightning-bolt pattern of damaged skin ran across his forehead, beneath
his leather eye patch, and reemerged to crease his cheek and leave a
narrow path of shiny skin through his full, dark beard.

"With pleasure," he said.

Tiberius checked the tactical display on the forearm of his battle
suit.  "Seventeen minutes to crossover.  Stay close."

He led his remaining soldiers through a maze of additional power
converters and storage containers to the hidden subspace station at the
command center's core.  His pace was swift and sure, without
hesitation.  He had studied the plans for this hidden facility only
once, two years ago.  But that had been enough to etch the layout in
his memory.  He never forgot what was important.  But he gave no more
thought to the three samurai he had left behind.  He had no doubt they
would die

26

when the enemy attacked.  But that was their duty.  It was everyone's
duty to die for their emperor.

Tiberius, his five remaining soldiers, and Regent Picard came to a
large, black storage container against a silver metal wall.  In
Cardassian script, the container's contents were described as
dehydrated vole bellies.  No Klingon would bother to open such a
container.  The Cardassians that had run this camp had known better
than to try.

Tiberius traced his fingers across an unmarked pattern on the shipping
label.  At once, a section of the container's side swung open to reveal
a narrow passageway with a spiral staircase.  Tiberius stood back as
his weapons master, unasked, scanned ahead.

"Clear," La Forge reported.

Tiberius descended the stairs.

The control room was circular, five meters across, and contained
everything Tiberius needed.  The vast subspace transmitter nodes and
inactive power couplings were hidden elsewhere on the asteroid.  They
had to be.

When the signal pulse went out, any living thing within a kilometer of
the nodes would die.  Tiberius had wished the camp to survive his use
of the system.  Though because Regent Picard had failed and the ghost
Kirk had interfered, the camp was already a total loss.

However, Tiberius had not survived this long without an appreciation
for contingencies.  Whatever the situation, he always thought of the
worst possible result and devised a strategy to contend with it.  And
that strategy, more often than not, was simply to change the rules.

That is what he planned to do now.

Tiberius powered up the consoles, brought the sub 27 space nodes
online, and started the warm-up of the longdormant power couplings.

By now, Regent Picard and Commandant Riker had joined him.

"How can you proceed like this?"  Picard demanded.

Tiberius was almost amused to see that the regent seemed appalled.

"This has always been part of the plan, Jean-Luc.  Once the device
holding the Enterprise has fulfilled its function, all the other pieces
must be brought to the board."

"But the device failed!  I saw it destroyed!  The Enterprise is still
up there!"

Tiberius allowed a small smile to touch his lips.  He took no small
pleasure in tormenting the Klingon quisling.  But he didn't take his
eyes from the controls he adjusted.  "Where else would it be?"

"The ship didn't pass through the portal."

"What portal, Jean-Luc?"

Tiberius stiffened as Regent Picard now dared to lay his hand on
Tiberius's shoulder and force him around.

"I have risked everything to bring you this far!"

From the corner of his eye, Tiberius saw Riker instantly snap his wrist
to unfurl a Mobius blade from the forearm of his battle suit.  He knew
the commandant of security had simply to press the tip of the
needlelike weapon into Picard's flesh and the blade itself would
complete the attack, propelling itself forward with millions of
nanomolecular arms.  Once inside a victim's body, fluctuating currents
would compel it to twist like a snake, to literally-and painfully-carve
its way through its victim's soft flesh and organs.

But Tiberius raised a hand and Riker stopped as swiftly as a machine
might respond.

28

"And your reward," Tiberius icily reminded the foolhardy regent, is
everything you can imagine.  Your own system, your own fleet, and
escape from your own side."

Tiberius roughly pulled Picard's hand from his shoulder.  "The device
worked, Jean-Luc.  It was never intended to be a portal to our
universe.  No transporter can be built on such a scale."

Picard's mouth opened in shock.  Tiberius smiled cruelly.  The regent
had spent more than a year here, running the labor camp, overseeing the
construction of the duplicate Voyager and the device.  And Tiberius had
never once revealed to him what he was actually doing.

"Then ... then what was that thing?"

"All you need to know is that it functioned as designed."  Tiberius
nodded at Riker and the commandant flicked his wrist again, making the
Mobius blade recurl itself into its forearm pocket.  "And the next time
you touch me," he said sharply, "you will die.  Slowly enough that your
regret will be worse than your agony."

Tiberius turned back to the controls.  The power couplings were almost
at full readiness.  Another minute and everything would be in place.

The plan would go forward, unstoppable, just as he was.

Then he heard the distant whine of phaser fire and an answering volley
of disrupter bolts.  Slightly sooner than he had expected.  But
expected, nonetheless.

"They're here!"  La Forge shouted down the entry shaft.

Tiberius ordered his commandant of weapons to come down into the
control room, then had him seal the door.  The other three samurai were
lost to him now.  But in truth, their function had been to fly the
Enterprise out of the Goldin Discontinuity so she could be destroyed

29

where her debris would be easily found.  And what had been done to her,
never discovered.

Since their original mission would no longer be possible, the three
soldiers could now die more humanely by slowing his enemy's approach,
instead of merely being eliminated later, through an airlock, as
surplus personnel.  Tiberius cared for his followers.  Whenever he
could, he thought of their welfare first.

The control room's Cardassian display screens shifted colors,
indicating the power couplings were on full standby.

Tiberius sealed the controls.  Nothing could stop the signal now.

He saw the slight glimmer of fear in Riker's eyes.  The commandant
obviously knew what the close-range subspace distortions could do to
living flesh.  "Emperor, what if we don't cross over in time?"

Tiberius opened one hand.  "We will die like targs.

Then he closed that hand in a fist.  "Are you a targ, Commandant?"

As he had intended, the humiliating insult helped drive the fear from
Riker's eyes.

Then Tiberius turned away from his soldiers and the regent, to locate
the hidden panel in the curved wall.  He held out his hand and his
disrupter, plated in goldpressed latinum, sprang from its holster on
his thigh and into his grip.  In that same instant, he fired and the
wall panel melted into a spray of white light.

Beyond was a small alcove, and in its floor a single transporter
disc.

Regent Picard's protest was immediate.  "That's a Federation
transporter!  That can't get us across without a multidimensional
transporter device!"

30

Tiberius paused, rapidly losing his patience.  "It's preset to take us
back to the surface.  If we cross over by transporter from this camp,
you know where we'll appear.  And you know we can be followed.  I'm not
willing to give up yet."  He tightened his grip on his disruptor.  "Are
you?"

"Never," Picard said.

Tiberius released his disruptor and the weapon leaped back to its
holster, reclaimed by his battle suit's force manipulators.  "La
Forge," he said.

Instantly his commandant of weapons stepped into the small transporter
chamber, pulled on his helmet, sealed it, drew both of his disruptors,
and nodded once.

Tiberius touched the wall control.  La Forge passed into the light.

An explosion shook the control room's door at the top of the spiral
stairway.  Picard and Riker looked up in anticipation, but Tiberius
kept his eye Qn the transporter control.  When its power levels were
restored, a fivesecond process, he ordered the intendant to go next.

Picard pulled on his helmet, but before he had sealed it, Tiberius
deliberately started the transport.  "Next time, move more quickly."

Commandant Riker laughed at the regent's panicky fumbling at the neck
of his suit even as his body dissolved.

Then the control room door began to hum.  Tiberius recognized the sound
as phaser harmonics.  A beam was burning into the door from the other
side.  But the door had heavy shielding and a low-power force field
running within it.  It would last long enough, he knew.

"They're coming through," Riker said.  "You go.  I'll hold them
here."

31

Tiberius refused.  "It might be James.  Get on the pad."

Riker sealed his helmet smartly and Tiberius energized just as an
incandescent fountain of molten metal and phaser sparks punched through
the door above.

Flashes of blue light and curls of white smoke swept down into the
control room.

Tiberius calmly watched the transporter power display as it recycled,
then smoothly pulled on his Klingon helmet, sealed it with a quick
twist of the neck ring, and held out his hand for his disruptor.

The transporter power was restored.  Tiberius stepped up on the pad,
then turned to face the control room.  The transporter activation
switch was just within reach on the wall outside the alcove.  All he
had to do was touch it, and he would be on the surface with the
others.

He checked the countdown display on the transmitter console.  Eight
minutes.  Not quite enough time for everything he had yet to do.  But
enough to make the challenge interesting.

So he decided to wait.  To see who would come down the stairs.

If the situation were reversed, he knew what he would do.

Kirk breathed hard in his environment suit, fogging the thin
faceplate.

Ahead of him, the edges of the hidden door still glowed from the phaser
fire it had taken to burn through it.

Spock held a tricorder to that opening.  Like Kirk, T'Val, and Teilani,
the Vulcan was also in his full environment suit, despite the fact that
the labor camp command center was pressurized.  Opening one re 32
motely controlled airlock was all it wou ld take to explosively
decompress the entire building.

"One life sign," Spock said.

Kirk knew who it would be.

Nine had beamed down from the Enterprise.  Six were now dead.  They had
tried to ambush Kirk's party at the airlock and near this deceptive
storage crate in the bottom level of the command center.

But both ambushes had failed for the same reason Spock had been able to
track the landing party so quickly.  The Vulcan had reset a basic
tricorder to register quantum signatures.  Everyone and everything from
the mirror universe had a quantum signature unique to the mirror
reality, easily distinguished from the quantum signature of this
existence.

To Spock, the molecular debris scuffed from the boots of Tiberius's
soldiers had stood out against the metal surface of the asteroid as if
they had been footprints tracked through red paint.

The hidden airlock had been easy to find for the same reason.

Bypassing its lock had been as simple as asking the Voyager to beam
Kirk's team from one side of the airlock to the other.  Then Spock had
registered the exhalations of the concealed soldiers and Teilani had
phasered away the power converters they hid behind, exposing them.

Not unexpectedly, instead of surrendering, Tiberius's men had fought,
though not for long.  Without cover, they had fallen victim to the
unerring speed and aim of T'Val's artificial hand.

The attack by the storage crate had been the same.  If prevented from
launching a surprise attack of their own,

33

it seemed Tiberius's soldiers knew only how to die, not how to fight.

Kirk had not taken part in either attack.  He'd been forced to stand
by, doing nothing.

At least his hands no longer hurt.  McCoy had injected him with
something to numb them.  He had also administered a tri-ox compound to
counter fatigue, saying he was tempted once again to slip in a neural
paralyzer as he had more than a century ago on Vulcan.

Then McCoy and Teilani had replicated insulated construction mitts and
attached them to the arms of Kirk's environment suit.  The bulky mitts
were designed to be worn over gloves on ice worlds, so Kirk's bandaged
hands fit into them easily.

Between the cumbersome mitts and McCoy's numbing injection, Kirk could
do nothing with his hands.  But this would be the end of his
inaction.

He knew Tiberius was the single life sign in the hidden control room
beneath the false crate.

"I'm going first," Kirk said.  He stepped through the phaser-blasted
opening.

"No, James," Teilani protested.  Her voice sounded distant in the
helmet's speakers.  "I'll go, or T'Valsomeone who can carry a
weapon."

Kirk held his position.  "He doesn't want to kill me."

Spock raised an eyebrow behind his faceplate.  "Jim, he tried to
destroy the Voyager."

"He fought the ship, not the man," Kirk argued.

"Killing me won't be enough.  Remember what he said when he was on the
viewscreen.  'You stole a universe from me.  Now I'm here to do the
same to you."  He needs me alive so I can see his victory.  But any of
you three, he'd kill right away."

34

Kirk saw that Teilani wasn't convinced, but the silence from the
Vulcans told him his logic was sound.

"I'll keep talking," Kirk said.  Then he started down the rust-red
plasteel stairs, sliding one insensate, useless hand along the metallic
railing to help him keep his balance.

The control room was at the bottom of the stairs.  His first glance at
the consoles told him a countdown was underway, though he didn't
recognize the Cardassian engineering glyphs.  It could be a
self-destruct setting, Kirk thought.  But that didn't feel right.  If
the situation had been reversed, it wasn't what he would have done.

Defeat was not yet that certain for Tiberius.

Then he saw the figure in the alcove: massive, monstrous, and
threatening in a combat environment suit, Klingon in design, though
more extreme than anything Kirk had ever seen.

He knew at once the figure was Tiberius.  And that the alcove held a
transporter.

He knew why Tiberius had waited.

"There's a countdown on a Cardassian control system," Kirk said into
his helmet communicator.  He did the time-unit conversion in his
head.

"I think there're six minutes left."

"Do you see the source of life sign?"  Spock's voice echoed in his
ear.

Kirk looked across the control room, directly at Tiberius in the
shadowed alcove.  The emperor hadn't moved.

"It's him."

T'Val's cool tones came over Kirk's helmet speaker.

"Is he conscious?"  It was obvious the Vulcan couldn't understand why
nothing had happened.

35

But Kirk did.

He stepped forward, arms open.  "Are you on this frequency?"  he asked
his counterpart.

Tiberius shifted forward on the pad.  Kirk saw a gleaming gold
disruptor appear in a shaft of white light.

But he wasn't afraid.

Tiberius's hand reached around the edge of the alcove wall.  Kirk saw a
control padd there.

Of course, he thought.  He wants me to follow.

Tiberius pressed a control on the padd.  An instant later, a
transporter claimed him.

"He just beamed out," Kirk said into his helmet communicator.

"Probably into the mirror universe.  I'm following."

He ran to the alcove, pressed his unwieldy mitt against the control
padd until he saw an activation light glow, then stepped up onto the
transporter disk.

He knew without turning that Spock and T'Val and Teilani would be right
behind him.  He could hear them shouting at him to stop.

But this was time to act, not listen.

Kirk turned back to see the alcove, the control room, and his three
companions fade into a sparkling curtain of light, and then the
radiance cleared andA heavy fist drove into his stomach.

Kirk's breath exploded from him as he fell back upon the slick, metal
surface of the asteroid.

Tiberius was standing over him like an avenging Klingon demon.

He could see Tiberius's mouth moving behind his faceplate.  But he
heard nothing through his helmet speakers.

He tried to put a hand to the side of his helmet, to let

36

Tiberius know he couldn't hear.  But the moment he raised his hand,
Tiberius kicked him in the side.

Kirk's breath was driven from his lungs again.  Wheez ing, he looked up
at Tiberius through watering eyes.

His counterpart impatiently gestured at him as if a question ha.(I been
asked.  As if he were waiting for an answer.

Gasping for air, Kirk forced himself to concentrate on Tiberius's lips,
to read what he was saying.

a ghost!  A shadow ... nightmare .  . ."  Five meaningless words, they
were all that Kirk could make out.

Then a shadow fell over Tiberius and he looked up.  A moment later, he
looked down at Kirk.  He said nothing.

But Kirk could see the contempt in his eyes.

Tiberius wheeled and ran off.

Kirk looked overhead to see where the shadow had come from.  His eyes
widened.

The second asteroid now filled the sky completely.

Darkness replaced the wild, shifting colors of the Goldin
Discontinuity.

Kirk heaved himself to his feet.  "Spock, can you hear me?"  He looked
all around.  He was still in the labor camp.  But why would Tiberius
build a duplicate camp in his own universe?  Unless, Kirk thought, I'm
still in my own.

He saw Tiberius fifty meters away, swiftly running beyond the cluster
of barracks.

"Spock!  Teilani!  I'm on the surface of the asteroid."

He located the building he had entered only minutes ago.  "I'm about
half a klick from the command station."

Still no answer.  Kirk peered down at the status lights shining up from
the inner collar of his suit.

37

His communicator wasn't functioning.  The fall must have damaged
circuitry in his helmet.

Kirk began running after his counterpart, hoping Spock's tricorder or
the Voyager's sensors would find him.

He glanced up at the asteroid above him, now so close he felt he could
almost jump up and touch its speeding bulk.

As he ran, he thought of the Enterprise, somewhere beyond, on a
ten-minute countdown to self-destruct.

Jean-Luc Picard's time to save her was almost up.

But why would Tiberius want the Enterprise destroyed?

Or to put it another way, Kirk thought, why would I want to destroy
that ship?  Could there be something on the Enterprise that Tiberius
did not want them to see?

Some evidence he wanted to be obliterated?  But evidence of what, he
didn't know.

Pursued by mysteries only one man could answer, Kirk did the only thing
he could.

He ran faster.

38

The transporter's beam delivered Picard to the bridge of his ship.  At
once, his eyes sought out all the displays that were still
functioning.

Only a handful were.  Like the ceiling illuminators, most of the
screens and consoles were dark.  The only light on the bridge came from
the safety glowstrips at the base of the walls and along the steps.

The darkness confirmed to Picard what the few working displays told
him.

The Enterprise was dying.

But she wasn't dead yet.

Picard was already on his way to the security station as Riker and Data
resolved from their beams.  His first thought was that the station was
offline, but then he almost stepped into a circular opening in the wall
and deck where the station used to be, almost invisible in the
darkness.

"Will-the security station's gone!"  Picard turned to summon his first
officer, but Riker and Data were astounded by a discovery of their
own.

The command chair was also missing.  In its place,

39

another circular hole in the deck, as if a Borg tractor beam had been
at work.

Data rapidly examined the rest of the bridge.  "That is not all, sir,"
the android said.  "Fifteen key control units have been removed from
the bridge in the same manner.

Just then the ship's computer announced, in the same calm, unflappable
tones that had served more than a century of starships, "Self-destruct
in five minutes."

"Find me a working station," Picard told his officers.

"Anything I can use to input my access code."

La Forge's voice suddenly came over the communicator Picard had
attached to his Klingon armor.  "Captain, I'm in Engineering, and-"
"Key components are missing," Picard said.  "Excised in perfect
circles."

"Yes, sir, that's it exactly."

Riker interrupted.  "Geordi, are the power systems stable?  Have we
lost warp controls?"

"All the power systems and generators are shut down, Commander.  The
warp core's cold.  So as long as we don't self-destruct, we'll be
okay.

But I have no idea what happened down here."

"Stand by," Riker said.

Data was now at the auxiliary engineering station.  It was intact.

"Captain, this console will permit you to contact the secondary
computers."

Picard swiftly crossed the bridge, avoiding the hole in the deck where
his chair used to be.  "What about the primaries?"

"They no longer appear to be on board, sir."

Picard entered his access code.

40

The screen above the control surface changed to show the autodestruct
countdown in progress.

"At least I haven't been locked out," Picard said.  He entered the
deactivation sequence.

"Self-destruct in four minutes, thirty seconds,".the computer said.

"What?  How can it accept my code and not the deactivation commanj?"

Picard moved away from the console.  "Data, input the override sequence
you used when the Borg had possession of the ship."

But Data made no move.  "Unfortunately, Captain, the override codes I
used were based on a programming flaw that had gone undetected by
Starfleet computer operations.  The flaw has since been corrected."

Picard tugged at the leather collar of his armor, far too hot.

"Computer.  This is Picard, four seven alpha tango."

"Identity accepted," the computer replied.

"Cancel destruct sequence alpha one.  Enable."

"You do not have authorization to disable autodestruct," the computer
said.

Picard felt himself flush.  "I am the captain of this ship.  Cancel
destruct sequence alpha one!"

"Self-destruct in four minutes."

Riker tapped his communicator.  "Riker to Voyager.

We need you standing by for emergency beam-out."

Captain Scott replied.  "Aye, I've locked on to you, lad.

But I have to warn you, these transporters are getting touchy from all
the site-to-site beaming they've been doing.  I don't know if I can get
you all out in one go."

Riker frowned.  "Understood."

"Data," Picard said, "what's wrong with it?"

41

"Perhaps it will not accept your authorization because you are not one
of the officers who initiated autodestruct."  Data glanced up at the
dark ceiling.  "Computer, this is Commander Data.  Authorization delta
india zero one.  Replay command sequence authorizing autodestruct.  "
From all the bridge speakers, the audio recording began.  The first
voice Picard heard was unmistakable.

"Begin autodestruct sequence.  Authorization Kirk.

Eight eight alpha kilo."

"Tiberius," Picard said bitterly.  "He made the computer think he was
Kirk, and Nechayey reinstated Kirk as a Starfleet officer with command
authority."

"Sir," Data said, "I suggest we beam the real Captain Kirk to the
Enterprise so he can order the sequence to be cancelled."

Picard turned to Riker to tell him to do exactly tha., when a second
voice came from the speakers.

"Computer, Commander William Riker.  Confirm autodestruct sequence.

Authorization Riker.  Two five sierra tango."  Picard saw the shock on
his first officer's face.  So Riker had a counterpart as well.

And then the third officer necessary to initiate autodestruct was
heard.

"Computer, Commander La Forge.  Confirm autodestruct sequence.

Authorization La Forge.  One nine x-ray lima.

"Self-destruct in three minutes, thirty seconds."

"Commander Riker," Data said in the profound silence that had settled
on the bridge of the Enterprise, "I believe the computer will listen to
you."

Riker, still visibly shaken, spoke to the console where 42 the
countdown continued.  "Computer, this is ... Commander ... William
...

Riker.  Cancel destruct sequence alpha one."  He glanced over at Picard
before adding the final word: "Enable."

On the small display, Picard watched as the countdown numbers froze,
replaced a heartbeat later by the alert screen: AUTODESTRUCT
DEACTIVATED.

He and Riker exhaled deeply in relief, then looked at Data, who had
also done the same, despite the fact the android did not have to
breathe.

Data shrugged.  "I was simply getting into the spirit of the moment."

Picard nodded.  He looked around at the ruins of his bridge.  "We've
done what we can here."  He tapped his communicator.  "Picard to
Voyager.  Self-destruct has been canceled.  We're ready to beam back
and go down to the asteroid to help Kirk."

"Energizing," Captain Scott replied.

Picard braced himself for the cool wash of the transporter beam.

Nothing happened.

He tapped his communicator again.  "Captain Scott ... ?"

After a moment, Scott's strained voice came back.

"We've had a ... wee bit of a problem.  The main transporter circuits
have fused.  I'm afraid ye'll have t' stay put for a while.  And at the
rate your life-support is failing, I'd find some environment suits as
quickly as ye can."

Picard felt a moment of relief that the circuits had fused before
transport, and not during the process.  But that relief was quickly
replaced by concern.

"What about Kirk and the search party?"

43

"I'm afraid they're on their own," Scott said.  "This poor ship's been
through too much.  We've no way of helping them until the rescue ships
arrive."

Picard, Riker, and Data had one reply to that situation, and all three
said it at the same time.

"Hangar deck."

The Enterprise had shuttlecraft.  To help Kirk, it was time to use
them.

As he ran across the metal surface of the asteroid, Tiberius had no
need to check his tactical display.  His sense of time was absolute.

He knew he had two minutes left.  Long enough to win a universe-or lose
one.  The challenge invigorated him.

But still, despite the perfect plan of conquest he was about to set in
motion, his confrontation with the other Kirk, that pale imitation of
the original, had been disappointing.  Tiberius had planned to kill his
ghost universe double.  The other Kirk's existence was an affront to
Tiberius's own.  And the shock of learning that this other Kirk had
somehow survived his age to reach this new era, just as Tiberius had
engineered his own escape across time, had been unnerving.  It baffled
him still that they could be so much alike, yet so different.

In both universes, Tiberius had learned, the great warlords of history
were the same.  Alexander, the caesars, Washington, Khan ... both
versions of each had attained their greatness equally, proving that
indeed it was their destiny to be what they became, independent of any
other conditions.

So how then to account for the fact that in this universe, Kirk was
little more than a vassal to an ineffectual Starfleet, serving the
spineless Federation?

44

How could Tiberius claim that he was destined for incomparable
greatness, if in an identical setting, his ghost universe double had
failed to achieve any accomplishments of note?

His Spock, once his friend, now his betrayer, years ago had said that
the differences between the universes might come down to nothing more
than random chance.

But Tiberius could not, would not, accept such a definition of his
destiny.

Chance controlled fate, and fate was what claimed the weak and the
helpless.  But men of vision and iron will could control their own
destiny, independent of chance and circumstance.

The other Kirk was a mistake.  Erasing this ghost of himself from
existence was the only way he would be able to erase all doubt about
what he was born to achieve.

But still, it wasn't enough to merely kill the other Kirk.  He needed
the other Kirk to understand why he was being destroyed-an error being
corrected.

Though he would never say these words to anyone but himself, Tiberius
knew that before he could conquer the universe, first he must conquer
himself.

A moment ago, he had stayed his hand against Kirk because his ghost had
been unable to hear him.  Kirk had not experienced or witnessed
Tiberius's full power.

Tiberius was confident he and his ghost would meet again.  A public
execution would have more finality, more satisfaction.  They had
certainly worked well in the past.

The emperor tapped the forearm control that activated his helmet's
tactical display.  A holographic projection of flashing green dots
within a small circle on his

45

faceplate showed him he was being followed by four pursuers.  One far
ahead of the others.

The ghost Kirk.

Strangely tenacious for a weakling.  But he couldn't possibly cover the
required distance in time.

Tiberius was only I 00 meters from the edge of the asteroid.  He was
aware that artificial-gravity generators had been installed to make
this flattened section of the nickel-iron mountain an arbitrary
surface.  But he also knew that the gravity field ended at the sharp
ridge ahead.

Tiberius stared up, through the topmost curve of his faceplate.  The
other asteroid was 200 meters overhead, spinning as if it were about to
scrape everyone and everything from the surfaces of both.  But 200
meters was the limit of its approach on this orbit.

He looked ahead.  His two commandants were waiting for him with Regent
Picard.  In his holographic helmet display, Kirk's green dot was still
chasing him.  Gaining.

Commandants Riker and La Forge had each drawn their disruptors.

Tiberius signaled to them to put their weapons away.

If the ghost Kirk was that eager to meet his death, then Tiberius would
take full responsibility for seeing he wasn't disappointed.

For Kirk, each breath was agony.  But he refused to stop his mad run
across the asteroid.  A countdown was underway.  For what, he didn't
know.  But he'd be damned before he'd let Tiberius escape.

Kirk needed answers.

He had to know if he himself was the cause of what befell the humans
and the Vulcans in the mirror uni 46 verse.  Not Tiberius, but James
T.

Kirk, the starship captain who crossed from one universe to another 108
years ago, who had a single conversation with the mirror counterpart of
Mr. Spock.  Was he personally responsible for the total chaos that had
consumed that other universe?  Was that all it had taken?  If he had
not crossed over, if he had not planted the idea of revolution in that
other Spock's mind, would humans and Vulcans have never become slaves
to the Alliance?  Or was what happened inevitable?  A confluence of
events and history that would have occurred in some form, whether or
not he had ever played a role?

Fate or destiny?

Kirk had to know.

And Tiberius was the key.

That same Tiberius who now waited for him at the edge of the asteroid,
only 20 meters away.

Tiberius was not alone.  Kirk saw three other figures with him, in
Cardassian battle suits, weapons drawn.  It seemed to Kirk that two of
the faces might be human, though true detail was hard to perceive at
this distance, especially through faceplates that reflected the blue
and red plasma fires of the Goldin Discontinuity.

He ran closer, one part of his mind already working on the tactics of
the situation.  He wondered if he launched himself at Tiberius, could
he manage to propel both their bodies out of the artificial gravity
field and across the 200-meter gap to the second asteroid.  If he could
keep Tiberius occupied, that might give Scott the chance he needed to
lock on and beam them both back to the Voyager.

Ten meters from the group, Kirk slowed his pace as if he were planning
to stop, though he was, in fact, still

47

trying to calculate the speed and distance he'd need to hit Tiberius
cleanly.

The second asteroid was just now passing the edge of this flat surface,
giving Kirk the illusion that the second asteroid was standing still
and he was rushing straight up past it.  Like falling from El Capitan
in reverse.

Kirk saw that the other three figures had put away their weapons.

He realized they had done so because Tiberius had ordered them to do
so.

It seemed the emperor intended to meet his double on an equal, basis.

If so, Kirk decided, then Tiberius was going to be disappointed.

Tiberius detected indecision in the ghost Kirk's eyes.

Until the moment he put on a burst of speed and his target became
obvious.

Tiberius shouted for his soldiers to move out of the way.  The regent
and the commandants were now unarmed.

But Kirk had timed his approach perfectly, heading straight for
Tiberius as if he, too, intended to face his double, one-on-one, until
at the last possible moment Kirk pivoted to barrel-roll into the three
bystanders.

La Forge leapt clear, but Riker and Picard both jerked away in the same
direction at the same time and collided with each other.

An instant later, Kirk's body had slammed into both.

Commandant Riker fell back to the very edge of the asteroid, his helmet
hanging over the side.  Tiberius watched with surprise, and grudging
admiration, as Kirk threw himself at Riker's life-support module and

48

pounded both of his hands on one side of it.  Suddenly, its backmounted
air replenisher purged itself, expelling a burst of vapor strong enough
to push Riker off the edge and out of the gravity field.  The
commandant's flailing form accelerated toward the other asteroid in an
expanding cloud of vapor.

Kirk didn't stop to observe the results of his actions.

He kept moving, driving his shoulder into Regent Picard's back before
the regent could regain his feet, knocking him down again.  Tiberius
saw the regent twist as he fell to keep his helmet from hitting the
asteroid's metal surface.  Kirk took advantage of the regent's panic to
relieve him of the only weapon Tiberius had allowed him to carry, his
Klingon mek'leth.

But Kirk's move, as assured as it was, came too late.

Tiberius was now to one side of Kirk, far enough away to draw and fire
his disruptor should Kirk attempt to charge him.  And Commandant La
Forge was on the other side, his disruptor already in hand.

Exhausted, outnumbered, Kirk was caught in a hopeless situation.

Tiberius was curious to see what his ghost would do next.  Though
inept, he was resourceful.  But then Tiberius saw that Kirk was holding
the regent's short-bladed weapon like a child, squeezing both hands
against its rear hilt.

Construction mitts?  Tiberius thought.  What's wrong with him?  Kirk
hadn't even bent his fingers around the hilt.  Then Tiberius remembered
what he had seen on the viewscreen.  Kirk's hands had been bandaged.

He can't use his hands.

La Forge's voice came over the helmet speakers.

"Emperor, it's time.  Give me the word."

One minute, Tiberius thought.  There were sixty sec 49 onds left in the
countdown.  He could see Kirk glance at La Forge, then back at him.

Regent Picard was crawling toward the edge of the asteroid.  Neither
Kirk nor Tiberius was interested in stopping him.

"Put your weapon away," Tiberius told La Forge.

"Prepare to cross over."

La Forge put his disruptor back on his belt at once.

Kirk, as if he had anticipated Tiberius's order, now turned toward the
emperor with the mek'leth held in attack position.

Maybe that explains it, Tiberius thought.  The reason why the other
Kirk had not amounted to anything in the ghost universe.  He was
insane.

Tiberius strode toward his ghost, not even hurrying.

Kirk thrust the mek'leth forward.

Pathetic, Tiberius thought.  The weakling's trying for my leg.  He has
no desire to kill me.

With a basic defensive move, Tiberius swung his arm down to deflect the
attack, then grabbed both of Kirk's wrists as the mekleth tumbled
away.

He drew Kirk up to face him, their helmets only centimeters apart.

Kirk's face dripped with sweat.  Tiberius experimented by changing his
grip so he could squeeze one of Kirk's hands.

Kirk's eyes narrowed.  His face paled.

Tiberius squeezed again, fascinated to see the mirror image of his own
face contort in agony.

Even through his environment suit, he could feel Kirk's body tremble.

He leaned forward until their helmets touched, allowing sound
vibrations to pass from one to another.  "You know my works," he
said.

"You know they could have

50

been yours as well, in your existence.  Having betrayed your destiny by
not achieving my greatness, how can you even bear to live?"

"Your works."  Kirk's voice was faint, muffled, but its scorn burned as
it passed between their helmets.  "I've seen Earth laid waste and dying
because of you."

"Spoils of war, James."  There would be no reasoning with his ghost,
Tiberius decided.  But he could still be humane to this pale reflection
of his glory.  "You, on the other hand, have achieved nothing but a
nightmare of your own making.  Let me free you."

Tiberius moved to reach behind and release the seal on Kirk's helmet.

From the way Kirk's eyes tried to follow the movement, Tiberius was
certain his ghost knew what was going to happen.  Tiberius paused a
moment, curious to see if Kirk would manifest relief.  People whose
lives Tiberius ended often did that in the moment when they realized
they no longer had to struggle, that all their pain would soon be
over.

Yes, there it is, Tiberius thought.  Kirk rocked back his head as if
relaxing, in the final surrender.

He reached for Kirk's helmet release.

And then Kirk's head suddenly snapped forward in his helmet, driving
that helmet forward so that it smashed directly into Tiberius's helmet,
the two faceplates impacting dead center with unexpected force.  The
low-power structural integrity fields of both helmets were cancelled
out by the impact, and cracks spread through both faceplates as through
breaking ice.

Tiberius released Kirk in shock, pressing his gloves to his faceplate
as his suit's pressure alarm sounded and he heard the high-pitched hiss
of escaping atmosphere.

51

Tiberius bolted for the edge of the asteroid, leaving Kirk behind.

But Tiberius felt his boot catch on something.

It was Kirk!

Tiberius began to fall.  He shot out both arms to keep his helmet from
hitting the solid metal surface.  The ghost had stuck out one of his
useless hands to trip Tiberius, even though the act must have caused
him unspeakable pain.

The ghost Kirk was wounded, without weapons, or soldiers.  Yet he had
dared try to kill the emperor at the cost of his own worthless life.

His action made no sense.

Unless he truly was insane.  It was the only answer for his
unpredictability.

Tiberius rolled onto his back and kicked out at Kirk.

"Kill him!"  Tiberius shouted to La Forge and Picard, even as he felt
air rush past his face from his suit's interior.  He had experienced
the same sensation less than an hour ago.  But, then, he had known the
command-station airlock was repressurizing.  Now, Tiberius didn't know
if all the facilities were in place on the other side.  "Kill him!"

Kirk was crawling toward him, his own faceplate crazed with dark
lines.

And not one lance of disruptor fire was reaching out for him.

Tiberius dared turn his head for a second to see why La Forge and
Picard had refused to obey his order.

He was just in time to see the regent throw himself from the edge of
the asteroid, his body beginning its downward are with the rushing bulk
of the second asteroid.

Commandant La Forge, though, was on one knee,

52

firing his disruptor at-the others.  The ghost Kirk was not alone.

Tiberius saw Kirk's followers charging forward.  The two in the lead
were firing phasers.

"No!"  Tiberius screamed.  He had not come this far to be beaten by
ghosts!

This was not his destiny.

Kirk felt as if he were trailing his hands through molten lava, but
still he crawled forward.  Tiberius would not escape.  Kirk would not
let him escape.

Flashes ofphaser and disruptorfire!  T'Val and Teilani and Spock!  Kirk
knew his team could deal with Tiberius's soldiers.  Tiberius was his
responsibility.  Either he and Tiberius would beam up to the Voyager
together, or they would die here, together.  In this situation, for
once there was no third way out.

"Life-support failure in thirty seconds," the computer voice said in
his helmet.

Kirk knew he was almost in position to pin Tiberius.

If he could just hold on a few more seconds till Scotty got a lock on
them.

At that moment, Tiberius lifted his head and angled his helmet so that
once again Kirk looked into the face of his double.  Both of them were
equally aware that they were seconds from suffocation, that each of
them was driven by the same relentless, unthinking drive to go further
than any before them.  An irrepressible compulsion that exploded from
the same recesses deep within their hearts.  Except that one had
learned to use that compulsion, and one had let that compulsion use
him.

Face-to-face, gasping their last breaths, both Kirks 5 3 stared at each
other, unmindful of death, focused only on their struggle.

They spoke the same words at the same time.

"Give up!"

Both answered with the same word, spoken with the same conviction.

"Never!"

And then as Kirk struggled to attach a magnetic lock to Tiberius's
belt, Tiberius savagely jammed his elbow into Kirk's fractured
faceplate.

Kirk saw the elbow coming, knew his suit's structural integrity field
was no longer functioning, drew in a last breath, and then felt it
explode past his lips in sudden, utter silence as the last of the
atmosphere blasted from his suit.

His vision blurred as Tiberius rolled out from under him.  He felt the
pure cold of vacuum suck the moisture from his skin.

He reached out to grab Tiberius just as the'monster reached the edge of
the asteroid, then pushed himself off.

Kirk pulled himself to that edge, determined to follow, even as
darkness swirled at the edge of his vision.

He saw three figures floating away from him, toward the asteroid.

No, that's wrong, Kirk thought with perfect clarity.

Now there were two figures.  One figure.  Tiberius.

Kirk's vision shrank to just that one image of that redblack suit, that
figure clutching at his helmet as-a flash of phaser fireAnd Tiberius
was consumed.

Gone.

Like the other figures.

54

Like life itself.

At least he died first, Kirk thought, even as a fading image of Teilani
and the child he would never know flickered from his awareness.

Then the darkness was absolute.

55

Dr.  Andrea M'Benga wanted answers and she wanted them now.

But the runabout pilot had nothing to say to her, beyond a few muttered
and insincere apologies.

"I'm a doctor, not a navigator," M'Benga said, angrily pointing through
the forward viewport.  "But I know what Vulcan looks like.  My
great-grandfather lived on Vulcan.  And that planet down there is not
Vulcan."

Without looking back at the Starfleet physician who was literally
breathing down his neck, the young pilot moved his fingers over the
control surfaces.  "Uh, no, ma'am-Doctor-it's not Vulcan.  I'm
sorry."

M'Benga studied the reflection of herself and the pilot in the slanted
viewport, contemplating her next move.

The pilot's confusing answer was definitely not helpful.

He was young, maybe 22, with his Academy sideburns as sharp as trillium
facets-which meant daily cutting, not weekly depilation-and a
gray-shouldered uniform that looked fresh from the replicator-which
meant evenings spent at the recyclermats, and not with friends.

In contrast, M'Benga knew, her uniform had a more

56

relaxed appearance.  After 10 years in Starfleet, she preferred the
softness of replicated fabric when it had been through the sonic
washers a few times.  Also, 24hour shifts in a battle zone had taught
her that a comfortable uniform was a necessity, not an indulgence.

For the same reason, she liked to keep her black hair sleek and close
to her skull.  And further accentuating the difference between her and
her young, by-the-book pilot, there was the item of nonstandard apparel
she'd lately been wearing with her uniform-a narrow headband of green,
yellow, and red kente cloth.  Up till a few months ago, she had worn
the colorful headband only with her off-duty clothes.  But after a few
days at her current posting on Deep Space 8, with the number of
elaborate Bajoran earrings she'd seen on the station's Starfleet staff,
she'd thought, Why not?  She could always take it off if Command
objected.

But when Captain Sisko had noticed it, not only had he recognized the
kente design but they had ended up having weekly lunches together
during which she attempted to teach him Swahili.  Starfleet protocol
was a bit more relaxed on the frontier.  She had always appreciated
that kind of extra latitude, and it only made her miss her old ship,
the Tobias, and Captain Christine MacDonald all the more.

But thinking about the past wasn't helping her deal with this
obstructionist pilot.  Truth be told, what she really wanted to do was
to whup him upside the head.  A good expression, that.  She could
remember her greatgrandfather saying it to her when she got too
rambunctious with the sehlats he kept on the little plomeek farm he'd
retired to near Vulcan's Voroth Sea.  You watch out, girl, or else
they'll whup you upside the head, she could

57

hear him say.  Who knew how far back the saying went in her family's
history?

But since Starfleet frowned on senior officers striking junior
officers, no matter how deserving said junior officer might be, the
good doctor decided on another tactic.

She slipped into the empty copilot's chair.  "Ensign Adamski, let's
start at the beginning.  You came to Deep Space 9 to take me from my
duties there to attend a classified Starfleet Medical seminar on new
biological weapons being used by the Dominion.  Is that correct?"

The pilot finally deigned to glance at her.  "Doctor, I really am
sorry, but there is no medical seminar.  And my name isn't Adamski."

M'Benga sat back in her chair.  The runabout pilot still looked like he
was no more than two minutes older than a wet-behind-the ears cadet,
fresh from the AcademyBut there was something much older and more
assured about the way he was refusing to give her any more
information.

Her initial annoyance, which had been threatening to become anger,
shifted closer to sudden apprehension.  There was a war on.  And the
Founders were shape-shifters.  "Answer me this.  Is this or is this not
a Starfleet runabout?"

The pilot nodded.  "That I can answer.  Yes.  This is a Starfleet
runabout.  This is a Starfleet mission."

"Then why in blazes have you shanghaied me?"

The pilot chewed his lower lip.  "Uh, I'm unfamiliar with the word
shanghaied.  Is it ... Vulcan?"

"Oh, for ... okay, from the top.  Whatever your name is, you're wearing
ensign's pips.  I'm a commander.  I order you to take me back to
DS9."

Instead of replying, the pilot made some adjustments

58

and the runabout entered into a standard orbit of the world below.

M'Benga still had no idea which world it was.  If not for the shape of
its continents and seas, it might have been Earth.  All the colors were
right.  And from the size and number of the cities and the
transportation network she could see on the night side, lit up like
sparkling jewels, it probably wasn't a colony world.

"Did you hear me?"  she asked testily.  "I gave you an order."

"Urn, I'm already under orders, Commander.  From Admiral Jorge
Santos."

"Never heard of him," M'Benga said.  Through the slanted viewport, she
saw flashing lights ahead.  They were coming up on an orbital facility
of some kind.

"I think that's the idea," the pilot told her.

M'Benga's apprehension reverted to profound irritation.  She folded her
arms and narrowed her eyes at the young man.  "You sound like someone
who knows a lot more than he's saying."

"I'm really just a transport pilot for the admiral.

Commodore Twining will be able to answer your questions."

"Commodore Twining.  And when might I be meeting him?"

The pilot pointed ahead.  They had almost reached the orbital
facility.

"Just a few more minutes.  We're about to dock."

From her seat in the copilot's station, M'Benga observed their
destination as it grew larger.  It appeared to her to be a standard
Starfleet design: a series of large, disc-shaped habitats stacked
together, one atop the other on a central spine, with a few smaller
discs held at a distance by radial arms.

59

As the pilot skilfully eased the runabout to one side of the facility,
M'Benga caught sight of a Starfleet emblem on the topmost habitat
disc.

The familiar insignia made her feel a little more at ease, though she
was still going to demand some answers of whoever Commodore Twining
might be.  Squinting, she could just make out that there were letters
beneath the emblem, though she wasn't yet close enough to read them.

The pilot touched a communications control.  "This is the Runabout Ohio
requesting docking information."

As M'Benga listened intently, the unmistakable Starfleet computer voice
answered.  "Runabout Ohio, you are cleared for docking in Bay Five.

Drop shields for sensor sweep."

"That was a computer," M'Benga said.

"Yes, ma'am."  The pilot shut down the shields.  The.

doctor was immediately uncomfortable with the sudd ' en knowledge that
only a few centimeters of duranium were between her and the void of
space, completely unprotected by force fields.  What if a tiny piece of
ice or a leftover bolt or two from the construction of that orbital
facility were to strike the viewport at 30,000 kilometers an hour?  The
hair on the back of her neck prickled.  She'd much rather be beamed.

"Is this an automated station of some kind?"

"No, ma'am."

"Sensor sweep completed," the computer announced.

"Dr. M'Benga, please confirm your identity through voice
authorization."

"What?  Listen here, you lump of isolinear circuit droppings, I have no
intention of-" "M'Benga, Andrea Nyota, identity confirmed.  Stand by
for tractor beam."

60

M'Benga pressed her lips tightly together, really angry now.

"Last chance, Ensign.  Either put me in contact with someone in
authority, or you get me the hell out of here-now!"

A lavender beam shot out from the facility and glimmered over the
viewport.  The facility began to fill the viewport as the runabout was
drawn toward the opening pressure doors of Docking Bay 5.

Then two details moved her apprehension closer to fear.

The letters beneath the Starfleet emblem spelled out AGRICULTURAL
RESEARCH STATION 5 I. ALPHA CENTAURI IV.

And in the area directly above the docking-bay doors, she saw phaser
emitters, poorly disguised as an oldfashioned subspace relay, and big
enough for a starship.

M'Benga abandoned her half-worked-out plan to give her pilot a nerve
pinch, then hijack the runabout.

Now she wanted to know why Starfleet had used subterfuge to bring her
to humanity's oldest colony world.  Why an agricultural research
station in one of the safest sectors of space needed starship-class
firepower.

And most of all, she wanted to know why she suddenly had the feeling
she had been here before.

The airlock door puffed open and M'Benga hesitated before stepping
through.  It had been a long time since she had seen an airlock in a
docking bay, as if the pressure door and forcefield weren't protection
enough.

She had only been on Agricultural Research Station 51 for five minutes,
and already it was looking more like a fortress than a science
facility.

"Dr.  M'Benga, a pleasure."

61

The man striding toward her was a Starfleet commodore, shorter than she
was, but with the same impossibly crisp, by-the-book appearance her
nameless pilot had displayed.

"Commodore Twining?"  M'Benga asked.

"Call me Nate.  We don't stand on ceremony here."

M'Benga shook hands with the man, from force of habit rather than any
desire to be polite.  Even he was looking familiar.  "Have we met?"

Twining smiled.  "Oh, I'm sure we've seen each other at medical
conferences over the years.  You know what they're like."

"I do.  I also have a very good memory for faces.

But ... I can't place yours."

Commodore Twining gestured for the doctor to proceed along the
corridor.  "After our meeting, we'll compare our schedules.  I'm
certain we'll find we've attended many conferences in common."

M'Benga walked at the commodore's side.  She noticed that the corridor
was deserted, despite the fact that a station this size should have a
crew numbering close to 500.  "What meeting might that be?"  she
asked.

"It will be easier to show you."

They'd reached a turbolift.  Surprisingly, the commodore had to put his
hand on an identity-scanning plate.

Then he stepped aside, indicating that she had to do the same.

"All this for a turbolift?"  she asked.

"There's a war on, Commander," the commodore replied easily.

But something else wasn't right to M'Benga.  "From the looks of things,
this station has been around a lot longer than we've even known about
the Dominion."

62

The turbolift doors opened.  The commodore waved her inside, then
stepped in after her.  "You're very observant, doctor.  That's why we
enjoy working with you."

M'Benga felt her stomach tighten.  "So ... I have been here before?"

Twining smiled pleasantly.  "Do you think you have?"

"I have to tell you, Commodore, you're making me feel distinctly
uneasy."

"I know.  But it will pass."

The turbolift stopped, the doors opened, and M'Benga paused in
surprise.  She had fully expected to see another corridor.  But what
waited before her seemed to be a spacedock installation, as if the
center of Facility 51 were hollow, with enough room to contain a
starship.

"If you please, doctor," Twining said.  He waited for M'Benga to exit
the turbolift first.

She did.  And through the towering viewports that lay before her, she
found herself gazing into a spherical chamber large enough to encompass
a Sovereign-class vessel.  Though she could see no way a starship could
enter the chamber-there were no docking doors visible from her
perspective.

However, the docking sphere did contain a ship, though the vessel was
only about one-third the length of a Sovereign-class warp nacelle.

M'Benga walked forward to the viewports.  She looked from the small
craft floating in complete isolation beyond the viewports to the
chamber's white ceilings twenty meters above her, laced with power
conduits and pipes worthy of a terraforming station.  All around her on
the deck were control consoles, transporter pads, science stations; the
chamber that looked into the im 63 probable spacedock was the largest
and most complete lab M'Benga had ever seen.  Some of the equipment was
completely unknown to her.

"All this," she said, pointing to the small ship, "for that?"

The commodore stood beside her at the viewport, hands behind his
back.

"Do you recognize it?"

M'Benga frowned.  Another of her questions answered with a question.

The inductive discovery method was so very tedious.  "Have I seen that
before, too?"

"Doubtful.  But perhaps something like it."

M'Benga sighed but thought back to the dreary ship identification
classes she'd been forced to take at the Academy.  It was somehow
familiar.  And yet bizarre.

Almost as if an old-style submarine hull had been-she had it.

"It's a DY-100!  One of the old sleeper ships from ...

I don't know, centuries ago, at least."

Commodore Twining nodded.  "That's certainly what it appears to be."

The commodore had her full attention now.  "'What it appears to he'?"

Then M'Benga remembered something else.  "I heard some engineers
talking in a bar a few months ago.  About rumors that another group of
the socalled genetic supermen from the twentieth century had been
found."  M'Benga fixed her eyes firmly on her host.

"And they were being examined on Alpha Centauri IV."

The commodore nodded.  "I've heard that rumor.

Actually, I created it."

M'Benga snorted.  "Commodore, you'd better start giving me some answers
if you want me to continue this discussion."

Twining motioned toward a science station farther

64

along the lab's spacious floor.  "That ship is only about eighty years
old, though it was deliberately designed to look like one much
older."

6Why?"

"That's one of the questions we hope you'll be able to help us with."

"If it's not a sleeper ship, then what is it?"  M'Benga asked briskly,
more interested in answers than questions at the moment.

"Oh, it is a sleeper ship.  It has twenty-two hibernation compartments,
and seventeen are occupied."

Twining led M'Benga to the science station, where he input a security
code.  A display screen flickered to show an image of a cramped cargo
hold, with horizontal doors on either side, stacked two at a time.

M'Benga realized the doors were reflective, as if they were
transparent, but from the angle of the visual sensor, she couldn't see
through any of them.

"Occupied by whom?"  she asked.  "Or should I say, what?"

"You be the judge."  The commodore touched a communications control.

"Doctor, are you there?"

"Where else would I be?"  A figure moved in front of the sensor in the
cargo hold.  Startled, M'Benp recognized him at once.

"Dr.  Zimmerman?"

The bald doctor on the screen frowned at her.  "Would Dr. Zimmerman be
in a class-eleven biological quarantine zone without protective
clothing?"

"Oh," M'Benga said.  "You're an EMH."

The holographic doctor rolled his eyes.  "Sorry to disappoint you,
Doctor ... ?"

"Doctor Andrea M'Benga."

65

At that, the holographic doctor brightened.  "Ah, allthor of Medical
Melds: A Millennium of Vulcan Healers.

And the exquisite piece in the Journal of Federation Medicine about
cloning drift and quantum uncertainty.

Delighted to meet you."

"Thank you," M'Benga said.  She knew she was interacting with only a
holographic interpretation of Dr. Lewis Zimmerman, but she had teamed
that the best way to deal with artificial life forms was to simply take
them at face value.  Perhaps somewhere in the mathematical algorithms
that made this simulation possible, some numeric equivalent of delight
had been calculated.

Who was any organic being to say that the equations of joy were less
valid than their emotional analogs?

"Doctor," Twining said, "I hate to interrupt."  The EMH grimaced as if
he had heard that phrase a thousand times before.  "But could you move
the visual sensor so Dr.  M'Benga can see one of the ... patients."

"I live to serve," the EMH retorted, but he reached up, and for a
moment, his out-of-focus holographic hand blocked the view on the
screen.

"Are there really class-eleven organisms in there?"

M'Benga asked the commodore.

"None we've detected, but ... until we know exactly what we're dealing
with ... we thought it best to take no chances."

M'Benga watched the image on the screen jiggle as the EMH carried it to
a better vantage point.  "I'm not aware of any type of disease organism
from eight decades in the past that would be more than an inconvenience
today," she said.  "Alien microbes, yes.  New mutations, perhaps.  But
germs from the recent past .  . .

66

"Technically, Commander, this sleeper ship is not from the past."

Before M'Benga could ask the commodore what he meant by technically,
the image on the screen stabilized.

Now the sensor was aimed directly into a hibernation chamber.

M'Benga's interest sharpened.  "Is that ?19

"Yes," the commodore said.  "Doctor, if you could show us the rest of
the chambers?"

The EMH's petulant disembodied voice came back from the console
speaker.  "It's not as if I have anything important to do."

Then one by one, all the hibernation chambers passed before the
sensor.

"They're just children .  . ."  M'Benga said wonderingly.  "Human
children.  All of them?"

"All of them."

"How long have they been in hibernation?"

"About eighty years."

"But, you said they weren't from the past."

"Technically, they're not."  The commodore held her eyes with his.

"Technically, they're from another universe.  And technically, they're
like no human we've ever seen."

M'Benga folded her arms, anticipating the challenge before her, all
feelings of annoyance or anger or unease banished from her being.

There was a mystery before her of epic proportions.

And somehow she knew there was nothing she liked better than to solve
mysteries for the commodore.

But when had she met him before?  And what other mysteries had she
solved?

67

Kirk realized he must be dead.

Then he realized that if he was aware of being dead, he must still be
alive.  But he couldn't feel his body, had no sense of position, not
even the sensation of floating weightlessly.

He tried to remember how this had come about.  He recalled running
across an asteroid, heading for the edge of an artificial-gravity
field.

That's it, he thought.  Ifell off the edge of the world.

For reasons he didn't understand, he pictured himself hanging between
two nearly colliding asteroids as they spun past each other in the
void.

But in that picture, his environment suit was all wrong.  It wasn't
Starfleet high-visibility white for easy identification and rescue in
space.  It was so darkly red it could almost be black.

No, that's not me.  Thats Then he remembered who he had been chasing.

That final fight.  How, faceplate shattered, he had crawled to the edge
of the asteroid, only to see himself-no,

68

Tiberius!-tumbling in free fall until the phaser hit and he himself
vanished like the others.

But I didn't vanish, Kirk thought.  I ...

He opened his eyes.

Then gasped in surprise at the face that was only centimeters from his:
young, narrow, and topped with a shock of unruly blond hair.

"Now what's the matter?"  the holographic doctor asked.

"Nothing.  . ."  Kirk croaked.  His throat was raw.  His voice was
barely audible.  "I was just ... surprised."

"Well, who wouldn't be?  I mean, imagine waking up in sickbay and
finding a doctor.  What are the odds of that?"

Kirk realized he was stretched out on a diagnostic bed.  He tried to
sit up but a surgical palette covered his chest and it was all he could
do to lift his head.

He tried to remember where he had met this particular Emergency Medical
Hologram before, the Mark II version whose personality programming
seemed to be a few q-bits short of a kiloquad.  "Am I ... on the
Sovereign?"  This version of the EMH had been installed on Nechayey's
ship and had behaved quite courageously, Kirk recalled.

But the EMH gazed down at Kirk with pity.  "The Sovereign is last
year's model.  Does this look like the Sovereign?"  He gestured
expansively around the sickbay.  "Do we see any buckets of leeches?

Phlebotomy troughs?  I don't think so."

Kirk had to admit the sickbay was unlike any he had been in before.

Almost every surface was a smooth, oddly matte-finished white, with
bulkheads rising from the deck in elegant curves that blended
seamlessly into

69

the sculpted ceiling.  He lay back again.  Incredibly, just that amount
of movement had drained him.  "No offense.  What ship is this?"

With evident smugness, the EMH said, "You are onboard the pride of
Starfleet, the Leviathan-class science vessel, U.S.S. Heisenberg."

Kirk couldn't resist.  "You're certain?"

The EMH frowned.  "That's the first time I've heard that.  Today.  "
Kirk licked at his dry lips, tried shifting on the diagnostic bed,
experienced a strange ripple of discomfort deep inside his chest.  He
decided much of his grogginess and inability to move was the result of
some kind of anesthetic.  At least, he hoped so.

"Have I had surgery?"

The EMH shrugged.  "Minor.  A trifle.  Hardly worth mentioning.  A
little matter of all the alveoli in your lungs being ruptured by
exposure to vacuum.  But the replacement lungs seem to be working
well.

So far."

Kirk sighed.  Maybe he was dead after all.  And his hell was being
trapped for eternity with a computer with a bad attitude.  He tried
again.  "Where is everybody?"

"Let's see now," the EMH said thoughtfully.  "Current Federation
figures suggest a total human galactic population of one hundred
billion.  Would you like me to run through the list of their
whereabouts alphabetically?"

"Spock?  Or Dr.  McCoy?  Anyone else?"

"As long as they aren't an artificial life form, is that it?"

Kirk stared fixedly at the hologram, remembering three of the best
words he had learned in the twentyfourth century.  "Computer .  . ."

"Don't you dare, " the EMH warned.

70

... end program."

The Mark Two blurred in a flurry of holographic static, then was
gone.

Kirk felt better already.  He cleared his throat, dismissing its
painful protests.  "Kirk to Spock."

He waited less than two seconds for the response.

"Spock here.  I am pleased to hear that you are awake."

Kirk smiled.  Now he would get answers to his questions.  "I'd be
pleased if someone could tell me exactly where I am, how long I've been
out, and what I've missed."

"The holographic doctor was supposed to brief you after he alerted us
you were awake."

"He ... had better things to do."

"Indeed.  I am on my way.  Please do not leave sickbay."

Kirk glanced at the surgical palette holding him in place.  "That
sounds ... logical."

"Tri-ox," McCoy said as he positioned a pillow behind Kirk's neck a few
minutes later.  "That's what kept you going after you blacked out."

"Aye," Scott said, "that and Captain Picard in his shuttle."

Kirk pushed his bandaged hands against the arms of the chair he'd moved
to and took a deliberately slow, deep breath, trying to detect any
sensation that would let him know he was breathing with anything other
than the lungs he'd been born with.  As he exhaled, he looked around
again at the unusual sickbay-it seemed so modern and advanced he almost
felt as if he had jumped another 78 years into the future.  He risked
another deep

71

breath, and other than a slight stiffness beneath his sternum, felt no
difference.

"Amazing," he said.

"What is?"  McCoy growled.  "The fact that you've made a fool of
yourself again?  I told you not to go down there.  I told you-" Kirk
narrowed his eyes at McCoy.  "End program," he said.  But it didn't
work.  His old friend remained firm and solid-and determined not to let
him forget his frailties.

"You can't get rid of me that easily," McCoy said.

Kirk nodded, looking up at his three companions through time: Spock,
McCoy, and Scotty.  "I wouldn't want to."  He paused for a moment,
remembering those who were missing, who had so often helped him
before.

And then his thoughts turned, as always, to the future.

"Where's Teilani?"

"She is on the Pauli, " Spock said.  "There is a Romu Ian physician on
the ship's medical staff.  Considering Teilani's pregnancy, we felt
examination by a specialist would be prudent."

"Of course," Kirk agreed.  But now there was some thing else he didn't
understand.  "Is the Pauli a Romulan ship?"

"It is a Starfleet science vessel," Spock said.  "And, as yet, I have
no information on its unusual staffing arrangements-there are a great
many exchange officers onboard.  The ships do, however, appear to be
prototypes of some kind."

"If they are prototypes," Scott added, "then they're the strangest ones
I've ever seen.  All three of them."

Kirk knew Spock could see that he was bursting with questions but was
still too weak to ask all of them.

72

Spock folded his hands behind his back.  "To put it briefly, Jim, less
than sixty seconds after Tiberius vanished-" "Vanished?  I saw him get
shot .  . . didn't I?"

"I am surprised you could see anything, given the fact you were exposed
to vacuum at the time.  However, T'Val does claim to have scored a
direct hit on Tiberius, just before he dematerialized."

"Dematerialized how?"

"We don't know," McCoy said.  "Tiberius.  His men.

They all ... phht.  That's what these ships are here for.

They're all science vessels: the Heisenberg, the Schrodinger, and the
Pauli."

"Twentieth-century physicists," Scott added.  "Quanturn physics.  At
least, what they called quantum physics back then, even though they had
no idea that-" Spock interrupted.  "Another time, Mr. Scott.  Suffice
it to say that Tiberius's fate is still being investigated.

You, however, were beamed to Captain Picard's shuttle.

Commanders Riker and Data were able to stabilize you, and Dr. Crusher
managed to restore enough of the Enterprise's sickbay facilities to
maintain you on a pulmonary support unit.  She thought you would have
to be taken back to a starbase under medical stasis, but the Heisenberg
proved to have exceptional medical facilities.  So your lung
replacement surgery was carried out here."

"How long since Tiberius ... dematerialized?"

"Six hours," McCoy said.  "How's it feel to breathe through those
things?"

"Same as always."

"Good.  It'll be a few weeks before the blood supply is fully restored
at the capillary level, so you're apt to feel

73

breathless if you exert yourself.  But we'll keep you on tri-ox
compound and set up a daily routine of tissue regeneration."  McCoy
tapped his own chest.  "I had mine done years ... decades ago.  Haven't
had a problem with them since."

"So I've noticed," Kirk said with a wry smile.  He looked up at
Spock.

"So the Enterprise survived?"  For Picard's sake, he was relieved, and
happy.

But then he noticed the way his three friends exchanged almost furtive
glances.  "Is there something wrong with the ship?"

Again his friends hesitated, until through some unspoken agreement,
Scott took over.  He spoke haltingly, as if not all was known to him
either.  "It's difficult to say, one way or the other.  They were able
to stop the autodestruct without much fuss.  But ... the ship seems t'
have suffered some peculiar interior damage."

"Because of the failed transport?"  Kirk asked, puzzled.

Scott's next words spilled out in a rush of frustration.

"Jim, the fact of the matter is, I don't know because she won't let me
talk to Geordi."

"Who won't let you?"

"Hu-Lin Redisson," Spock said.  "Captain of the Heisenberg."

"And commander of the science convoy," McCoy added.

"She's not letting us talk to anyone from the Enterprise, " Scott
continued.  "Or from the rescue convoy.

Or-"

Kirk held up a newly wrapped hand to stop Scott.  The replacement
bandages were thinner, less bulky, than before, but now he couldn't
feel a thing past the middle

74

of each forearm.  McCoy must have me on some type of neural block, he
guessed.

"Scotty, just a minute.  There're two different convoys here?"

"Aye.  Captain Radisson and the science vessels were here within an
hour after Tiberius escaped-vanished-dematerialized-whatever the
blaggard did.

The relief convoy arrived about an hour after that."

Spock added, "And Captain Radisson is apparently making them hold
position half a light-year from the labor-camp asteroid while the
Schrodinger ferries survivors to them."

"Apparently?"  Kirk asked.  His brain was struggling to make sense of
all the new details of the latest mystery surrounding his mirror
universe counterpart.

"In addition to the restrictions established by Captain Radisson,"
Spock continued, "it appears communications have been badly affected by
a local disturbance in the subspace medium.  About the time Tiberius
vanished, our suit communicators were overloaded by a powerful subspace
pulse.  Logically, that is the most likely cause of the disruption.

But what caused that disruption, I cannot say."

Kirk looked from one friend to the other.  "I take it I'm not the only
one who thinks there's something wrong here."

Spock answered for them all.  "Despite having been caught up in the
middle of these events since the beginning, I am left with the strong
suspicion that Captain Radisson knows even more about them than do
we."

"I'd like th meet Captain Radisson," Kirk said.

"That is fortunate for all of us."

75

Kirk waited for Spock to explain himself.

"Because the captain has stated in no uncertain terms that until you
and she come to some agreement, the four of us, and Teilani, are to
consider ourselves under ship arrest."

"What have we done this time?"  Kirk asked.

"It's not what we've done," McCoy said.

"Apparently," Spock added, "it is because of what we know."

But as far as Kirk was concerned, no one seemed to know anything.

At least not what he needed to know.

Where had Tiberius gone?

And who was helping him now?

76

Dr. M'Benga watched the genetic profiles of the children move across
the screen of her science station.  And it was her science station.

These control surfaces were configured to her preferences.  She
recognized the layout of the screen displays.  It was her own
idiosyncratic system of organization.

This was no longer a case of some ill-defined feeling of ddji vu.

There was no doubt in M'Benga's mind that she had been to Station 51
before, probably more than once.

Nor that, somehow, all memories she had of previous visits here had
been wiped from her mind.

She was well aware that there were many methods of doing so, from
bi-neural neutralizers to engrammatic agonists.  And even as she
searched for clues in the data that streamed by, M'Benga worked out a
plan for avoiding such memory theft today.

Then an incongruous pattern caught her attention.

"Computer, stop.  Reverse two screens."

As the data streamed backward, M'Benga became aware of Commodore
Twining suddenly at her side.

"You found something?"

77

"Maybe."  M'Benga looked up at the commodore.  His short hair, more
white than black in it, was as perfectly groomed as the rest of him, a
match for his precisely arranged uniform with its phaser-straight
jacket seam bisecting him with geometric exactitude.  She doubted a
full sensor sweep would turn up one loose thread.

The computer displayed the screen she had requested.

It was a fractal graph of amino-acid distribution in the genetic
structure of child 7. She'd chosen this type of fractal representation,
a method of her own devising, because it was a technique that enabled
the human eye and mind to quickly grasp the totality of an individual's
genetic code.  Seeing the visual relationship of the code Is different
amino acids was infinitely more efficient than spending hours viewing
the complete, base pair-bybase pair listing of a human genotype.

M'Benga knew that in such inspections the constant stream of letter
combinations quickly became nonsensical.

Pictures and patterns, on the other hand, were what the human mind had
evolved to understand.  And M'Benga understood the pattern she was
seeing now.

She pointed to the screen where a spiked curl of yellow unfurled like
the tip of a fern from a central spiral of red.  "There," M'Benga
said.

"That's not human."

She saw the commodore step back from her, as if startled, to glance
beyond her science station, through the enormous viewport, and to the
sleeper ship floating in its web of tractor beams at the center of the
docking chamber.

"Can you tell what it is?"  he asked.

M'Benga placed her hands to either side of the computer's control
surface.  She needed more information

78

and she needed it now.  "Commodore, if they're from another universe,
how can it be that their DNA is so similar to ours?"

"Maybe universe isn't the word for it.  Another quanturn reality."

Now M'Benga was startled.  She twisted around to confront the
commodore.  "The mirror universe?"

M'Benga whistled as she saw Twining's nod of assent.

As chief medical officer of the Tobias, she had read the classified
standing orders detailing protocols to be followed upon contact with
beings from that parallel existence, beings known to Starfleet for more
than a century.  Her level of clearance hadn't allowed her to access
all the details of conditions in that other reality, but the few
warnings that were available to her made it sound extremely
disturbing.

An alternate universe in which humans and Vulcans had been subjugated
by an alliance of Klingons and Cardassians wasn't an existence she
wished to experience.

And even more unusual than the protocols had been the procedures that
were to be followed in the event a Starfleet vessel made contact with
duplicates of its command staff and/or crew ... M'Benga had found even
the possibility of such contact bordering on the su meal.

"That means that genetically, they're exactly like us," she said,
seeking absolute confirmation.

"Exactly."

"Then I should be able to get the computer to identify any standard
deviations.  You do keep the Federation Genetic Atlas online?"

The commodore flashed a quick, nervous smile.  "You ask that every
time."

79

"So we're not playing games anymore?  You admit I've been here
before?"

"No games.  I'm sorry, Doctor.  You have been here many times."

"How did-how do you erase my memories?"

The commodore put his hand on her shoulder as if he were an old
friend.

M'Benga's first thought was to push his hand away, but then she had the
distinctly unsettling feeling that Twining was an old friend of hers.

"Andrea," he said, "I know this is difficult, but you have to trust me
on two very important points."

Struggling to suspend her natural pragmatism and rationality, M'Benga
forced herself to listen.  Already, though, it almost seemed to her as
if she could rememher each word he was about to say, but only in the
instant before he said it.

"First, years ago, when we told you about our work here, you
volunteered to help us, and we hid nothing from you.  You knew and
accepted that your memories of your time with the project would be
suppressed after each visit."

M'Benga was taken by his choice of words.

As if he had read her mind, Twining said, "That's right.  Suppressed.

Not erased.  This is still a Starfleet operation.  Rather than
practicing mind control, we prefer to think of what we do to your
memories as merely enforcing a long period of communications
blackout."

Another fleeting smile transformed his lined face, and M'Benga had a
sudden memory of what he had looked like when his hair had been
completely black.  She had known him that long.  "The same type of
blackout that any Starfleet facility might enforce in a

80

time of war to prevent the chance that unauthorized information might
be inadvertently spread."

M'Benga spoke haltingly.  "You say a time of war, and you say I've been
helping you for many years.  So ...

we're not talking about the war with the Dominion, are we?"

Twining shook his head, and M'Benga had no trouble detecting the
sadness within him.

"If my memories are going to be suppressed again, why can't you tell me
more?"

"Because they are only suppressed.  If we wiped them out completely, I
could tell you everything.  But the next time you came here, I'd have
to tell it to you all over again.  And again.  And again.  And after
too many treatments, we'd run the risk of carving out parts of your
memory that have nothing to do with your work here."

He gave her shoulder a final, paternal squeeze, then took his hand
away.  "You must have noticed by now that you haven't seen any of the
other people who work here.  And when you need to know something about
this facility, it comes to mind."

"Sometimes," M'Benga said slowly, knowing he was right but not yet
feeling that he was.

The commodore looked back at the sleeper ship.

"Because we'd rather keep certain information from you than risk
permanently erasing it.  Accept our intentions for your well-being as
evidence that you are here of your own free will, even if you don't
remember giving it."

"Do I have a choice?"

"Not now.  Not when we're so close."  Twining turned back to her, and
M'Benga suddenly knew she had seen that intense face a thousand times
before, anxious,

81

caring, upset, jubilant.  "Please, Andrea ... identify the nonhuman
genetic information in that child."

M'Benga sighed, still disconcerted.  Perhaps her subconscious would
work out the problem while her conscious attention was directed
elsewhere.  "Let me set up the search."

As Twining left her side, M'Benga turned back to the console to link
the fractal display to the Federation Genetic Atlas.  She knew it could
take days to run a full comparison of all recorded genetic structures
encountered in the known galaxy, so she set limits to narrow the search
to the most obvious possibilities.  The yellow spiral of nonhuman DNA
in the child might indicate he had an alien ancestor, perhaps Vulcan or
Betazoid, four or five generations ago.  She selected HUMANOIDS,
POSTCONTACT from the menu and put the computer to work comparing the
DNA fragment from child 7 to the complete genetic sequences of some 320
warp-capable humanoid species to which the Prime Directive would not
apply.  One of those would be the most likely source of a human-alien
hybrid.

Knowing the comparison would take a few minutes, she got up to stretch
her legs.

The commodore was back again, offering her a turnbler filled with a
carbonated dark brown liquid.  M'Benga smiled as she recognized its
sweet scent.  Twining was her friend.  "Cola!  You know, there's a bar
on Deep Space 9 that claims to have every drink in the universe, and
the owner can't even get his replicators to come anywhere near this."

She took a tentative sip.  "Magnificent."

"They make it down on Alpha IV.  A very old factory.

One of the first ever built here.  But with the carbona 82 tion, it
doesn't travel well.  We always have some here for you."

"No wonder I took the job."

Twining stood beside her at the viewport, watching the ship as she
did.

"How did it get here?"  she asked.

"To this universe?  We don't know.  A Starfleet tanker found it in a
parking orbit near Rigel VII.  The commander recognized the type of
ship it is from his history lessons at the Academy."

M'Benga nodded.  She had had the same lessons.

"Captain Kirk and Khan Noonien Singh."

M'Benga smiled to herself as she remembered her assignment on Chal
during the virogen crisis.  "I met him, you know.  Captain Kirk."

The commodore nodded.  "I know."

M'Benga glanced sideways at Twining, wondering if she'd told him her
entire life story, perhaps all her secrets.  If so, she still couldn't
remember.  "How many years did you say we've been working together?"

"I didn't.  But it's ten.  We recruited you right after you
graduated."

Now that made no sense whatsoever, M'Benga thought.  "Who have we been
fighting for ten years?  The Borg?"

"Those children aren't Borg, Andrea.  You saw their profiles.  They're
all human.  The EMH has scanned every cubic centimeter.  No
nanoprobes.

No symbionts."

"Then why are you-we-so ... afraid of them?  I mean, to keep them in
such extreme bioisolation."

"Afraid is not a strong enough word."

At that, M'Benga made a concentrated mental effort to see if she could
dredge up anything more about her

83

work here, to help explain the commodore's fears.  But absolutely
nothing relevant surfaced in her mind.  She turned her attention back
to the present.  "Have you tried waking one of the children?"

The commodore frowned.  "A few of them did come out of hibernation
once."

"When?"

"Sometime after the tanker commander reported finding the ship."

M'Benga didn't like the sound of that.  Somehow, she knew that
Commodore Twining was a man for whom everything must be precise.  Yet
he had used the word sometime.  "What happened?"

"The tanker crew conducted a preliminary inventory of the ship.  A
five-person away team.  Some type of automated system revived one of
the children.  What happened next, we don't know.  Except that all five
members of the away team were killed."

"How?"

The commodore sighed.  "You name it.  There were bruises, cuts, gouges,
several broken arms.  But the cause of death for each member of the
team was different.

Neurotoxins, mostly.  Synapse inhibitors.  Adrenaline accelerators.

For one of the bodies, we still can't even identify the toxin that was
used."

M'Benga looked at him sharply.  "Have I studied these children
before?"

"No," the commodore said firmly.  "This is the first time we've brought
you in about this ship."

Her workstation chimed to indicate its search was over, and M'Benga
left the viewport to view the result.

Commodore Twining followed after her.

A series of graphs scrolled by on one of M'Benga's

84

display screens, marking the percentage of correlation between the
alien DNA in child 7 and the genetic structure of all the warp-capable
humanoids known to the Federation.  She turned to Twining.  "This
ship.

You've found others?"

But the commodore ignored her question.  He was staring intently at the
screen.  "No match."

Surprised, M'Benga addressed the computer.  "Display full correlation
results."

There was a 22 percent correlation to Vulcans, but that was the
strongest, not enough to confirm that it was a Vulcan gene sequence.

All the other species comparisons hovered around the 10 to I 5 percent
range.  M'Benga knew that one school of thought claimed this was the
figure to be expected of blind chance, whereas another believed it was
evidence that all species in the galaxy had been seeded by an earlier
race of starfarers.

"Could it be an artificial gene?"  the commodore asked.

"Doubtful," M'Benga answered.  She toggled the display back to the
fractal graph of child 7's genotype.  "See how chaotic the pattern
is?

If there were artificial-gene sequences in there, something inserted
through genetic engineering, the fractal pattern would be noticeably
disturbed.  We'd see some straight lines, discrete blocks of color,
clear signs of order in what should be an almost random structure."

The commodore bit his lip, apparently troubled.  "But surely the very
fact that it's a structure implies that there is some order to it."

"Now we're leaving biology and heading into philosophy."  M'Benga
hesitated for a moment, unsure how much the commodore already knew but
was not telling

85

her.  But Twining merely waited, as if wanting her to continue.

"Our universe," M'Benga began, "however it came into being, is a result
of the fundamental forces of nature-that is, electromagnetism, quantum
gravity, and the strong, weak, and subspatial nuclear forces-all of
them operating in accordance with the fundamental principles of
nature.

And those principles include entropy, quintessential inflation, the
broken symmetry of time, and self-organization.

"The self-organizing principle is the one that most directly affects
the development of life.  It is simply the tendency of matter and
energy in our universe to form associations that are stable over
time.

At its most basic level, life is a form of self-organized matter and
energy that is not only stable but capable of reproduction.  And in
nature, the most successful forms of life are usually those that end up
reshaping their environment-most often blindly, occasionally with
intelligence-to make that environment more conducive to the continued
existence of life."

M'Benga paused, but again the commodore said nothing.  So she
continued.  "Centuries ago, there used to be a rancorous debate about
whether life existed only on Earth or if it was common throughout the
universe.

Now we know the answer.  It's everywhere.  And one of the reasons it
was so difficult to determine the origins of life is because it has so
many.  Life arises from clay substrates, geothermal vents, solar-heated
tidal pools, lightning discharges in atmosphere ... Virtually any
planet, moon, or asteroid with an environment in the right temperature
range will almost inevitably give rise to life of some kind.  But
because there are so many ways

86

for life to get started, and so many paths it can take once it's
established, the end result at a genetic level is invariably random."

M'Benga was about to go on with her discourse when the commodore
finally reacted to what she was saying.

"But so many species are humanoid in appearance.

That's not random."

"No, that's convergent evolution, a natural process that's an
inevitable result of the self-organizing principle."  M'Benga saw the
frown on Twining's face.  "Similar habitats tending to force the
appearance of similar adaptations.  On Earth, penguins are birds and
killer whales are mammals, yet because both have evolved to exploit the
same habitat, both species exhibit the same type of protective
coloration.  Another example-the eye.  It's such a useful organ for
perceiving the environment that it independently evolved more than
forty separate times on Earth.  Again, it's the result of the many
random processes of life being shaped by a common feature of the
environment-in this case, visible light."

M'Benga adapted her argument to the case at hand.

"The bipedal humanoid form is an efficient design for coping with the
common ecological features found on Class-M planets.  We know evolution
produces random mutations but that the mutations that persist are
usually those which increase the likelihood of an individual's or a
group's survival within a given environment.  Thus," she looked
directly at Twining, "whether a life form evolved from the iron seas of
Earth or the copper seas of Vulcan, what is important is the fact that
both planets have similar habitats.  This is what led to the
development of life forms with dissimilar blood chemistry

87

nevertheless taking on the same overall physical arrangement."

Twining hadn't taken his eyes off the fractal pattern on the screen.

"So it's all random to you.  Leaving these children aside for the
moment, in your study of galactic biology, and given the similarities
among many of the species from different planets, you don't see any
indications of deliberate genetic manipulation, seeding, anything like
that?"

"You mean like the Preservers?"  M'Benga asked.

"Some ancient alien race that roamed the stars like Johnny
Appleseed?"

Surely I've had this conversation with Twining before, she thought.  It
was a standard ongoing debate on any starship.  She couldn't count the
number of long nights on the Tobias that she and Captain MacDonald and
Chief Engineer Bare had argued it back and forth and back again.

"The Preservers," Twining said.  "Or Dr.  Galen's ancestral race."

M'Benga had also heard those arguments before, so many times that her
response now was nearly automatic.

Even as she spoke, she was beginning another search on her
workstation.

Instead of looking for another species that might account for the
nonhuman DNA in child 7, this time she instructed the computer to
compare the child's genetic sequence with all known genotypes of
lifeforms of any kind on Vulcan.  Maybe one of the child's ancestors
had merely caught a Vulcan flu or cold, and some of the disease
organism's genes ended up being incorporated in its host's genotype.

"I've read Captain Picard's papers about Galen's ancestral race,"
M'Benga said as she input the new

88

search parameters, "and I don't dispute they existed."

The race in question, still unnamed, had apparently been the first
species in the galaxy to develop a starfaring society, more than 4
billion years ago, when the Earth was still cooling after coalescing
from a planetary nebula.  As this first race had explored the galaxy
and found no other intelligent species, in their loneliness they had
seeded the oceans of many promising worlds with the precursors of
life.

Their story had been revealed in a remarkable piece of genetic
detective work begun by Dr. Richard Galen and completed by Captain
Jean-Luc Picard.  The two men, teacher and student, had made the
astounding discovery that a sophisticated holographic message from that
ancestral race was actually encoded in the genetic structure of four
humanoid specieshumans, Klingons, Cardassians, and Vulcans, including
the Vulcans' offshoot race, the Romulans.

M'Benga herself had seen recordings of that message, a message
assembled from long stretches of genes that appeared to have no
discernible role in the normal function of healthy cells.

"But what about the Bajorans and Andorians, Tellarites and Trills,
Betazoids, Orions, Ferengi ... ?"  she asked the commodore.  "They're
all humanoid, all capable of bearing children together-with appropriate
medical support, of course.  And that type of genetic relationship
among the older species goes back well more than four billion years."

M'Benga sat back as the computer went to work on its new series o f
genetic comparisons.  "Galen's ancestral race quite possibly did have a
hand in establishing life on some of the planets in local space, but I
think the

89

argument can be made that Galen's race is another result of the same
processes that brought forth life in the galaxy, not its ultimate
cause."

Now the commodore directed his full attention to M'Benga, not her
display screen, as if this was the most fascinating conversation he had
had in years.  "So you are a supporter of the Preserver theory?"

She snorted.  "From the studies I've read, I'd say the whole concept of
a race called the Preservers arises from our human need to see a
pattern in the archeological record, even when there is no pattern
there.  When you think about it, every spacegoing culture behaves in
some way like the Preservers.  All colony worlds act to preserve
specialized cultures and ways of life.  The Federation is no
exception.

It has an active program for distributing animals and plants from one
world to another, to preserve life in the event of planetary
disaster."

M'Benga glanced at her screen.  Nothini yet.  "I think that when we
look back at the archeological records of a thousand extinct cultures
and we see evidence of Preserver-like activity, it's much more likely
that we're seeing a thousand different preservation initiatives that
had arisen independently, like the more than forty different forms of
eyes on Earth.

"It takes a huge leap of faith to interpret all preservation efforts
over the eons as the result of one virtually omnipotent race operating
consistently over ... well, billions upon billions of years.  I just
don't accept that's likely, or even possible."

"What about the Preserver artifacts?"  the commodore asked.  "It was
your Captain Kirk who found one of the first."

M'Benga grimaced.  "First of all, he's not my Captain

90

Kirk.  And second, what about the Preserver artifacts?

There're what?  Six of them?"

"One hundred and eighteen, actually."

That number took M'Benga by surprise.  "Oh?"  She frowned, wondering
how that discovery had bypassed her.  And just when.  "I see I haven't
been keeping up."

She automatically checked her display screen again, but the computer
was still engaged in its new search.

"Still," she said, "if we postulate a race that had a cultural,
industrial, and economic structure that was stable over eons, enabling
it to visit every planet in the galaxy and move whole populations of
species and even cultures around like chess pieces, one hundred
eighteen artifacts isn't much of a legacy to leave behind.

"I mean, where are the ruins of their colonies?  Where are their
derelict ships?  Every dead culture leaves something behind, even if
it's just a garbage dump."

The commodore rubbed at his chin.  "Maybe they're not dead."  if he
hadn't said that with such a serious expression, M'Benga would have
scoffed at him openly.  "Well, you've just abandoned philosophy,"
she.

said.  "Now you're on the very fringes of lunatic science.  I mean,
really, Commodore-if there is such a thing as Preseryers, or whatever
you want to call them, omnipotent aliens who travel among us without us
ever spotting them on our sensors or recording images of them, how do
you account for it?"

Commodore Twining shrugged.  "Highly advanced alien technology."

M'Benga's eyes narrowed.  "Arthur Clarke, one of the great scientific
minds of the twentieth century, said something that was as true then as
it is today: 'Any

91

sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic."

Magic is fantasy.  And that's what the Preservers are."

"Lots of people believe in them."

"Commodore," M'Benga said, studying Twining.

"People always want to believe in something bigger than themselves.

Since the beginning of space travel, one of the most enduring myths of
humanity has been that somewhere out among the stars will be an
omnipotent race of aliens who will answer all of our questions, solve
all our problems, and take away all our fears."

M'Benga pursed her lips, puzzled.  The commodore had seemed a
reasonable man.  So why did he seem to be promoting unreasonable
beliefs?  The contradiction was worth exploring.  She decided another
example might make her argument clearer.  "I mean, remember how the'
euphoria of our First Contact with the Vulcans was replaced by an
incredible social letdown?  Earth had been through a nuclear war.  We
needed a future to look forward to, and suddenly we had the answer to
our prayers-contact with an advanced alien race.  The world was
supposed to change overnight.  But it didn't, did it?  Because, in the
end, the Vulcans were just like us.

Their starship technology was more established, but even so, Cochrane
was able to make improvements on the Vulcans' designs.  And although
their medical knowledge was vast, even then, it was more than a century
before any of it could be adapted for humans.

"This time we live in, Commodore, as miraculous as it might seem to
someone from Cochrane's era, wasn't given to us by aliens.  It's one we
made ourselves, day by day.  And we still have to work at it.  This
...

fantasy of the Preservers, it's a fairy tale.  Lots of people might

92

believe in it, but I'm a scientist.  I need proof And as another great
scientific mind of the twentieth century once said, 'Extraordinary
claims require extraordinary evidence."' "That was Carl Sagan, an
astronomer," the commodore said with a smile.  "And if I recall
correctly, that statement of his had to do with that same rancorous
debate you just mentioned, about whether life was just on Earth or
throughout the galaxy.  Sagan was responding to people who claimed to
have seen alien starships on Earth and to have met with aliens, prior
to First Contact."

That was news to M'Benga.  Why would anyone have thought that?  she
wondered.  But then, the twentieth century had been one of the most
peculiar times in human history.  She shrugged and made the point that
mattered now.  "Then I submit," she said, "that the landing of the
Vulcan ship at Cochrane's base was the extraordinary proof that Dr.
Sagan would have acs land in cepted.  The same way the day the
Preserver front of me is the day I'll accept them."

Intriguingly, Twining looked as if he had something more to say but for
some reason was choosing not to.

Then M'Benga's computer chimed again.

And even given everything that had happened to her today, for the first
time M'Benga could say she was truly disturbed by the results she saw
on her screen.

"One hundred percent correlation?"  Commodore Twining exclaimed.  "With
what?"

M'Benga's fingers flew over the control surfaces.  She was just as
anxious as he to know the answer to his question.  According to the
graph now on her display screen, that anomalous piece of genetic
information in

93

child 7 was an exact match for a genetic sequence from a life form on
Vulcan.  But which one?

The sudden blare of a warning horn and the flashing of red lights
caused M'Benga to lose her place in the command instructions she
input.

"The ship!"  the commodore said.  His communicator chirped and he
tapped it.  "Twining here."

The voice that came from the small device spoke in Federation standard,
requiring no automatic translation.  Nonetheless, M'Benga heard a
distinct Klingon accent.  "Commodore, the EMH is reporting that the
children are coming out of hibernation.  All of them."  Immediately,
M'Benga's eyes looked past her workstation to the sleeper ship beyond
the viewport.  She saw nothing different.

"What did the EMH do?"  Twining asked sharply.

Now the EMH himself responded from a display screen on the console.

"Nothing!"  He seemed, to M'Benga, extremely indignant for a
hologram.

"I was runnin a dust-particle analysis of the cabin air, looking 9 for
errant traces of DNA, when ... well, see for yourself."

On the screen, the EMH stepped to the side of the visual sensor mounted
on the wall of the sleeper ship's cargo hold.  Now M'Benga saw a
flashing green light over each hibernation chamber door in view.

"Something must have happened to cause this," Twining said.

Then another display screen came to life with an image of a young
Klingon male.  M'Benga didn't know what to make of his uniform.  It
looked as if it was a Starfleet uniform conceived by a Klingon.  The
design of the jacket was Starfleet's latest, but instead of gray

94

shoulders on a black jacket, the color combination was Klingon
blood-lavender on an almost metallic silvergray.  And the communicator
pin the Klingon wore was not a Starfleet delta, but a yellow, red, and
green Klingon trefoil.

"Commodore," the Klingon said, "moments before the revival process bepn
on board the ship, communications reported an anomalous subspace
pulse.

There's a complex pattern encoded in it, but it was so powerful, we
might not have been able to record its entire contents."

"You think it might be a signal?"  Twining asked.

"I am doubtful the connection to the sleepers' revival is
coincidental."

"Do what you can to decode it," Twining said.  "And get me a point of
origin.  I want to know who sent it."

The Klingon huffed as if preparing to do battle, then cut the
connection.

"What kind of uniform was that?"  M'Benga asked.

But instead of answering her, the commodore said, "Here they come."

On the screen, a clear door rose up and slid out of the way on one of
the chambers.  A moment later, a small pair of legs swung over the side
and a child dropped free of the chamber.

It was a young girl.  Perhaps ten.  Short, unkempt blond hair was
standing up on the back of her head, and she looked confused.

M'Benga's first thought was, What a pretty child.

She watched, fascinated, as the young girl began performing a ritual
Vulcan kata, a series of slow and deliberate movements intended to
focus the mind on its connection to the body.  M'Benga's
great-grandfather

95

had shown her some of them and had said that they could take more than
a hundred years to master.

But this apparently human child was moving with a breathtaking
precision M'Benga had only seen in masters of the Kolinahr.

"That's ... unbelievable," M'Benga said.

"You mean the way she's moving through that kata?"

M'Benga nodded.  It seemed the commodore was also a knowledgeable
man-which made it even more surprising that he could believe in the
Preserver fantasy.

"Doctor," Twining said abruptly, "see if you can establish contact."

On the screen, the EMH approached the child.  When it seemed she was
looking at him, he said.  "Hello, little girl.  Can you tell me your
name?"

The little girl held up her hand.  The EMH reached down for it.

At once, the child yanked the EMH's head down to her level, secured a
hold on his neck, and bit into his neck.

The EMH leaped back, arms outspread, the girl's arms wrapped around his
shoulders.  For an instant, his holographic body lost focus and the
young girl fell through him.  The EMH had obviously adjusted his
cohesiveness.

"Good grief," the EMH said.  "That was completely uncalled for, young-"
The EMH was cut off as another small form lunged at him from offscreen,
and then another and another until it seemed he'd disappeared into a
swarm of young children.

Just as M'Benga was wondering if she was actually hearing the sounds of
snarling over the workstation

96

speakers, a familiar hum vibrated the air next to her, and the
holographic doctor took shape beside her.  He was busily brushing off
his trousers and jacket.  "They're little savages," he said.

"Small, yes," Twining said, "savage, perhaps not.

They seem to know what they're doing."

On the screen, M'Benga saw a small, pudgy hand reach in front of the
visual sensor and then the picture was gone.

Twining tapped his communicator.  "Twining to Ohservation.  Do we have
any visual sensors left onboard the ship?"

A standard computer voice answered.  "All visual sensors have been
taken offline."

"Go to sensors.  Send the reconstruction to Dr.  M'Benga's station."

At once, on the science station, a graphic, wire-frame version of the
sleeper ship appeared.  M'Benga saw 17 yellow dots in constant motion
within, many of them moving toward the bow.  She turned to the
commodore.

"They're all awake," he said.

M'Benga had a worrisome thought.  "Any chance they can try to move that
thing?"

Twining nervously tapped his fingers on the top of M'Benga's station.

"No, we removed its propulsion system.  Left it just enough power for
life-support."

"At least it's not going anywhere."

"Good," the holographic doctor said.  "They were entirely too
aggressive for my liking.  Did you see that one of the little monsters
tried to bite me?"

And then all conversation stopped as the main dorsal airlock on the
sleeper ship opened with a puff of frozen atmosphere.

97

The Klingon was immediately back onscreen.  "Sir!

They have decompressed the entire ship!"

"Committed suicide?"  the commodore asked in disbelief.

"No!  Look!"  M'Benga said.

Figures were appearing on the topmost surface of the sleeper ship.  The
children were leaving.

Commodore Twining stared at the screen.  "But there were no environment
suits on that ship."

M'Benga felt an icy chill flow through her.  The children were not
wearing suits.

Ten children, 12, finally 17 of them, 8 to 15 years old, were now
clustered together on the exterior of the sleeper ship, kept in place
by the edges of the gravity generators that served the ship's
interior.

But that was impossible, M'Benga knew.  The children were in a
vacuum.

Exposed.  They couldn't last more than a minute or two without air.

"What are they doing?"  Twining addressed himself to the Klingon.

"Gesturing to each other," the Klingon said.  "I don't know if-" Then
M'Benga watched unbelievingly as two of the children jumped from the
top of the sleeper ship and floated toward a maintenance airlock in the
wall of the docking chamber.

Twining jabbed his fingers against his communicator so powerfully that
M'Benga thought he might break it.

"Wildfire!  Wildfire!"  he shouted.

On the screen, the Klingon had jumped to his feet.

"Full implementation?"

"Now!"  Twining ordered.

M'Benga was on her feet, too, as more alarms

98

sounded.  In the chamber, more children were leaping from the ship,
floating over to equipment bays and airlocks.  Not only were these
"children" surviving in vacuum, they were fully functional, and they
were trying to escape.

Then she saw panels in the curved wall of the chamber begin to slide
open as equipment rolled out.

She recognized the equipment.

Phaser cannons.  Just like the ones she had seen on the exterior of
Station 5 I, defending the docking bay.

She grabbed Twining's arm.  "Get those children out of there!"

"We're following procedure," Twining said as he pulled his arm away.

"All phasers standing by to fire," the Klingon announced.

M'Benga forced Twinging to turn to face her.  "You can't kill them!

You're Starfleet!"

Twining pointed at something behind her, as if giving a signal.

Suddenly, M'Benga felt a powerful hand grip her shoulder and pull her
back from the commodore.  She tried to struggle, to escape, but the
hand was unyielding.

"Implement full Wildfire procedure," Twining commanded.

The emitter coils on the cannon began to glow as the children flew
through the erpty space before them.

"No," M'benga said in horror as she turned to see who had captured
her.

It was the EMH.  He had a hypospray in his free hand.

"Stop him!"  she demanded of the EMH.  "You're a doctor!  Do no
harm!"

"That is what we are attempting," the EMH said.

99

M'Benga couldn't fight the strength of the force fields that gave the
doctor form.  She heard the hiss of the hypospray as it kissed her
neck.  She felt its cold pinprick, felt the rush of medication, and saw
the darkness that instantly shrank her vision and engulfed her.

As she fell, she just had time to see the docking chamber fill with
silent phaser fire.

The ship and the children vanished into oblivion.

Then so did she.

100

Kirk thought of the captain of the Enterprise.

Christopher Pike.

He had been one of Starfleet's finest.  A dynamic officer who had
commanded the first Enterprise on two five-year missions.  It was Pike
whom Kirk had followed as captain of that ship, inheriting a crew and a
science officer who had inspired him to become a leader worthy of
them.

Pike had set an example for Kirk, perhaps the example.  Kirk remembered
how often he would tell himself to approach a situation like Chris,
resolve a problem like Chris, to be like Chris.

Then he had had his final voyage with Chris Pike, to Talos IV.  By
then, Chris was little more than the pilot of a life-support chair.  So
severely blasted by delta radiation, he'd been incapable of doing
anything for himself, except, perhaps, to dream.

All the rest of his career, Kirk had worried that he himself would meet
a fate that might incapacitate him.

And if he did, how he'd cope with it.

He knew he lived for action, thrived on physical

101

challenge.  He'd fought McCoy tooth and nail every time the doctor
dared suggest it might be time to ease up.

That he should think before horseback riding.  That he should avoid
throwing himself out the airlock of loworbiting skimmers to paraglide
in on tricky reentry parabolas.  Et cetera, et cetera, et cetera.  But
Kirk had always known that going down that road would lead to his
eventually giving up everything he loved to do.

For some time he had been living in dreadful anticipation, not of the
day that the death he had cheated so often would finally, inevitably
claim him, but of the little deaths he might face along the way.  The
day he could no longer ride.  No longer run or even walk.  Or make
love.  He might deny the need to stop, but stop he would, no matter how
much he fought it.  As much as he railed against it, he was mortal.

And now, as he rolled toward the captain's ready room on the
Heisenberg, in the medical antigray chair that Spock had programmed for
him, Kirk feared he might be on the threshold of personal decay.  With
his new lungs, he was still unable to draw enough oxygen to stand on
his own feet.  With his ruined hands, he was unable to dress or take
care of himself.  The irony was he might finally have achieved what he
had long ago set out as his primary goal.

He had become just like Chris Pike.

Kirk paused, in his chair, in the narrow service corridor before the
doors to the ready room.  But the chair must have announced itself
through the ship's computer system, Kirk supposed, because after a
moment, the doors opened and the antigray chair floated forward
again.

The Heisenberg's ready room was a surprise.  In fact,

102

this ship was entirely different from any other Starfleet vessel Kirk
had ever encountered.  The turbolift he'd ridden in had betrayed no
sense of motion, with absolutely no detectable change between its up,
down, and sideways movement.  And the ship's smoothly flowing corridors
had seemed more like works of sculpture than utilitarian passageways.

But in the midst of all this sleek, futuristic splendor, the ready room
was outfitted like a library reading room from the 1800s.  Wood
paneling, book shelves with real books, even a large wooden desk for
the captain, with intricately carved panels.  Kirk was certain he could
smell the leather of the books' bindings, the clean scent of wood
polish, even the subtle mustiness of centuriesold paper.

"Captain Kirk, how good to meet you at last."

Kirk turned his head in surprise and the floating chair automatically
adjusted its position to point him in the direction he had looked.

Captain Hu-Lin Radisson was watering a vividly green plant.  The
exuberantly healthy plant, with lush, dark green leaves embroidered in
pale green spirals, was the same height as the captain, no more than a
meter and half.

Radisson set down her copper watering can on a wooden side table, which
also held a small wood and metal trowel and garden rake, then wiped her
hand on a red gingham cloth at the table's side.

' 'Captain," Kirk said.  "Forgive me for not getting up."

Radisson chuckled.  She was an older woman, looked 60, which Kirk knew
meant she could be over a hundred, given twenty-fourth-century medicine
and nutri 103 tion.  And though she was small and slight, as she walked
over to Kirk, he could see that under her uniform was a wiry frame that
could likely take on a Klingon or two in hand-to-hand combat.

"Forgive me," she said, "for not offering to shake."

Kirk looked down at his bandaged hands.  "Another time."

Radisson nodded, smiling.  "They'll grow back soon."

"I beg your pardon?"

"Your hands.  We already have our biolab culturing the clone buds.

Before you leave today, we'll implant them and you'll have a new pair
of hands in ... let's say, four to five months."  It seemed to Kirk
that Radisson spoke as if she were talking about refinishing one of the
pieces of wooden furniture in her ready room.

Kirk held out what until just now he had thought were his hands,
obscured as they were by bandages.  He stared at Captain Radisson.  He
knew his face must be betraying his shock.

"I'm so sorry," she said.  "Didn't anyone tell you?"

Her face was a study in sincere concern.  "They amputated your hands.

But I can personally assure you, reconstruction was not an option."

Kirk felt dizzy.  He desperately needed air, but his new lungs were not
up to the extra demand.  Glittering stars sparkled at the edge of his
vision.

Radisson immediately approached him, placing a solicitous hand on the
back of his chair, leaning down close to him.  "Are you all right,
Captain Kirk?"

Kirk pressed one of his bandaged ... he could barely think the word,
let alone say it ... stumps to his chest.

"Can't ... breathe .  .

104

Radisson spoke quietly, but it was the voice of command.  "Doctor,
you're needed in the ready room."

A moment later, though it seemed a lifetime, Kirk heard a familiar
voice.  "Please state the nature of the ... oh, it's you again."

Kirk, by now suffocating, glimpsed through the increasing darkness the
Mark Two EMH at his side.

"He's had a bit of a shock, I'm afraid," the captain said.

Kirk's eyes followed the EMH as he moved to the wood-paneled wall,
touched a hidden control, and what appeared to be a food-replicator
slot appeared.  But instead of food, there was a hypospray inside.

"Typical," the hologram complained as he returned with the hypo.  "Give
someone a new set of lungs, and do they read the instruction files?

No."  He touched the hypo to Kirk's neck.  Kirk felt the momentary
coolness of a transdermal injection, then his vision cleared.  He
sighed in relief The EMH shook his head disapprovingly.  "I expect
you'll have to go through a lot of this in the next few weeks.  It's
tri-ox compound, emphasis on the ox."  He wedged the hypospray down
between the side of the chair and its cushion.  "I'll just leave it
right here."

Kirk found his voice.  "How can you project yourself beyond sickbay?" 
he asked the EMH.

"Maybe I can't," the hologram said, raising an eyebrow.  "Maybe I'm
just a hallucination of your oxygenstarved brain."

"That's enough, thank you," Radisson told him.  "You may go."

The EMH rolled his eyes.  "That's right.  Use me.

105

Abuse me.  Then beam me up."  He dissolved into holographic static,
which quickly faded.

"To answer your question," Radisson said to Kirk, "the whole ship is
outfitted with holoemitters.  That way the Emergency Medical Hologram
can come to us when there's an emergency.  It's something new
Starfleet's experimenting with.  Many benefits."  She smiled at Kirk as
if she hadn't just told him his body had been mutilated forever.  "I'll
show you.  Computer, the ninth configuration, please."

Once again Kirk lost orientation as the ready room seemed to spin
around him.  And then he was on a large, open-air patio, under a bright
sun in a sky so blue it had to be Earth's.  To one side of him was a
long, low, white house framed by palm trees.  To the other, the edge of
a 100-meter cliff that overlooked a spectacular view of a blue-gray
ocean, about a kilometer away.

Recovering from his sudden vertigo, Kirk inhaled deeply, smelling the
salt spray of the sea, erasing all sensory impressions of the
Heisenberg's musty library.

He heard the piercing cry of seagulls and looked up to see several
wheel by overhead.  The rays of the sun were so intense, beads of
moisture formed on his brow.

"Myself, I find it makes a starship a more interesting place."

Radisson put her hands on her hips and gazed up at the sky, breathing
deeply.  "And each crew member's cabin is infinitely adjustable."

Wonderingly, Kirk saw that where the captain's desk had been was now a
stone-and-ceramic countertop, still covered with Starfleet padds and a
captain's terminal.

The green plant was still with them as well.

"Malibu, California, April 26, 2005."  Radisson said with
satisfaction.

"Exactly as it was the day before the

106

offshore quake generated the tsunami that wiped it clean.  I call it
Camelot."

The need to return to a dark, quiet room swept over Kirk.  "You wanted
to see me?"  he said wearily, squinting in the bright sunlight.

"Ah, but you're not comfortable," Radisson said solicitously.

"A bit hot and bright," Kirk admitted.

"Computer, advance time reference by twelve hours."

Suddenly, the sun became a streak that blurred down to the horizon and
the blue sky abruptly changed to black, now studded with the twinkling
starfield of Earth.

A crisp full moon rose in the sky, its pale light bright enough to cast
shadows.  Burning torches ringed the patio now, their red-gold flames
fluttering in the soft onshore breeze.  From the windows of the house
behind them came the warm glow of golden lights, old-style electricity,
Kirk guessed.

"Better?"  Radisson asked.

The night air was cool.  Kirk caught the scent of something sweet, a
night-blooming flower of some kind.

"Yes," Kirk said.  "Thank you."

Radisson remained silent, studying him, waiting.

Kirk began by forcing all thoughts about his hands from his mind.  It
was done.  He would deal with it on his own terms, later, in his own
way.  Radisson had surprised him with the revelation, but, on second
thought, he half suspected she had done so deliberately, ordering
Spock, McCoy, and Scotty not to say a word.  He could think of no other
reason why his friends would not have told him.

In that case, Kirk thought, I'll concede she won the first

107

round But only because I was unaware there was a game underwe He opened
with an attack, jumping to an extreme, though likely, conclusion.  "How
long have you known about Tiberius?"

Radisson shrugged and walked over to a small, round table set with a
blue-and-white-striped linen cloth and ivory candles in glass
chimneys.

"You submitted your first report on the mirror universe one hundred and
eight years ago.  Mr. Spock's account, detailing his interactions with
your counterpart, was part of that report.

Have you forgotten?"

Kirk's antigray chair followed her.  "That's not wha.  I mean.  How
long have you known about what Tiberius is doing here, in the Goldin
Discontinuity?"

Radisson sat down in a white-painted wrought-iron chair, took a bright
blue linen napkin from the table, and folded it in her lap.  Then she
steepled her hands, tapping her index fingers together.

"Take your time," Kirk said.  "I have all night."

Radisson began to serve herself salad from the oiled teak bowl on a
tripod stand beside the table.  "Actually, you don't.  The quake hits
in about fifteen minutes.  The tsunami strikes three minutes fifty-five
seconds after that.  Twenty-seven hundred people killed just on this
stretch of coastline.  Then when the San Andreas went two days later
.

. ."

"Captain Radisson, you have placed my associates and me under ship
arrest.  As I understand it, we will remain under arrest until you and
I have had a chance to talk.  I'm here, but you're not talking."

Radisson clapped her hands once, then lifted an open bottle of white
wine from the silver bucket on the other side of the table.  Each bead
of moisture on the green

108

glass stood out in sharp relief, perfectly reflecting the light of the
candles and the surrounding torches.  Kirk had never seen a holographic
simulation so exquisitely detailed.  "I'm not here to talk, Captain
Kirk.  You are.

How long have you known about what Tiberius was doing here?"

"I didn't even know Tiberius existed until eight hours ago.  What I
know about his historic actions in the mirror universe, I learned in
the past four weeks from Intendant Spock and the mirror counterpart of
Kathryn Janeway.  Are they under arrest as well?"

Radisson poured herself a glass of wine, then looked inquiringly at
Kirk, in a mute offer to do the same for him.  He shook his head.

"They're in protective custody," the captain of the Heisenberg said.

"Admiral Nechayey is one of perhaps a hundred Starfleet officers who
have been replaced by exact mirror duplicates.  Intendant Spock, his
daughter, T'Val, and Janeway's counterpart are in very real danger of
assassination if they remain free."

Kirk leaned forward in his antigray chair.  "But they aren't exact
duplicates.  People from the mirror universe, their quantum signatures
are different.  All it takes is a tricorder to tell the difference."

"At first, Captain.  Only at first."  Radisson took a delicate forkful
of her salad, pausing to savor it, before continuing.  "Let's say I was
from the mirror universe.  I come over by transporter, and everything
about me, every molecule in my body, carries the quantum signature of
the universe I was born in.  But then .  . ."-she took a sip of her
wine-".  . . I live in this universe.  I breathe the air of this
universe, eat the food, drink the wine.  As my body goes about its
normal processes, I grow new tissue, using molecules of this universe
as the

109

building blocks.  In a year, a tricorder doesn't do it.  My skin is
completely replaced with local molecules.  If I cut my hair short, it's
all local growth.  I'll have a few pockets of cells and bone inside
that still have mirror-universe molecules and a mirror-universe
signature, but not enough for a tricorder to pick up."  She took
another sip of wine.  "You see, Captain Kirk, in time, they become
exact duplicates."

"Then ... how can you tell which officers are real and which are
counterparts?"

"Right now, we can't.  It's as simple as that."  Radisson touched her
lips with her bright blue linen napkin, then put it down with a sigh.

"That's what makes this one faction of the mirror-universe Alliance
even more of a threat to the Federation than the Borg ever could be.

We're working on identification techniques.  We think we have a good
shot at using transporter ID traces to make the kind of detailed
comparisons we need."

"But .  . ."-Radisson picked up her wineglass by its fragile stern and
swirled the pale gold liquid under her nose-".  . . if a counterpart
manages to replace original transporter IDs with new ones without our
knowing, then we'll be right back where we started from."

Kirk read between the lines.  "Who is this 'we' you mention?  It's not
Starfleet, is it?"

Radisson's eyebrows lifted as if she were impressed.

"Let's just say we're part of Starfleet."

"That's not good enough."

"Really?"  Radisson pushed back her chair and stood up, still holding
her wineglass.

Kirk persisted.  "I'm here because you want information from me.  All
right, I'll give it to you.  But I want information in return."

110

Radisson took another sip of her wine as she stared out at ghostly
white-capped waves sweeping into shore.

A shimmer of moonlight played across the scalloped surface of the
ocean.  But other than that, there was little difference between the
black of the sky and the black of the sea.  Stars danced in each.

"You're only half right, Captain.  I do want something from you.  But
it's not information.  And as for getting something from me in
return.

. ."-she turned to him, the torches making her dark eyes gleam-".  Very
well."

Kirk waited, wondering if the game was going to continue or if this
actually was the end.  He heard the distant crash of breakers on the
rocks far below.

"This convoy of science vessels is part of what Starfleet calls Project
Sign."

"Never heard of it," Kirk said.

"I'm not surprised.  It's one of the most highly classified operations
within the fleet.  But the irony is, you started it."  Radisson gave a
little laugh.

"I don't understand."

"In your first five-year mission.  You made a ... shall we say ...

discovery.  And that led to an ultrasecret Starfleet research effort to
determine all the ramifications that might result from what you
found."

Finally, understanding welled up in Kirk.  "When I crossed over into
the mirror universe."

The captain of the Heisenberg smiled enigmatically at him.  Kirk wasn't
sure if her smile confirmed his conclusion or if Radisson was about to
surprise him with some other revelation.

"That research effort," Radisson said, "went on to make many startling
discoveries of its own.  Today, a ill century later, Project Sign is an
active detachment within Starfleet, and it is still classified.  My
ship is one of the remarkable vessels assigned to the project.  AndI am
free to tell you at least this-one of the things we do is watch for any
and all signs of incursions from the mirror universe."

But Kirk wanted to know what the captain was not free to tell him.  "Do
you use these ... remarkable vessels to go into the mirror universe
yourself?"

Radisson shrugged.  "They're not that remarkable, Captain.  And
besides, for most of the history of the project, the mirror universe
fell under the protection of the Prime Directive."

"That's absurd!"  Kirk knew there was something else, something
Radisson was deliberately leaving out of her explanation.

"It was a special case, I admit.  And the decision was made before I
was born.  But .  . ."-Radisson put her wineglass down on the table
before her.  once again, you've made a difference, Captain.  As long as
the mirror universe stayed on its side of the quantum divide, the
special implementation of the Prime Directive held.

Certainly, there have been a number of incursions near Deep Space 9,
but those are local matters.  However, now that we have absolute proof
of a concerted effort by at least one faction within the Alliance to
take hostile action against the Federation, the Prime Directive no
longer applies."

Kirk felt the stirrings of alarm.  "Are you talking about going to war
with another universe?"

"No, no, no.  But what we will be able to do is become involved.

You've put us in touch with Intendant Spock.

112

Through him, we can work directly with the Vulcan Resistance.  We can
make a difference over there now.

Because of you."

Kirk hadn't been expecting that.  If this was all that Radisson and the
mysterious Project Sign was up to, then he had no real cause for
concern.  He felt both flattered and relieved.  "I'd ... I'd like to
keep helping."

Radisson regarded him seriously.  "Which brings me to what I-to what
Project Sigrmeeds from you."

"If it's not information, I don't know what it is."

"We need a promise."

Automatically, Kirk felt himself go on alert.  "Go on."

"It is absolutely imperative that you remain completely uninvolved in
our further dealings with the mirror-universe rebels."

Suddenly, the glasses on the table rattled.  The wine bottle sloshed
back and forth in its silver wine cooler.

One of the torches fell over and sputtered out on the patio tiles.

Far off, in the canyons behind them, Kirk heard the barking of dogs,
soon joined by the howling of coyotes.

"That was it," Radisson exclaimed.  "A six point two on the
old-fashioned Richter scale, back when it measured tectonic activity
and not cultural development.

The strength was relatively minor on a planetary scale, but enough to
generate a forty-meter wave that's just now forming twenty kile,!neters
offshore."  She gave a rueful half laugh.  "The end of an era."

"I don't understand why you don't want me involved," Kirk said,
ignoring the false excitement of a re-created disaster.

"Because you will be watched, Captain Kirk, and we

113

don't know by whom.  If you were to work for us, no matter how cleverly
we set up a communications method, no matter how carefully we arranged
your travel schedule, you are such an obvious link to our efforts to
defend ourselves from the mirror universe that it would just be a
matter of time before Alliance spies in this universe traced your
activities straight to us."

That was a weak excuse, Kirk knew.  He probed it with his next
question.  "How do you know they don't already know about you?"

"Because we've been monitoring the labor camp at this location for a
year, and we've detected no change in their schedule or activities that
would indicate they knew they were under surveillance."

Kirk's rage was so overwhelming and so instantaneous that he struggled
to stand up from his chair to confront Radisson.  "People died down
there!  Captain Picard lost members of his crew!  I almost lost
Teilani!

How dare you stand by and do nothing?!"  But the effort was too great,
his new lungs were too weak, and his truncated wrists could give no
support.

Kirk toppled to one side in his antigray chair, helpless, ineffectual,
humiliatingly unable to right himselfthe curse of Christopher Pike.

Radisson made no move to help him, clearly letting him know who was in
charge.

"Listen carefully, Captain.  We had the situation under control.  We
were in a position to rescue every captive in that labor camp without
causing the collapse of the atmospheric force field.  But then you
inserted yourself into our mission and ruined all of our plans.

Believe me when I say that your promise to remain uninvolved in

114

our activities is one of two options I've been authorized to present to
you.  You don't want to know what the second one is."

Awkwardly slumped in his chair, unable to sit up, Kirk strained to at
least push his elbows against the arms of the chair, but his body was
shockingly weak.

Alternately pushing with his feet merely succeeded in driving his
floating chair backward, giving him no purchase.

"Tell me," Kirk said, his voice tight with angry chagrin.  "How far are
you willing to push this?"

"We gave you new lungs, Captain Kirk.  It's not as easy as it sounds,
especially with the vacuum trauma you experienced.  Without the
facilities of the Heisenberg, you'd have been further damaged during
transport back to a properly equipped starbase.  Best estimate?  You'd
have been looking at a minimum of six months on pulmonary support while
a cloned set of lungs was grown for you.  And another six months for
recuperation in zero-g.  Not to mention the year it would take you to
acclimatize yourself to normal gravity again.  That means it would have
been two years before you could join your bride and your child on
Chal."

Radisson put a hand on Kirk's antigray chair to keep it steady.  "And
as for ever touching your bride or child .  . ."

Kirk felt on the verge of hyperventilation at the threats she was
making.  No one could ever keep him from Teilani and their child.  "I
can have biosynthetic hands attached at any medical facility!"

"Biosynthetics," Radisson repeated.  "I believe they're up to eighty
percent physical function.  Almost twenty 115 five percent tactile
recovery.  You'd be able to hold Teilani's hand but never feel the
texture of her hair or the softness of your child's skin."

Radisson's insolently personal references filled Kirk with almost
murderous rage.  He fought for self-control.

"Then I'll have someone else implant clone buds."

Radisson nodded coolly.  "Clone buds work only if the remaining tissue
and nerve bundles were properly prepared during a controlled
amputation.  And, for the best results, the same surgeon should perform
both the removal and the implant."

"Bones is the best in Starfleet."

"He is.  But he didn't perform the procedure."

Kirk hadn't known that.  "Dr.  Crusher ... ?"

Radisson shook her head.  "But you have met your surgeon."

"The hologram?"

"Admittedly a trifle rough around the edges when it comes to
personality.  But then, he is a combination Of the greatest geniuses
ever to practice medicine.  There's even a bit of your Dr. McCoy in
him."

Radisson held up her hand.  "Do you hear that?"

A strange hissing noise rose in the distance.  Kirk suddenly realized
that the soft breeze had stiffened into a cold wind that was now
blowing offshore.

"Look at the ocean," Radisson said, turning Kirk's chair toward the
horizon.

He saw the shimmer of the moon shrink, then vanish.

As if they had not been discussing anything else of importance, Captain
Radisson, with deep reverence, described for Kirk what was occurring.

And he knew that she had done this many times before.  "The water's
receding now.  It's being sucked back from the shore

116

to feed the tsunami."  She looked around with a half smile, excited,
stimulated.  "Can you feel that?"

Kirk felt nothing.  His antigray chair floated above the floor tiles of
the patio, immune to the earth's upheaval.

"I wonder what it was like."  Radisson said softly.  "To be down there,
really down there in one of those doomed beach houses, standing on a
deck, seeing the ocean pull away from the shore, and then, in the
moonlight, seeing its return-a wall of water coming for you like the
hand of a god."

"Maybe that's where you should simulate your next ready room," Kirk
said impatiently.  "Right on the beach."  He pushed up again, flopping
a bit higher in his chair.

"That's just the point," Radisson said.  "It is just a simulation.  I
can't ever know what it was really like.

Oh-there!  Look, Captain!"

A line of frothing white foam now stretched from horizon to horizon,
illuminated by the full moon, rushing forward so quickly it looked
artificial.

The tsunami struck the shore and the foam exploded upward as the wall
of water gained in speed and height.

Then it disappeared from sight, beneath the edge of the cliffside
patio.  But even in his floating chair, Kirk finally felt the vibration
of the tsunami's approach.  Now it wasn't just in the ground, it also
was in the air.

"Here it comes," Radisson said.  There was almost passion in her
exultant tone.  An expectant elation.

"Almost ... almost .  . ."

It'sjust a simulation, Kirk told himself as he stared out into the
black void stretching beyond the edge of the cliff, listening to the
growling roar that was growing in intensity.  Something immense and
lethal and unknown

117

was a proaching, hidden from view until at the last final second"End
program," Radisson said.

Kirk blinked in the sudden flash of brilliant light as the Malibu
clifftop transformed into a captain's ready room.  This time, it was
white walled.

He hadn't realized how strong the tension had been as he had waited for
the simulated wave to hit until its release left him feeling drained,
exhausted, still sprawled sideways in his chair.  He looked angrily at
Radisson, but she was already walking over to her desk-now a white,
free-form shape that appeared to have grown up from the gray carpet of
the deck.  Other than the various colors of Radisson's padds and
terminal, the only other source of color in the altered room was that
same vivid green, leaf-covered plant.

"I love that program," Radisson said.  "Every time I play it, I let the
wave come a little closer."

Kirk pushed hard one more time and finally sat up in his chair.  "Why
not let it hit?"  he asked.  The simulated shock of cold salt water
might do her some good.

"I couldn't do that," Radisson said.  She gave him an odd, almost
embarrassed smile.  "I've deactivated all the safety protocols."

Kirk lost his breath as if her words had been a physical blow to his
chest.  Without safety protocols, people could and had died in
holosimulations.  "So if it had hit ... ?"

"But it didn't, Captain."  Radisson sat down behind her desk.  "Getting
back to what we discussed.  Do I have your promise that you will not
become involved in matters concerning Project Sign?"

"What if I go public?"  Kirk said, amazed by her

118

coldness.  "What if I go before the Federation Council and tell them
that Project Sign cut off my hands and refuses to give me new ones
unless I keep their secret?

How long do you think you'd last then?"

Radisson folded her own hands piously.  "The question is, Captain Kirk,
since you have been so out of touch with the council, how long do you
think you'd last?"

As intolerable as the situation was, Kirk knew she was right.  He had
no one to blame but himself.  Until four weeks ago, he had lived as a
virtual hermit on Chal, avoiding everyone except Teilani and a few
close friends.  Because she had been concerned about his wellbeing,
Teilani had suggested he consider the invitation to return to Earth for
a conference.  But he was the one who had accepted it.  It was the
first time he had been back to Earth since the launch of the
Enterprise-B.  Then, in only a matter of hours after his arrival, he
had been propelled once again into exactly the kind of situation he had
sworn he wanted nothing more to do with.

And now this crazed starship captain, who had risked her life and his
for the sake of a holosimulation, was asking him to do exactly what it
was he had been doing a month ago.  Mind his own business.  Leave the
affairs of the twenty-fourth century to those whose century it was.

Rather than intolerable, the situation was almost laughable.

Kirk looked inside himself and realized that his reflex indignation,
his desire to best Radisson, sprang from his own stubbornness, a
stubbornness he thought he had finally mastered.

He thought he'd learned it wasn't necessary to win just for the sake of
winning.  That sometimes, what was

119

better for him was to stand back and let events transpire without
him.

Kirk searched his soul.  I have Teilani, a child on the way, a real
home half built in a clearing on ChaL What more do I need?  What more
could I want?

But there was one thing.

"What about Tiberius?"  he asked.

"Is that all that concerns you?"

"Wouldn't it concern you?"

Radisson studied him, as if making a complex decision.  "Do you
understand that everything I have told you, everything I will tell you,
is completely classified?  If you repeat one word or even make the
threat to say one word of what you know, you'll be given the choice of
spending the rest of your life in solitary confinement on a prison
asteroid or having portions of your memory permanently removed.  And
that is not an exact science."

Kirk made his own complex decision.  "I understand."

Radisson pressed a control on her terminal.  Kirk heard his own voice
come from the overhead speakers.

"I understand."

"Just to make it formal," Radisson said.  She touched another
control.

"Send them in."

A second set of doors slid open, not the set Kirk had entered by.

Beyond them, he saw the bridge of the Heisenberg.  Dazzling.  It seemed
to have a staff of twenty.  Holographic displays floated before each
crewman's station.  And then, before he could see more, Spock, McCoy,
and Scott entered the ready room, accompanied by a stern-faced
commander, at least half a head taller than Spock, with a dull black
phaser at his

120

waist and a silver-finished biological isolation case in his hands.

McCoy immediately hurried over to Kirk to help him straighten up in the
chair.  He found the hypospray.  "I needed some tri-ox," Kirk said.

McCoy frowned, looked from Radisson to Kirk.

"What did I tell you about exerting yourself'.?"

"Bones, I ... never mind."  Kirk looked over at Radisson.  "So we're
all in this?"

"That's right," the captain said.  "If one of you talks about Project
Sign, all of you pay the price."

Spock glanced at Kirk.  "Captain, are you able to comply with Captain
Radisson's request?"

"It appears so," Radisson said before Kirk could answer.  "On one
condition."

"Well, that's it," McCoy muttered.  "Prison asteroid, here we come."

"On the contrary," the captain of the Heisenberg continued.  "It is a
condition I can accept."  She pointed at the tall commander with the
case, indicating that he should place it on her desk.  He did.

"You may go offline now," Radisson said.

The tall commander dissolved into holographic static.

"Is everyone on this ship a hologram?"  Kirk asked.

"Not everyone," Radisson replied briskly.  But she didn't expand on her
answer.  "Dr. McCoy, please open the case.  Captain Kirk, you'll want
to come closer."

Kirk nodded his head forward as McCoy had -explained in sickbay and his
antigray chair floated toward Radisson's white desk.

The biological isolation case was open.

Kirk recognized the contents.

121

Fragments of an environment-suit helmet so deeply red they were almost
black.

Kirk pictured the way the fragments would fit together and estimated
about two thirds of the helmet was accounted for.

Radisson handed McCoy a medical forcemanipulator.  "You might want to
use this, to prevent contamination."

McCoy switched on the slender tube and a pale purple beam shot out and
attached itself to one of the larger pieces of the helmet.

McCoy used that beam to lift the fragment out of the case.

Something dripped from it.

Kirk saw it splatter on the large portion of the faceplate still
contained in one of the fragments.

It was blood.

"Do you have your tricorder?"  Radisson asked.

McCoy pulled it from the medical case he carried and made several
passes over the fragment.

"Dia nosis?"  Radisson asked.

"The DNA match is exact.  It's Jim's blood."  McCoy sighed.  He turned
the fragment so that Kirk could see that the interior curve was sprayed
with blood as well as with small clumps of yellow tissue and flecks of
white.

"And Jim's brain matter, bone chips .  . ."

"Check the quantum signature," Radisson said.

Spock did that, then handed his tricorder to Mr. Scott for
verification.

"Aye," Scotty said.  "That's the mirror universe signature."

Radisson's eyes fixed on Kirk's.  "T'Val shot Tiberius as'he was trying
to escape.  The phaser was set to

122

disintegrate, but it appears the beam hit a power cell in Tiberius's
battle suit and triggered a violent explosion before the full
phase-disintegration effect could be established."

"So .  . ."  Kirk said slowly, "you're telling me he's dead."

Tm not telling you that," Radisson said.  "Why would you believe me?

That's why your three friends are telling you.  Feel free to use any of
the facilities of the ship to confirm their findings."

Kirk was feeling wearier than he could ever remember feeling before.

"That won't be necessary.  I .  . ."  He shook his head.  This wasn't
the time for speeches or explanations.  "It's over."

"You're certain?"  Radisson asked.

"If he's gone, he's gone," Kirk said.  "There's nothing more for me to
do.  No more battles to fight.  I ... it's time I went home."

Radisson nodded, as if she had just completed a long mission of her
own.  "I'll make arrangements to have you on the Schrodinger's next run
to the rescue convoy.

There's a clipper waiting there to take you back to Chal, to Earth ' to
Vulcan ... whatever destinations you choose."

"What about Teilani?"  Kirk asked.

"She'll be on the Schrodinger with you.  She's in perfect health.  And
so is your child."

"And what of T'Val?"  Spock asked.  "Intendant Spock and Kate
Janeway?"

. "They will be returning with us to ... a secure starbase," Radisson
said.  "And we have already made arrangements with the Vulcan Healing
Institute for your counterpart to receive the best treatment available
for

123

premature Bend syndrome.  In fact, we'll be looking to you to provide
transplant tissue and blood."

"Of course," Spock said.  "Whatever he requires."

"You'll be contacted," Radisson told him.  She looked around at her
guests.  "I believe that's it.  We're done."

Kirk closed his eyes and allowed his head to fall to the side, as if he
had finally succumbed to the strains of the past day.  It was the only
way he knew he could take his leave of Captain Radisson without looking
into her eyes.

It was crucial that he be able to do that.

Because if she was any kind of judge of people's characters, Kirk knew
that one look at him now, as he struggled to contain his true emotions,
would reveal to her his certain knowledge that she had just lied to
him.

No matter how she had manufactured the evidence she had used to fool
his friends, she had missed one crucial detail that he had not.

Despite the lies of Project Sign, Tiberius was still alive.

This wasn't over.

124

The universe unfolded, the galaxy turned, the chaos o)f the life within
it constantly seething antifoaming like the crest of a breaking wave,
forever threatening to wash the stars awa But never quite succeeding.

Random event followed random event.

Here, a blue-skinned bipedal humanoid, of a race unknown to the
Federation, dared stand before her elders and proclaim their sun did
not travel around their world, but that their world instead orbited
their sun.  She was put to death at once, but a revolution had begun,
and within a century, all the regional systems of government on that
world experienced violent upheavals, all because one female had looked
at the lights in the sky and wondered why some of them moved so
predictably.

There, a fur-covered lab assistant to a multitentacled genius, one who
had just brought his planet the electric light and a method of
recording sound, made a mistake.

The two species, mammal and nanovore, both equally intelligent, were
only one pair offive in the galaxy who

125

had evolved a system of cooperation, not lethal competition, and
created a joint civilization.

The multitentacled genius had asked his lab assistant to install a
collection of quartz crystals in the apparatus assembled on his
workbench.  But the lab assistant, who swungfrom a rope net on the
lab's ceiling and in whose genetic structure lay a portion of the
holographic message from Dr. Galen's ancestral race, brought rubindium
crystals instead.

Because of that mistake, the genius who had been attempting to
understand the phenomenon of radio-wave propagation instead stumbled
onto a method of receiving subspace communications at least two
centuries before the regular progression of his world's science should
have made that discovery possible.  At first, he was going to
disassemble the apparatus and eat his assistant.  But then a powerful
subspace pulse arrived, transmitted months earlier from an asteroid in
the Goldin DiscontinuityUpon hearing that sound, the genius decided
this was a matter that deserved more careful study, and his world soon
had the ability to listen into the conversations of advanced beings.

Thus it was that the world of the genius and the errant lab assistant
came to unlock the secret of warp drive within 15 years, before most
civilizations at their level of development had even begun to solve the
rudimentary problems of heavier-than-air flight.  Then, within a mere
20 years, because of its inhabitants' inability to deal with
technologies they had not developedfor themselves, that precocious
world became a radioactive slag heap, all life extinguished.  All
because the Emperor Tiberius had sent a message intended for others and
a junior lab assistant

126

hundreds of thousands of light-years away made a minor mistake.

Throughout the galaxy, the cycle persisted.  Intelligent beings were
born.  Intelligent beings died.  One species of intelligent beings had
hosts who died, though they themselves could live again in new hosts.

Chaos and more chaos.  Events triggering events like intersecting
ripples in a pond in a rainstorm.

Given enough random events, patterns began to be perceived.

In the Delta Quadrant, a tiny starship moved 25 years closer to home.

In the Alpha and Gamma Quadrants, a war made possible by what some
thought was a wormhole continued to ebb antiflow according to the
strengths of its combatants and the seeming capriciousness of beings
who lived outside linear time.

In the Briar Patch, Captain Jean-Luc Picard of the starship
Enterprisefound a world ofeternalyouth torn by intergenerational
conflict antifell in love with a woman of that world, just as his
predecessor had done, years ago on ChaL In the Beta Quadrant, on a
world where a tribe of reptilian creatures hadflourishedfor a year
because one of their number had learned to make fire on demand, a
massive asteroid hit and an entire race died in the ensuing
firestorm.

And on one of that world's plains of blackened ash, a flash ofsilver
could be seen, had anyone been there to see it.  An obelisk with raised
pictograms, standing where it had been placed a billion years
earlier.

According to a pattern.

A pattern within chaos.

127

Seven months passed.  During that time, in one small section of the
galaxy, an arbitrary numbering system of stardates rolled overfrom
51999.9 to 52000.  0. The Dominion War moved toward its inevitable end
but had not ended yet.  And on one small secluded oasis of a planet,
two beings who meant nothing in the vast scope of the universe, and who
meant everything, preparedfor their marriage.

The universe unfolded, the galaxy turned, the chaos of the life within
it merely an illusion-had anyone been there to see the pattern.

128

'Do I look fat?"  Teilani asked.

She watched Spock closely for any signs of equivocation as she smoothed
the red leather of her wedding dress over her swollen belly.

"You look ... pregnant," Spock said.

"She is pregnant, you diplomatic android," McCoy snapped.

"Gentlemen, this isn't th' time t' be arguin'," Montgomery Scott
insisted.  "This is a special day for Teilani and Jim, and .  . ."-he
beamed at the bride, his face almost as rosy as her traditional Klingon
wedding garb-".  . . ye dinnae look anything other than absolutely
radiant, lass.  A supernova among all the stars of th' galaxy and then
some."

Scott looked around at the suddenly silent gathering.

He shrugged, then took another sip of Romulan ale.  "If this isn't a
day for celebrating, I dinnae know which day is."

McCoy patted Scott on the back.  "You're absolutely right, Mr.
Scott."

Then he added in a whisper.  "And when we go back to town, I'm
driving."

129

Teilani took one last look at herself in the full-length mirror Scott
had erected in the minute gathering room of her half-built home, and
tugged down on her leather outer dress again.  Once more, she wondered
if she and James should have waited the extra month for their baby to
be born, so she could be married looking something like her real
self.

If she were a star, then rather than a radiant supernova, she felt more
like an ancient, bloated red giant.

"Well, I'd feel much more like celebrating if James were here."

"He will be, lass."

Teilani moved toward the large picture window and carefully drew aside
a corner of the cloud-soft finnellian fabric that covered it.  Outside,
in the clearing, the guests had already gathered beneath the stars and
the floating fusion bubbles that slowly drifted overhead.  She could
hear the happy murmur of their conversations, waiting in and out of the
sounds from the string quartet who played the unusual though harmonious
music of James's native Earth.  Something by Brahms, he had insisted,
as if he had known the composer personally.  "Everyone else is here,"
Teilani said.

McCoy joined her at the window.  "He will be, too."

Teilani turned to face James's best friends.  The three were fast
becoming hers, as well.  And though she hadn't seen much of Spock over
the past few months, McCoy and Scott had been frequent enough visitors
to Chal that she had come to know them well.

Well enough that she knew they were hiding something from her.

"James sent you to keep me distracted, didn't he?"

130

"Company," Spock said.  "We are to keep you company.$$ "That's right,"
McCoy added much too quickly.

"He dinnae want ye t' worry."

Trust Scotty, Teilani thought.  "Worry about what?"

Scott blinked as if he had just realized he had said something he
should not have said.  "About .  . ."  He looked at Spock and McCoy in
desperation.

Teilani studied them herself.  Spock was unsuccessfully trying to look
innocent, and the doctor had already lost the battle to hide his
annoyance with Scott.

The flushed engineer blustered on.  about nothing, lass.  There's
absolutely nothing t' worry about."

Teilani reached out and put her hand to Scott's warm cheek.  She wasn't
beyond using her Romulan pheromones to rattle the engineer's
concentration.  Romulans had had such a violent early history that
pregnant females produced pheromones which inspired males of any age to
protect them.  As the signs of pregnancy became more visible, the
production of those pheromones declined.  But even this far along,
Teilani knew she could talk Montgomery Scott into just about
anything.

"Scotty," she crooned.  "Where is James?"

The engineer swallowed hard and was just about to blurt out the answer
she wanted when Spock's cool voice interrupted.

"He wants to surprise you."

Teilani looked skeptically at Spock.  The craggy Vulcan was certainly
an impressive wedding guest, outfitted as he was in his formal
diplomatic robes.  And the doctor and the engineer were looking their
best, too, in their dress Starfleet uniforms.

131

"Spock," Teilani said seductively, "this is my wedding day.  I don't
want to be surprised.  I want my husband to be here.  Now, where is
he?"

The three friends looked at each other.  This time, McCoy intervened
before Spock could answer.  "He's not far," McCoy offered brightly, his
brow moist with the effort to resist her entreaty.

Irritatedly, Teilani tugged on her red leather headgear.

"Look, if James wanted you to keep me company so I wouldn't be upset,
it's not working.  When you four get together, I don't know if it's
because you're going to spend all night sitting out there around the
firepit with a bottle of ale to reminisce about the Enterprise or
because you're all going to disappear suddenly on another ...

secret mission.  I don't care what James asked you to do; I'm telling
you to tell me why I don't have to be worried."  Teilani hated herself
for sounding so petulant, and even worse, she felt the sting of hot
tears in her eyes.

McCoy took her hand in his at once.  "It's all right, m'dear.  There're
no secret missions.  He's just down at Memlon's farm.  There was
something he needed to borrow for the ceremony."

Teilani couldn't speak, her relief was so powerful.  She had feared
that James might be somewhere off Chal.

McCoy seemed to intuitively understand what she'd been feeling and
opened his arms to her.

She fell against his chest, allowing herself to be comforted.  "It's
just ... the last time he left .  . ."  She wept, unable and unwilling
to fight her emotions in this company.  "I came so close to losing
him.

. . ."

McCoy patted her back.  "Now, now.  We all came close.  But we didn't
lose him, did we?"

Then Teilani realized that Spock was to one side of

132

her, Scott to the other, and she knew that she was absolutely protected
from harm.  Whatever bond had been forged over the years between these
three humans and her husband-to-be, it was as strong as any blood
tie.

She knew she wasn't just marrying James today; she and their child were
joining his family, this family.

She tried to brush the tears from her cheek.  Spock offered her a small
cloth.  She used it to wipe her eyes, then took a deep breath, willing
the tempestuous emotions of her pregnancy into submission.  She drew
herself up to face the three humans.  "Promise me that James will never
go away again.  Not another mission.  Not another Starfleet request."

... But 'tis not up t' us, lass."  Scott looked distressed.

The other two were silent.

Teilani shook her head.  "If James decides to go off somewhere, then
that will be between him and me.  But I must have your promise that the
three of you won't lure him away."

McCoy smiled as if her fear was groundless.  "Why would we?"

Teilani wondered if, after all these months, this was the time.  She
decided to try.  She had to know.  "What happened to James on the
Heisenberg.?"

McCoy and Scott looked startled, then relieved as Spock answered with
bland equanimity.  "His lungs were replaced, his hands amputated, and
clone buds implanted."

Teilani did not accept Spock's attempt to deflect her inquiry.  "That's
not what I meant.  Beyond the physical.

Something happened to him over there.  Something he teamed, something
he was told .  .

133

"What has he told you?"  McCoy asked disingenuously.

"Nothing.  But thank you, Bones.  Your question tells me there is
something to tell."

"Now hold on," McCoy objected.

"No!"  Teilani said fiercely, not knowing or caring if her unsettlingly
emotional state was the result of the stress of this day or her
pregnancy or a combination of both.  "James still hasn't recovered from
what happened in the discontinuity.  And I don't mean it's because he's
sometimes short of breath or his hands aren't quite right.  There's
something missing in his ... his spirit.  As if when Tiberius died,
part of James died, too.  That's illogical, I know.  But whatever
happened there, whatever he learned onboard the Heisenberg, it's as if
nothing's ended."

"Kin ye be more specific, lass?"

"Scotty, look over there."  Teilani pointed to a corner of the
gathering room, at James's desk, one of the first pieces of wooden
furniture he had made for their house.

It was simple but solid.  And sitting in the middle of it was a piece
of completely out of place Starfleet equipment.  "James has a computer
terminal.  In this house.  I mean, this is the home he was determined
to build solely by hand, using only materials he could find on Chal.

You know he cleared the field out there by himself.  He cut the wood
for this house and framed its walls himself Only once did he accept the
help of our neighbors, and that was to raise the roof.  And he did
everything without antigrays or construction drones or ... Scotty, he
even drew the plans himself.  By hand!  He used a ... writing ... the
thing for writing that doesn't have any moving parts?"

134

"A pencil?"  Spock suggested.

"That's it!"  Teilani said.  "A pencil on paper.  Paper.  I love that
he found a new way of living that not only fit in with my world-his
world-but that gave him the peace I think he'd been without for almost
all of his life.

"But when he came back from the Heisenberg, when we came back to Chal,
the first thing James did was have that computer link installed.  And
he used to be adamant that he would never have one here.  So don't tell
me nothing has changed.  Something changed him.

Tell me."

Teilani waited, impatient, apprehensive, as Spock, Scott, and McCoy
glanced from one to the other.

Finally, Spock answered.  "We are profoundly sorry.

But we are unable to do as you wish."

"I don't believe you."

"Lass, it's true," Scott said sadly.  "And furthermore, as t' what
happened on that ship that day, the four of us hae never discussed
it."

"The three of you and James not discuss something?  I don't believe
you."

Spock cleared his throat.  "What Mr. Scott means to say is that
Starfleet regulations forbid us to discuss it."

"Since when did any of you let regulations stand in the way of your
friendship?  Spock, James hijacked a starship to bring you back on
Mount Seleya.  I mean, don't you see that that's part of the reason for
the bond between you?"  Teilani could see the confusion in their
eyes.

How could they not know?  "Spock, you died on the Enterprise.  Scotty,
you were killed by that space probe, Nomad Bones, you died on the
amusement-park

135

planet.  And my James died on Veridian 111.  But you're all still here,
still together.  It's almost as if some reason greater than you has
kept you together and ... and hasn't finished with you yet."

After a brief moment of silence, McCoy said, "Frankly, I don't know
whether to be flattered or frightened."

"However it happened," Teilani said, "from all the stories James has
told me, from everything I've read myself, you four have stood apart
from everyone else because, in the end, you've always managed to figure
out some way to make your friendship come first, without abandoning
your duty or your principles.  You've done it all your lives.  I can't
believe that you aren't willing to do it again."

But before any of them could respond to her, a muffled cheer rose
outside.

Teilani's heart raced and the new life within her kicked her soundly,
making her gasp.  She turned to the window to pull aside its covering
and James had come back to her.

He burst into the clearing in his red-leather Klingon garb, astride
Iowa Dream, the Terran quarter horse, his gift from Jean-Luc Picard.

The guests parted as James rode slowly into the center of the clearing,
Iowa moving proudly on an angle, lifting each hoof in the precise gait
his master rider had taught him.

And on the horse with James, little Memlon, the irrepressible
six-year-old from the neighboring farm, from Teilani's reading group.

The small boy had become James's shadow, following him everywhere,
peppering

136

him with incessant questions about everything as James worked to clear
their land and build their new home.

And James's apparent exasperation had been belied by the time he never
begrudged Memlon, the way he always treated each rambling question as
worthy of his best answer.

James brought Iowa to a stop in the clearing, dismounted, and carefully
lowered Memlon to the ground.

Then she saw her beloved look around expectantly, shaking hands with
all the guests who closed around him, some to take his holo-image, but
still looking past them even as he smiled and spoke to them, eyes never
ceasing their search until He saw her in the window.

In that moment-and as surely as Teilani felt it she saw that same
completion in his eyes-they were made whole again, the unbearable
separation as if it had never occurred.

She blew him a kiss, then let the window covering fall teasingly
between them.  Now it was time to make him wait.

She turned to face the three friends.  James's family.

Her family.  All looked thoughtful, somehow subdued.

"You are very wise, Teilani," Spock said gravely.

In her joy, Teilani now held out a hand each to McCoy and to Scott.

Respectfully, she did not touch the Vulcan who stood between his two
friends.

"You for et," she told her new family.  "When the virogen struck Chal,
I had no immunity.  In the hospice, my doctor told me I was in the last
stages, already in a coma, less than a day from my death.  But that's
when

137

James came back for me, with the trannin that brought me back to life,
too."

Teilani let go of their hands to stroke her stomach, caressing the
child within that she and James had made "Perhaps whatever has brought
the six of us together isn't finished with any of us yet."

138

Kirk caught his breath, overcome by the simple majesty and wonder of
the moment.

She was before him.

His love, his bride, his universe.

Teilani.

The beauty that flowed from her came from a heart and soul that had
been forever bound with his.  Its radiance and its power eclipsed the
silver of her hair, made inconsequential the disfiguring virogen scar
that twisted across her subtle Klingon head ridges to her once flawless
cheek.  And though she was of an age with him, together in their love
they were timeless beings, existing in a perfect moment, with no
regrets for the past, no fears for the future.

Overwhelmed by his love for Teilani and the child they would soon have,
Kirk ... wondered why his beloved was gazing at him with such concern,
nodding her head as if to urge him to ... to what?

Kirk realized the crowd of guests on his left had gone silent.

The hulking Chal magistrate to his right, much more

139

Klingon than Romulan, was whispering something he couldn't quite
"Oh!"

Kirk said as he suddenly pulled himself from his reverie and realized
what was expected of him.  "Yes, yes, I do!"

He couldn't believe it.  He had forgotten his line.  And that never
happened.

Well, not often, at least.

A murmur of laughter ran through their audience.

Teilani shook her head, her face full of love.  Kirk shot a glance at
his three best men.  Spock's face was a study,',,.

neutrality.  McCoy was rolling his eyes.  Scott was smiling broadly.

Then Teilani nodded at him again, just as Kirk felt a tug at the hem of
his leather surplice.  He looked down to see Memlon holding up a folded
piece of targ hide on which rested two rings.

With both joy and sorrow, Kirk picked up the smaller ring.  Like its
partner, it was made of three strands of braided metal: gold-pressed
latinum for their love, silvery diargonite-an alloy found only on
Chal-for their home; and gleaming white duranium-a key component of a
starship's hull-because Teilani had insisted.

The joy was because he was a heartbeat away from being joined with his
true love.  The sorrow was because he could not feel the ring between
his fingers.  Though the tendons and muscles of his newly cloned hands
finally operated with some precision, tactile nerve function had yet to
be established.  This was his wedding day, and he could not caress his
bride or feel her hand on his.

But that would not keep him from their moment.

Following an ancient tradition of his farnily, he

140

slipped the ring on her right index finger.  'JiH Saw SoH, benal, " he
said in Klingon.

Teilani placed the larger ring on Kirk's right index finger.  'JiH nay
SoH, lodnal, " she replied.

And in Romulan, they both recited, "Jolu seela, true nusee, " and they
held their right hands together so the magistrate could sprinkle their
eternal clasp with red ashes from the Firefalls of Gal Gath'thong on
Romulus.

Finally, from the small table before them, Kirk picked up the
glittering crystal wineglass they had used throughout the ceremony, and
held it for Teilani to sip from.  Then she took it from him and held it
so he could sip.  It had taken many nights of practice, but now Kirk
could quaff Klingon bloodwine without gagging.

The magistrate, unfamiliar with this tradition from Kirk's heritage,
took the glass, folded a square of white cloth around it, then placed
it on the ground at Kirk's and Teilani's feet.

Together, they stepped on the glass until it shattered, sealing their
vows of love with this remembrance of the past and their hopes for the
future.

Then the magistrate cleared his throat noisily and, with Klingon
bluntness, delivered the final words of the ceremony that Kirk and
Teilani had chosen together.  "I have been given authority by the
people of Chal.  I exercise that authority now, for Teilani, and for
James.

Together, we have honored the birthrights of the three worlds we
celebrate today-of QonoS, romulus, and tera' Together we have witnessed
their vows to each other.  Everything that was to have been done, has
been done.  They are lodnalje benal."  Then the magistrate clamped his
massive hands on each of their shoulders, forcing them together with
a

141

hearty laugh as he proclaimed a traditional Klingon wedding
benediction: "You may now have your way with each other."

And then Kirk was in Teilani's arms and she in his and he swept her
close and kissed her thoroughly, the celebratory music began, and those
who were from Chal cheered, and James T. Kirk was married.

The guests whirled and danced as the final stages of the feast were
laid out, ending days of preparation.

Wonderful, savory scents filled the night air as the slowroasted targ
was unearthed from the pit in which it had been buried with heated
stones two days before.  As a gift, Teilani's fellow teachers arranged
for the release of a dozen clouds of fire sprites, and the dazzling
insects flew around the clearing, leaving tiny comet trails in their
wake, a chuppah of stars, as if Chal really were heaven and Kirk and
Teilani were blessed beyond measure.

Kirk swayed to the alien rhythms of Romulan folk wedding polkas.  He
joined hands with his guests and his friends and his distant relatives
descended from his nephew Peter, to stomp his feet in unison to the
bloodstirring beat of a Klingon stalking song.  Then, like most of the
other attendees, he stood in bemused wonder as Montgomery Scott played
a most remarkable medley of mostly recognizable tunes on his
bagpipes.

Later he sat on cushions by the low tables of Chal and fed Teilani as
she fed him.  As their guests recited toasts and poems and read
greetings from those who could not be with them, Earth wine flowed,
nectar from a small private vineyard in France-Jean-Luc Picard's own'
One special bottle at Kirk's table-vintage 2293, the Earth year Kirk
and Teilani had first met-commem 142 orated the end of Kirk's old life
and the beginning of his new one.

Then Spock rose to talk of the days of their first fiveyear mission,
when neither was sure what the future would bring.  McCoy shared a
story from those days as well, which then digressed into a tale about a
Trill gymnast he had met in his university days, and just when Kirk
began to wonder if the story was about to turn into something little
Memlon shouldn't hear, the eloquent doctor brought it back to an
unexpected ending with an ancient Scottish toast.

Scott's story was one that Kirk had almost forgotten, about a brief
shore leave they had taken together in the second five-year mission,
when the engineer and he had beamed down to the wrong coordinates and
thoroughly confused the penitents in a Deltan monastery, believing them
to be-at this point, Kirk did put his hands over Memlon's pointed
ears.

Thankfully, however, Scott bypassed the actual details and ended the
tale with a description of Kirk trying to explain to Spock exactly why
the Deltans had given him an illustrated prayer scroll.

Other guests proved equally diverting.  Frail-looking Admiral Demora
Sulu arrived with two of her greatgrandchildren, all descendants of
Hikaru Sulu.  She, and a dozen other Starfleet officers, had been
brought to Chal on the U.S.S. Sovereign, courtesy of Fleet Admiral
Alynna Nechayey-the real Admiral Nechayey this time.  Nechayey had gone
so far as to send her flagship to ferry the guests, Picard's crates of
wine, holographic messages from Kirk's friends on the Enterprise-E, and
a decidedly eclectic assortment of gifts.

Kirk's favorite, thus far, was a painting by Command 143 er Data,
showing Kirk-at least Kirk assumed it was a portrait of himself-dressed
in the traditional costume of what had once been called a cowboy,
firing a chemically powered "six-gun" into the sky while seated on a
dramatically rearing golden palomino of old Earth ' Data's note
mentioned something about Spock's having provided the inspiration for
the painting, and Kirk hadn't yet had a chance to question his Vulcan
friend about that.  He was sure the explanation would prove ...

fascinating.

The wedding festivities were everything Kirk had hoped they would be-a
true celebration for all his friends and extended family to share.  At
times, he danced fast enough and sang songs loudly enough and posed for
enough holo-images that he almost forgot that the Sovereign had brought
something other than guests and gifts to his wedding.

Fleet Admiral Nechayey had also supplied security teams that now were
stationed in the woods surrounding the clearing and his home.- Spock
had confirmed their presence earlier in the afternoon without
mentioning why the admiral had felt security might be necessary.

Kirk and Spock both knew the answer without discussing it.  They both
kept their oath to Starfleet.

High overhead, shuttles were flying past regularly, too.

Kirk could see they were outfitted with the green and pink aviation
running lights of Chal.  But they flew too slowly to be supported
solely by aerodynamics, and as Kirk had ridden over to Memlon's farm,
he had seen the distinctive Starfleet silhouette of one of the craft
against the setting of the suns.

Memlon!  Kirk thought suddenly in the midst of an

144

incredibly complicated Klingon reel.  The boy should still be curled up
safely asleep on a cushion in the halffinished house, along with some
of the other children who had come to the wedding whose parents were
still celebrating.  But it wasn't the boy that made Kirk's step falter
in the dance.  It was the memory of why he had suddenly ridden back to
Memlon's farm before the ceremony.

He had made a promise to Teilani, on the bridge of the duplicate
Voyager, just moments before she had accepted his proposal.  To keep
that promise, he had had to borrow a phaser from Memlon's mother.

Now the music faded to a close and Kirk stopped to catch his breath.

The reel had given his new lungs their first real trial by fire.  New
melodies began as the band swung into something Spock had arranged.

Rhythm and blues, he had called it, though it didn't sound like any
Andorian music Kirk had ever heard.  He reminded himself to ask Spock
which planet it was from.

Kirk accepted an affectionate hug from his dancing partner, a
great-grandniece of his nephew Peter's third son with ... someone or
other.  Kirk sighed.  There were far too many to keep track of now.  It
was time he found his bride and sat down.

She was on the porch of their house with her own closest friends, the
other teachers she worked with, and two elderly politicians with whom
she had joined forces when she had successfully petitioned the
Federation Council to bring Chal into full membership.

Both she and Kirk had long ago changed from their traditional
red-leather garb.  Teilani now wore a loose shift of white Chal cotton,
swathed in a gauzy white

145

wrap shot through with gold that had been a gift from Christine
MacDonald and her crew.  Kirk knew he couldn't have solved the mystery
of the virogen crisis without MacDonald's help.  He had been glad to
hear that the court-martial convened to investigate the events
surrounding the loss of her science vessel, the Tobias, had unanimously
ruled in her favor, and that she had been acquitted of all charges of
negligence and dereliction of duty.  Having been through the same sort
of inquiry after the loss of the first Enterprise, Kirk had sent
MacDonald a personal note expressing his support.

He paused for a moment before walking up the last few dozen meters to
the house.  He had changed into traditional Earth casual wear,
something that he had worn in the past but that McCoy couldn't help
telling him, hadn't been seen on Earth for the past 50 years.  But Chal
was not Earth.  Here his blue jeans were seen as exotic alien garb.

Kirk wore a traditional Earth shirt, too.  The bold graphic on his
T-shirt proclaimed the 75TH ANNUAL JAMES T. KIRK MEMORIAL CUP ORBITAL
SKYDIVING COMPETITION.  A few years back, the organizers had had to
drop the word Memorial from the annual contest held on Earth, but McCoy
had made a point of sleuthing out one of the old shirts and presenting
it to Kirk at last night's rehearsal dinner.

A group of guests clustered around Teilani on the porch, reaching out
to take her hand or kiss her cheek.  A few patted her stomach as if she
were a lucky Buddha.

Small children from her reading group hugged her.  It pleased Kirk to
see her so settled and secure in their community.  Though he had
traveled uncounted billions of miles in both his lifetimes, he was
beginning to

146

understand the value of having a single home in a specific place,
especially with Teilani.

Then she looked past the crowd of well-wishers and saw him standing on
what he intended one day to be a stone-lined path from the clearing to
the house.

She waved at him.  He waved back.  She motioned to him to come join
her.  But he shook his head and instead pointed to what was two meters
away to his left.

The tree stump.

Eight months ago, almost to the very day, Kirk's battle with this field
had been in its final round.  In the previous year, he'd borrowed a
team of ordovers to pull a hand-forged plow across the clearing,
filling in the depressions and digging up large boulders.  But the
stumps he had vowed to remove himself, with his own two hands.  And he
had.

Except for this one.

He had ruined his back even attempting to shift it.

Memlon had found him lying on the ground, utterly unable to move.

Puzzled, the boy had inquired why he wasn't using a phaser to blast out
the stump and then had learned that "crazy Cap'n Kirk" didn't own the
smallest piece of twenty-fourth-century technology.

Taking pity on him, Memlon had offered to let Kirk use his mother's
phaser.

Fortunately, Teilani had found him next and helped him to his feet, and
had had Memlon hurry home.  That was the day that she had talked Kirk
into leaving Chal one final time.  Wisely, she had known that his
journey still was not over, that he had to complete it himself before
he could finally rest with her.  She chose to send him away then rather
than lose him later.

But that same day before he left, beneath the suns of

147

Chal, in the field that he'd cleared, they'd joined in love again and
conceived their child, the perfect symbol of their future.

When they reunited on the duplicate Voyager, Teilani had teased him
about this stump and his stubbornness and his wretched back.  And he
had promised Teilani he would borrow that phaser from Memlon's mother
and blast that stump from the ground.

Now Kirk stared down at the stump in the light from the floating fusion
bubbles.  Looking up, he caught Teilani's gaze as she made a face at
him and touched her back to remind him of the trouble he'd gotten into
the last time.

But Kirk reached into his pocket and removed the small phaser-Memlon's
mother's own.

Teilani laughed out loud as Kirk brandished it theatrically and made a
production out of taking careful aim at the stump.

And then Teilani's laughter turned into a guttural cry and her friends
cried out as she clutched at her stomach and pitched forward, struck
with convulsions.

Kirk tore through the others who crowded around her, gathered her into
his arms, stared down in horror at her ashen face, closed eyes, the
froth of green blood on her lips as her body arched upward in agony.

In a matter of seconds, chaos had emerged from order.

Yet the pattern had not changed.

Kirk threw his head back and cried out for McCoy.

But Teilani's convulsions had come to an end, and her body lay still
and lifeless in his arms.

148

"There Is nothing like a good conspiracy to set the heart racing and
the mind on fire," Garak said.

The Cardassian's eyes sparkled as his broad smile lit up his
gray-skinned face.  The double spinal cords that ran up his wide,
cobra-shaped neck trembled ever so slightly with anticipation.

But Dr. M'Benga did not share the tailor's enthusi asm-or his
conclusions.

"It's not a conspiracy," she said.

Garak looked to the left and to the right, as if carefully assessing
everyone who passed by on the bustling Prom enade of Deep Space 9. Then
he leaned in over the small, round table in the Klingon cafd, motioning
for M'Benga and Dr.  Julian Bashir to do the same.

"But, surely, Doctor," Garak said softly, "that's just what they'd want
you to think."  He held his smile a moment too long, inviting her to
join in his little game of paranoia.

Fortunately, Julian came to her rescue.  "Come on, Garak-now you're
going too far, even for you."

"Why, Dr. Bashir, I had no idea you were so emotion 149 ally involved
with the troubles besetting your colleague."  Garak dropped his voice
again.  "It's almost enough to make one think that you might also be
involved in the dark forces rallied against her."

M'Benga couldn't help it.  She burst out laughing, nearly spraying the
table with a fountain of hot peppermint tea.

For all the abuse Garak took from the various inhabitants and crew and
travelers on Deep Space 9, outright laughter was the one sure way to
insult him.  He sat back, cocked his head, looked ready to leave.

"Refusing to believe they exist only gives them more power," he said
sternly.  "Believe me, I know."

"Wait a minute, wait a minute," Julian said, clearly trying to ease the
sudden tension that had emerged at the table.  "Garak, who is this they
you keep talking about?"

Garak held up his hands.  "I was merely following Dr' M'Benga's
lead."

And then, his mood appeared to mercurially change again as he leaned
back to the center of the table, taking care to move his cup and saucer
delicately to the side.  "Item one: Dr. M'Benga falls asleep during
her night shift just last evening."

Julian shook his head, as if already not convinced.

"It's an occupational hazard, Garak.  All the medical staff have to be
on standby if war wounded come in.

We've had a busy few weeks."

"Ah, but the good doctor herself said that she never "Seldom," M'Benga
corrected.

Garak continued without missing a beat.  "-seldom sleeps while on
duty.

Yet on this singular occasion, what happens?  Why, item two: Someone
sneaks stealthily

150

into the infirmary and .  . . rearranges things.  Coincidence?  I
hardly think so."

Julian frowned at the Cardassian, but M'Benga could still see the true
friendships that existed beneath Garak's haughty indignation and the
young doctor's annoyance.

"'Sneaks stealthily into the infirmary'?  There's your conspiracy,"
Julian said.  He smiled at M'Benga.  "That's something Garak would
do."

Garak put a hand to his heart.  "Dr. Bashir, you wound me.  What
reason would someone like myself have for .  . ."  The Cardassian
tailor glanced at M'Benga.  "What exactly did you say was missing?"

M'Benga sighed.  She wondered if she could even remember, she felt so
tired.  "Well, my copy of the Federation Genetic Atlas, for one."

"Surely that's online in the medical library," Garak said.  "Why would
anyone steal that?"

"No," M'Benga explained, "it was my copy.  On a permanent isolinear
chip.  It has all my annotations since med school.  My whole tour on
the Tobias.  And everything I've done here."

Garak was about to ask something else, but M'Benga saw him stop as he
looked to Julian.  "Yes, Doctor?  You have something to say?"

Julian looked puzzled.  "Urn, Andrea, you're a ship's surgeon.  I mean,
I've certainly appreciated your being assigned here, but I know it's
just a temporary posting until Starfleet gives Captain MacDonald her
new ship and recalls her crew-."

"That's right," M'Benga said, unsure of what Julian was trying to
say.

"Well ... I have a copy of the FGA, and, to be honest,

151

Rudellian brain fever," Garak said.  "How fascinating."  But it was
clear that Julian didn't agree.  "I tend to think it was more a case of
severe exhaustion brought on by overwork."

" I know what I feel like when I'm overworked," m 'Benga said.

"And I have all your records from the Starfleet clinic on Vulcan,"
Julian told her.  "I've run the same tests.  No trace of the Rudellian
retrovirus in your system."

"What about the trianosyne spike in my blood work?

That's indicative of Rudellian infection."

"But it never turned up again," Julian insisted, 16 which is an
indication that there was no infection."

"Then where did the spike come from?"

Julian shrugged.  "Faulty test equipment.  They didn't find it on
Vulcan.  I found it here.  When I looked for it again, nothing.

Classic case of lab contamination."

"Your lab?"  Garak said with mock surprise.

Julian looked as if he didn't appreciate the implication of that
comment.  "It happens, Garak.  That's why we run tests over again.  To
be sure."

M'Benga wondered why she bothered having a repeat of this argument with
Julian.  They always ended up convinced of their own differing
diagnoses.

"Regardless," she said to end the discussion, "I am afraid that last
night's incident was a relapse of ...

whatever I had last year."

"And therefore.  . . " Garak said imperiously, "we have the basis of a
conspiracy."

"What?"  M'Benga and Julian said together.

Garak was staring intently at Julian.  "Doctor Bashir,

154

when was the last time you experienced any pilferage or theft or mere
'rearrangement' of medical supplies in your infirmary?"

Julian looked hard pressed to think of an answer.

"I ... I don't know.  The Cardassians looted it when they had control
of the station-" "I would hardly call it looting when this was their
station to begin with."

"I would have to check with Odo," Julian said.

"In other words, theft at the infirmary is a rare event."

"Yes.

Now Garak turned to stare with equal intensity at her.

"And you, Doctor, you mysteriously come down with a fairly serious yet
unremarkable and easily treatable disease common to Bajor when you
leave for a weekend of fun and relaxation visiting old family friends
on Vulcan.  A disease that then lurks within your bloodstream- No.  I
take that back.  It lurks somewhere in your body where Dr. Bashir's
finest diagnostic attempts cannot find it, only to recur, after months
and months of remission, on the exact same night that one of the
infirmary's 'rare' break-ins takes place."  Garak folded his hands
before him.  "Doctors, please, the more unlikely a coincidence, the
more likely it is no coincidence.

Would anyone care for more tea?"

M'Benga looked across the crowded cafe to check the time readout by the
overhead menu.  She had to get back to her quarters to catch up on her
reports.  "I don't see how that wild stretch of the imagination makes
me the victim of a conspiracy," she told Garak.

Garak smiled warmly at her.  "Which means the conspiracy is working
perfectly."

155

As she began to stand up, M'Benga saw Garak instantly and gallantly
rise to his feet.  Julian was up a second later.

"Thank you for a most illuminating conversation," Garak said.

"The pleasure is all yours," Julian told him.

Garak eyed him gravely.  "I know you think me overly dramatic, seeing
conspiracies everywhere, but as a great man once said, just because
you're not paranoid, that does not mean they-" A large Klingon brushed
past Garak's back with a tray of steaming bowls of odiferous skull stew
and the Cardassian stopped speaking as if someone had just pressed a
phaser to his exoskeleton.  He looked left and right again, then
stepped closer to Julian.

"May I make a suggestion?"  Garak asked.

"You always do," Julian said drily.

"In your vast array of medicinal concoctions, would you by chance have
some substance that, if ingested or injected in some form, would cause
a specific and detectable trianosyne spike in your blood?"

Julian looked just as confused as M'Benga felt.  "Yes," the doctor
said.

"Good.  Then, my suggestion is that you use that substance to cause a
trianosyne spike, and then you test your own blood to find it.  I will
wager a full meal at this delightful establishment, for the three of
us, that you will not find that spike."

"Well, that's ridiculous," Julian said.

"Then you may spend the meal ridiculing me, and I will be properly
repentant."

M'Benga didn't know how much of what was going on between the
Cardassian and the doctor was simply

156

bantering and how much was serious.  But she was feeling extremely
troubled, though she didn't know exactly why.

"Garak," she said, "why do you think Julian won't be able to detect
trianosyne?"

Garak paused as if carefully considering each word before he said it.

"I .  . . have heard, from those whom I have reason to believe would
know about such things, that trianosyne by-products in the blood can be
indicative of so much more than a bout of Rudellian brain fever."

"Such as?"  Julian asked.

Garak gestured with empty hands.  "This and that.

Perhaps we can discuss it over the meal I shall buy for us here.  Or
... perhaps you'll be buying."  He nodded his head to them both.

"Until next time, dear doctors."

Without waiting for a reply, Garak left the Klingon card, walking away
with a determined stride.

M'Benga watched him slip easily through the crowd on the Promenade, as
if he were an expert on avoiding contact while remaining close.  A
useful skill for a tailor, she decided.  Then she realized that Julian
was watching her closely.

"How are you feeling now?"  he asked.

M'Benga didn't believe in hiding symptoms from her doctor.

"Apprehensive."

"Garak has that effect on people."

But that wasn't what M'Benga had meant.  "Julian, what else does the
presence of trianosyne indicate?"

"Easy enough to find out," he said.  "Care to join me in the
infirmary?"

M'Benga opened her mouth to say yes, but surprised herself by saying
"Not right now.  I have a lot of reports

157

to complete."  Then she turned away before Julian could protest, and
made her own way through the crowds on the Promenade, not half as
skillfully as Garak had done.

By the time she had returned to her quarters, her apprehension had
lifted.

I must never talk about trianosyne with anyone else, she told herself,
almost as if another person's voice was whispering in her ear.  She
immediately felt better.  And thought no more about it.

As Garak had said, the conspiracy was working perfactly.

158

The U.S.S. Sovereign ripped through the fabric of space time, trailing
a starbow of superluminal photons, streak ing from Chal to QonoS at
2,000 times the speed of light.

Still too slow.

In Engineering, a double crew adjusted her warp core and
matter-antimatter mix second by second, driven by the engineer who had
helped design her.  Determined to work one more miracle in his
remarkable career, he was willing to push the ship to the very edge of
her design tolerances, and then beyond.  Captain Montgomery Scott could
do no less for James T. Kirk.  He only wished he could do more.

On the bridge, which resonated as never before with the distant
thrumming of the Cochrane generators 15 decks below, a calm voice spoke
in the Vulcan diplomat ic tongue.  The speaker was bypassing the strict
logic of a planetary bureaucracy to have Vulcan's own Starfleet vessels
clear the navigation lanes to the Klingon Empire and dispatch a fighter
wing at maximum warp to serve as the Sovereign's escort.  Spock of
Vulcan could do no

159

less for James T. Kirk.  His planet and Starfleet could do no less.

But in the ship's sickbay, a tenacious country doctor was about to tell
James T. Kirk that he could do no more.

Kirk understood the look in Leonard McCoy's tired eyes, knew what it
meant.  Death had won.

"I'm sorry, Jim ... I .  . ."

Teilani of Chal lay motionless in the medical stasis chamber before her
husband.  Her heart, and the heart of their child, silent within her.

His child.

Kirk's hands pressed against the observation window in the gray
metallic bulk of the chamber, a twentyfourth-century sarcophagus
bearing his queen to the realm beyond the Nile.  Unable to even feel
the cool smoothness of that window, Kirk felt instead the terrible
emptiness within him.  It was as if the numbness that still claimed his
hands had spread through- his body to his soul.

Kirk was aware that the sickbay's EMH, a Mark Two model less wayward
than the version on the Heisenberg had been, was observing the drama
unfolding in the hologram's limited world.  It was as if his body were
somehow floating above the Sovereign's main medical facility.  He heard
the EMH give a little cough, knew McCoy would be staring at the
hologram, wondering why an EMH might need to clear its throat.

"Technically, she's not dead," the EMH said.

Kirk looked away from the body of his bride, to the EMH.

"She's in stasis," the hologram continued.  "She can

160

safely remain in that state for months while a treatment is
developed."

Kirk reached for the EMH like a shipwrecked sailor reaching out for his
rescuer.  He had questions.  He needed more information.  But McCoy
inserted himself between Kirk and the simulated doctor.

"You're mistaken," McCoy said roughly.  "Teilani's from Chal.  Her
genetic structure is an artificially engineered blending of Romulan and
Klingon.  The same genetic strength that gave her extended life makes
her body resist medical procedures as vigorously as it resists disease
and injury.  She can last six days in the stasis field, maybe seven.

But then her body will have learned how to resist it, and .  . ."

McCoy's voice trailed off, the rest of his sentence unnecessary.

Undeterred, the EMH tapped a finger against his cheek.  "I'm accessing
the main medical library ... accessing ... He brightened.  "Chal' I
have it.  Yes, I understand ... but, Dr. McCoy, she was saved once
before, by trannin leaves.  The basis of the antivirogen you
discovered."

McCoy turned to Kirk as if the EMH did not exist.

"Jim, I've spent two years having Starfleet Medical catalogue and test
all the biotic material you brought back from the Borg recycling
world.

I know what's there.

I know what the samples can and can't do.  And none of them can reverse
what's happened to Teilani."

Kirk was desperate for any chance to save his bride and child.  "There
has to be something in what I gave you that can save her."

"Jim, this isn't a disease or some physical affliction.

Her whole nervous system's been affected.  The baby's, too, I'm
afraid."

161

Kirk tried to make fists, but his too-new hands still couldn't close
tightly enough.  "You keep saying that, but you won't tell me how it's
possible!  Bones, I was watching her.  She was just on the porch.  She
... she was smiling.  Laughing ... and then .  . ."

"Jim, there are no environmental controls on Chal.  It could have been
so many things.  An insect bite-" "I've lived on Chal for almost two
years.  No insect has this kind of bite."

"Not by itself.  But combined with some food she might have had, the
complications of her pregnancy with a human father ... There just
hasn't been enough research done on the physiology of-" Kirk turned
back to the gray chamber that held his life, suppressing even the
possibility that his love for Teilani might have killed her.  "There's
nothing on Chal that can do this!  I would have heard about it in the
past two years.  Someone at the wedding would have known what had
happened.  Recognized the symptoms."

The EMH cleared his throat again.  "The symptoms, as I understand them,
are classic examples of neural disruption."

Kirk spun around as if a phaser burst had passed through him.  The EMH
had just changed the rules.  It was a completely different way to look
at what had befallen Teilani.  "As in a weapon?  A disrupter?"

"Not a weapon, as such."  Seemingly taken aback by the intensity of
Kirk's reaction to his statement, the hologram looked at McCoy as if
trying to draw another doctor to his defense.  "But Dr. McCoy did say
half her genetic structure was Klingon, and we are going to Qo'noS, so
I did a quick scan of-"

162

"Get to the point," McCoy growled.

The EMH nervously clutched his hands together.

"Uh, the Klingon medical literature is full of descriptions of the
effects of various venoms produced by indigenous life forms.  The
convulsions, bloody froth, and finally coma ... in a Klingon, they
would all be considered indications of an animal bite of some kind."

"Not insect?"  McCoy asked, his professional interest piqued.

The EMH relaxed in response to McCoy's interest.

"Most local insect venoms capable of producing fatal effects in a fully
grown Klingon don't progress through symptoms so quickly, and there is
characteristic skin mottlin , which ... seems absent in this case."

"What species of animal could do this?"  Kirk asked, his pulse
quickening.  Finally, here was something he could work with.  A way to
attack the problem.  Change what he could not accept.

The EMH replied promptly.  "There are twenty-three in the Audubon
catalogue for Klingon land and air life forms.  Another eight in the
sea-dwelling categories."

"Check the computers again," Kirk said.  "Have any of those animals
been transplanted to Chal?"

The EMH looked to the side, accessing the ship's main medical library
again, then shook his head.  "Not officially."  He frowned.  "And
they're certainly disagreeable enough that no one would want to bring
them along as a pet."

"You obviously don't know Klingons," Kirk said.

"Can you put the toxicology data about the animal venoms on my padd?"

McCoy asked.

"Of course."

163

"And cross match them with Teilani's blood and tissue analyses?"

The EMH nodded happily.  "This is what I was created for.  A genuine
medical emergency.  The use of all my skills as a computer-based
intelligence to interact in a completely familiar way with the humans I
serve!"

"We don't need a diagnostic report," McCoy said drily.  "Just your
medical expertise."

The EMH looked around, then picked up a large medical padd from a work
counter.  "Everything you need is .  . ."-Kirk saw the padd's screen
light up with a text display-".  . . right here."  The hologram handed
the padd to McCoy, then folded his hands behind his back.  For an
instant, Kirk recognized the EMH's expression of self-satisfaction-just
the sort of attitude McCoy had been known to display.  But then, there
was a little bit of Dr. McCoy in every EMH, even the Mark I ' Another
question suddenly occurred to Kirk.  "The types of animals in the
records, what's their size range?"

"At one end of the scale, the female tree-dwelling firespitter attains
a length of 4 meters and a mass of 220 kilograms.  At the other end,
the burrowing crested ratifer usually grows no larger than 400
centimeters, with an upper mass of 6 kilograms."

Kirk frowned.  "You're certain?"

"I assure you that a Level Two Diagnostic procedure is constantly
running in my background."

"What is it, Jim?"

"Bones, the ratifer is the size of a domestic cat or small dog.  We
should have seen something like that running around.  Teilani would
certainly have reacted if something that size bit her."

164

"Slow down," McCoy said.  "There's still no evidence of an animal
bite.

That's why I keep thinking an insect might have been involved.  It's
possible I could have missed a small stinger or puncture wound on a
physical scan, so I'm going to set up the sensors for a microscopic
sweep of her skin."

Instinctively, Kirk inwardly flinched at the thought of his beloved's
body becoming the subject of study of Starfleet's machines.

"I know," McCoy said, as if he shared Kirk's thoughts.  "It can seem
impersonal.  That's why I stay with Starfleet, trying to get it through
their thick heads and pointed ears that medicine is more than chemistry
and engineering.  But sometimes, even I have to trust in the
technology."

Kirk nodded.  How long had it taken him to learn what his friend had
always known?  That there must be a balance in all things.

Once, he himself had been a creature of technology, enraptured by his
starship and her machineries of speed and power.  But that was before
he had embraced only what he could construct with his own two hands,
using materials freely gathered from nature.

It had been Teilani who had pointed him in the right direction,
encouraging him to find the right balance.

And wisely allowed him to discover the lesson for himself.

How could she leave him now, when there was so much more for them to
discover together?

How could he continue his journey alone, without her wisdom and her
love?

"I trust the technology, Bones," he said.  "I just ... I

165

just have to do something.  You can't know what it's like to see
someone you love trapped like that and be so helpless."

Instantly, Kirk regretted his words as he saw the shadow of pain touch
McCoy's face.  "Bones, I'm sorry."

In the midst of his own sorrow, he had forgotten his friend's.  McCoy's
father had contracted a terrible disease when Leonard McCoy was a very
young physician.

There'd been nothing the son could do for the father, except watch the
progress of the ravaging disease.  Until the day that his father's
entreaties grew so insistent, when McCoy purposefully stopped the
medical support keeping his father alive.

Whatever private hell that act had forced McCoy into, its depths had
been increased by the discovery of a cure for that disease only a short
while later.

"Of course you know," Kirk said.  "Sometimes I speak before I realize
what I'm saying."

McCoy nodded.  "You know, hearing you say that almost makes the past
149 years worthwhile.  Almost "I need to help her, Bones."

The doctor shrugged.  "There's really nothing you can do right now.

Maybe look at the pictures of the Klingon animals, see if you might
have seen-" "Pictures!"  Kirk said.  "Everyone was taking pictures at
the wedding.

There were holocameras and visual sensors and imaging glasses .  .

"That's just the thing," McCoy said.  His own despair clearly melted
like Kirk's in the sudden knowledge that there might be something more
they could do, no matter how slim their chance of success.  Kirk knew
it was one way in which he and the doctor had always been alike.

McCoy's voice had new energy.  "We need all of them

166

collected and analyzed.  Every image has to be scanned in detail."

Kirk looked back at the EMH.  "I think we can do better than that.  I
have an idea."

The EMH looked at McCoy.  "The way he says that, should I be
worried?"

McCoy nodded.  "I usually am," he said.

167

Kirk opened his eyes to see Teilani before him, resplendent in her
red-leather wedding dress.

The fusion bubbles suspended above the clearing cast soft radiance
around her.  The glittering firesprite cloud was a frozen veil of light
behind her.

Kirk wanted to reach out to her, to hold her hand, trace her scar with
his finger.  But he knew his hands would feel nothing.  And he knew
there was nothing to feel.

"She really is quite beautiful," the EMH said.

For some reason, when the time had come for them to meet here, the EMH
had taken form not in his duty outfit but in a dress uniform.  The
hologram looked like one of the guests in this reconstruction of the
wedding.

Kirk wondered if the change of garb meant that it was somehow important
to the EMH, an artificial being, to fit in.

"What do you know about beauty?"  Kirk asked the hologram.

"Not a great deal, I'm afraid.  But I know how much she means to you.

I was aware of all the changes in your

168

heart rate, respiration, and blood pressure during our session with Dr.
McCoy in sickbay.  And I know that beauty is something that can have a
powerful emotional effect on people.  Since you presented all the
physiological symptoms of someone experiencing emotional turmoil, and
are doing so right now, it seems likely that her beauty is one of the
reasons she has such an effect on you.  And because of the strength of
that effect," the EMH concluded, "I believe that she really is quite
beautiful.  Am I correct?"

"Yes," Kirk said.  It was both a wonder and a concern to him that the
computer-based intelligence programs of this era were becoming so
capable of understandingand discussing-abstract concepts.  Though there
was much he would like to consider in the ramifications of those
advances, he and the EMH were here on the holodeck to take action, not
talk, if they were to save Teilani.

Suddenly, a section of the dark forest ringing the clearing brightened
as the holodeck's entrance arch materialized.

"Is that part of the forest?"  the EMH asked, apprehensive.

Kirk began walking toward the arch.  "It's the holodeck entrance."

Then Spock stepped through the arch.  Like Kirk, he had changed into a
Starfleet uniform.  After the events in the Goldin Discontinuity, both
had elected to maintain their reserve status with the fleet.

The EMH rushed past Kirk to the edge of the arch.  "Is that ... the
ship?"  he said as he peered past Spock.

In the corridor outside the holodeck, two crew members walked by the
entrance opening.  The EMH waved

169

at them excitedly.  "Lieutenant Strieber!  Ensign Hopkins!  It is I!

Your Emergency Medical Hologram!"

Kirk saw the lieutenant and the ensign hesitantly return the wave,
obviously unused to being accosted by the hologram outside of
sickbay.

"Computer, resume program," Spock said.

The EMH stumbled backward, waving his arms as if to keep his balance as
the arch disappeared and was replaced once again by the dark encircling
forest of Chal.

"That was certainly exciting," the hologram said breathlessly.  "I've
only ever seen the corridor outside sickbay.  This one was different.

Wider.  A slightly darker hue to the friction carpet.  Did you
notice?"

"Spock, can't we do this on our own?"  Kirk didn't want to waste any
more time with the EMH if he didn't have to.

"By being present in the holodeck, the EMH will be a much more
efficient interface to the imaging systems we require," Spock said.  He
looked around the clearing.

The reconstruction of Teilani remained frozen in midstride.

Well to the side, Kirk now saw a version of himself with Scotty by a
banquet table.  Almost all the guests were present as well, though
eerily, some of them had blurred faces and indistinct clothing, as if
they had partially melted.

"The reconstruction is still ongoing," Spock explained.  "The
authorities on Chal have been quite efficient in locating all the
guests who recorded images from the ceremony and the celebration.  All
those images have been uploaded to the holodeck's main computer core.

However, since the majority of the images were

170

three-dimensional still shots, movements will be discontinuous over
time.  We will need an intuitive interface to create fill-in
sequences."

Apparently insulted, the EMH sniffed.  "I'll have you know I am much
more than an intuitive interface."

"That's the problem," Kirk said impatiently.  "How about if you just
don't say anything until we ask for something."

The EMH opened his mouth to protest, but Kirk held up a warning
finger.

The hologram harrumphed instead.

"Better," Kirk said.  "All right, Spock, how do we do this?"

Kirk followed Spock as he walked across the clearing to the small
raised platform where the string quartet was locked in place.  The
distance was only about 10 meters-a holographic illusion, Kirk knew,
made possible by the act of walking on a force field that moved
backward with each step like a treadmill while the holoemitters altered
the scenery to make it appear he was actually walking forward.

Even as he walked behind Spock, and the silent hologram followed him,
Kirk felt the simulated ground change beneath his feet from the
flatness of a starship's deck to the slightly rough surface of the more
or less level clearing.  By the time they came to a stop by the
quartet, Kirk was able to feel the slight springiness of the grass in
the clearing beneath his boots.

"It feels like we're getting down to the final details," Kirk said.

"Doctor," Spock formally addressed the EMH, please report on the status
of the image processing."

The hologram's voice was perceptibly sulky, but he

171

complied at once.  "One hundred percent of 627 individual shots and
810,917 moving-image frame captures have been enhanced for 360-degree
holodisplay.  The processing engines are now extrapolating forward and
backward according to the time codes in order to assemble a complete
model of the clearing.  The model will include all elements that
remained unchanged throughout the 4-hour-and-22-minute time frame
covered by those images."  Then the hologram pressed his lips together
tightly as if he wanted to speak but was pointedly waiting for
permission to do so.

"Is there something more you wish to add?"  Spock asked mildly.

"The computers want to know what music was playing."

"Music won't be necessary," Kirk said.

"It's so the movements of the musicians and the dancers can be
extrapolated in more detail," the EMH added.

"Not required," Kirk said abruptly.  "All I want to see is a
reconstruction of Teilani's movements throughout the evening."

Suddenly, the fusion bubbles overhead started in motion and Kirk felt
the soft touch of a gentle breeze on his face.  The firesprites circled
through the trees.  Individual leaves on the trees moved as the lights
passed over them.

"The clearing model is complete," the EMH announced.

"Begin with time code one," Spock said.

Instantly, the sky above Kirk was a deep indigo.  It was just after
sunset.  Only three fusion bubbles were aloft

172

and the firesprites were gone, not to be released until a time code
after the ceremony.

No guests were present.  Kirk looked around and saw the caterers
setting up the low banquet tables.  Just where the main path broke
through the clearing, he saw the magistrate on his ordover, captured in
midcanter.  Kirk realized these images from before the start of the
festivities must have been captured by Teilani's Aunt Elanea.  She had
arrived early with several of Teilani's friends to help the bride dress
and to oversee all details of the celebration.

Kirk turned to the other side of the clearing.  He and Teilani had been
in their half-built house when the magistrate had arrived, laughing at
some of the more risqud wedding gifts Teilani's teacher friends had
brought with them.

"Jim ... ?"  Spock said gently.  "We should proceed."

Kirk knew Spock was right.  "How long is the full sequence?"  he asked
the hologram.

The EMH reeeled off the statistics of Teilani's last day of life.

"Over the four hours twenty-two minutes of the covered event, the
imaging engines can present one hour eighteen minutes of full motion,
with a total accuracy assurance of ninety percent or greater.

Sequences recreated from still images will take an additional seventeen
minutes to present, with an image-accuracy assurance of eighty percent
or greater and a movement accuracy assurance of less than twenty-five
percent."

One hour and thirty-five minutes, Kirk thought.  He didn't know if he
could relive those moments, knowing how it would all end.

Spock came to his rescue.

173

"Doctor," Spock said, "how long would it take you to review the
reconstruction at your maximum sensory input settings?"

The EMH paused for a moment.  "Twelve point three two seconds."

Kirk sighed, relieved.  Of course.  Trust the technology.

McCoy would approve.

"Then please review the reconstruction at your maximum speed," Spock
instructed.  "I would ask you to pay close attention to any animal or
insect-" -or person," Kirk added without thinking.  It made sense to
cover all possibilities, no matter how unlikely.

-or person," Spock agreed, "who makes physical contact with Teilani."

"That's it?"  the EMH said.

"Please comply," Spock said.

The EMH grimaced.  "If you insist."

The clearing shimmered around Kirk and Spock and the Mark 11 hologram
dissolved into a blur of color.

Then, as the reconstruction played out at a hyperaccelerated speed,
flashes of light and shadow raced past and the stars overhead swept
across the night sky.

Precisely 12.32 seconds later, the blur of motion stopped and the EMH
streaked to a stop beside Kirk and Spock.

It was the end of the evening.  At the final time code, the clearing
was blindingly lit by an overhead searchlight that shone down from a
hovering shuttlecraft.  A Starfleet security team was scanning the
porch with tricorders.  Other Starfleet officers who had beamed down
from the Sovereign were talking with guests by the firepit.

Unsurprised, Kirk saw that he and Teilani and Spock, McCoy, and Scotty
were missing.  Within two

174

minutes of Teilani's going into convulsions, he and the others had
transported up to the Sovereign.

By the time this final image of the evening had been recorded-15
minutes after their transport-McCoy had already made his preliminary
diagnosis, the EMH was preparing the stasis chamber, and the Sovereign
was a sixteenth of a light-year away, traveling at warp factor 9 and
accelerating toward the Klingon homeworld.

What did surprise Kirk was the number of Starfleet personnel who were
present.  When he had shouted for McCoy, he had seen only a handful
come crashing out of the forest.  Where had all these other ones come
from so quickly, and why were they so well organized?

Reporting on the reconstruction of the wedding he had just observed,
the EMH concluded: "There was a great deal of hugging and kissing; no
insects at the resolution I could see; and contact with eight
animals."

"What kind?"  Kirk asked sharply.

"The magistrate's ordover.  Your horse.  Your two dogs.

And four dogs belonging to guests.  The shaggy one licked your wife's
face quite thoroughly.  As an Emergency Medical Hologram, I must say
the face licking was most unhygienic."

"But not an attack," Spock said.

Kirk had lost interest in looking for wild animals.  His interest had
shifted to the Starfleet security team.

"Spock, look at the size of the security force.  Forty-two personnel
deployed in under twenty minutes."

Spock raised an eyebrow, understanding.  "That is a valid point."

"What is?"  the EMH said.

"Starfleet was expecting trouble," Kirk said.  He felt anger mobilizing
within him.  Up till now, Teilani's fate

175

had been a terrible, accidental tragedy.  But the more he puzzled over
how extensive Starfleet's security arrangements had been, the more
enraged he became that no one from the fleet had informed him that
Admiral Nechayey was providing more than just a few guards as a
courtesy.  And what that omission meant.  "Spock, they knew.  Those
bastards in command knew something might happen."

"It is a logical inference," Spock said, "but not yet proven."

"Not yet proven ... Forty-two security officers.

That's proof.  We're not looking for an animal."  He pointed an
accusatory finger at the EMH.  "Did they upload a guest list to you?"

The EMH nodded anxiously.  "Yes."

"Can you match the names to the people recorded here?"

The Mark 11 hologram nodded again.

"Good.  Do you have images of people whom you can't match to names on
the guest list?"

The EMH looked off to the side.  "Almost all the Starfleet security
personnel."

"No, don't pay any attention to people who were recorded after Teilani
went into convulsions.  Only those who were here before and who weren't
on the list."

The EMH replied at once.  "Twenty-six people."

Kirk stepped back and pointed to the ground.  "I want to see them.  All
twenty-six.  Standing right here."

"Extrapolating," the EMH said.  Then 26 holographic figures formed in a
line before Kirk.

Kirk rapidly assessed each of them.  "Delete the ones I point to," he
said.  He chose Memlon first-the child was part of the family, and no
invitation had gone out

176

because it was just assumed he'd be there with his parents.  Then Kirk
pointed to the magistrate and the three women who handled the catering
and the four members of the string quartet.  Fourteen more figures
disappeared as Kirk recognized the two men who had operated the fusion
bubbles, the four drink servers, and the eight caterers' assistants.

That left three uninvited guests.

"Remarkable," Spock said.

Kirk thought so, too.

Each of the three was a child.  Two boys, one girl, slightly older than
Memlon, perhaps 10 years old.

"Teilani's students?"  Spock asked.

"No.  I know most of them."  Kirk studied the children intently,
certain he had never seen them before.  But they did look vaguely
familiar.  "Doctor," he said, "did any of these children have contact
with Teilani?"

"The shorter boy.  The other two never came close to her."

Kirk walked around the simulations.  All three children were attired in
typical clothing for the world and the season-loose white pants and
tunics.  But instead of sandals, they wore boots.  That was unusual for
Chal.

"Show me how the boy and Teilani interacted."

The EMH pointed over to the house.  "It was on the porch.  Time code
four hours and two minutes."

Only minutes before Teilani had collapsed.

As one, Kirk and Spo(,k moved toward the house.

"Replay now," Kirk said.

Then he stepped to the side to avoid colliding with himself.

There he was, in his jeans and T-shirt, walking along the path beside
the tree stump.

177

And there Teilani was, sitting on the porch in the midst of her
friends.

And the children.

Kirk saw the three small white-clad figures, moving in sudden, discrete
jumps where the computers didn't have enough visual information to
accurately reconstruct their exact movements.

Then the shorter boy was on the porch stairs, looking up as if he had
been saying something to Teilani.  Two of Teilani's friends moved out
of the way so the boy could rush up the steps.

Now he was before Teilani, and she opened her arms and he leaned in
close and "Freeze program," Kirk said grimly.

He walked past himself to the porch, where Teilani was locked in an
embrace with the child.  Kirk saw that two of the women on the porch
were holding up holoimagers, which accounted for the completeness of
the visual information here.  One of them seemed to be recording
Teilani during her encounter with the boy.

Kirk and Spock stepped around the women to stand beside Teilani and the
wooden chair she sat in.  Kirk had made that chair.  It was rough and
unfinished, his hands were not yet up to detail work, but Teilani had
declared it perfect.

"There," Spock said.  He pointed to the back of Teilani's neck, just
above her hairline.  The boy's hand was poised above it, clenched in a
fist with only his index finger extended.  "Reverse five seconds,"
Spock said.

The boy's hand moved away as Teilani sat back in reverse.  Then the two
simulated figures were motionless

178

again.  "Continue playback, one-quarter speed," Spock said.

The EMH walked up the stairs of the porch, as if wishing to see for
himself what Kirk and Spock found so compelling.

Slowly moving forward in time, the reconstructed figures came back to
life.  Teilani leaning down to wrap her arms around the boy in a hug.

His hand moving down, index finger extended.

"Watch his nail," Spock said.  The nail of the boy's index finger was
slightly blurred, as if there had not been close enough imagery of
it.

Then Kirk saw Teilani flinch.  Just a slight, reflexive bunching of her
shoulders as the nail of the boy's index finger made contact with her
neck.

"Damn them.  . ."  Kirk whispered.  He tapped his communicator.  "Kirk
to McCoy."

McCoy answered at once from sickbay.

"Check your sensor scans of Teilani's skin," Kirk told him.  "Back of
the neck, over the spine, about two centimeters up past her
hairline."

"What am I looking for?"

"If it's there, you'll know it when you see it."

"Give me a minute," McCoy said.

Kirk reached out to touch the shoulder of the holographic
reconstruction of his bride, but stopped only centimeters away, unable
to complete the movement, stricken by the realization that this might
be the only way Teilani could appear to him now, forever, as a
imulation.  A memory destined to fade.

McCoy's voice interrupted his dark thoughts.  The doctor didn't sound
encouraged.  "Jim, I'm seeing a very

179

slight break in the skin.  Almost as if she pricked herself with a
hairpin.  Is that what you mean?"

"It's a scratch, Bones.  Deliberately inflicted."

"By what?"

"A ten-year-old boy.  I'm going to guess there was a nerve toxin
painted on his fingernail.  I think you'll be able to find traces of it
near the wound."

"Spock?"  McCoy said.

Spock replied.  "I am here, Doctor.  It is a logical conclusion based
on the evidence before us."

"Jim, are you sure you want me to do this?"  McCoy asked.  "To examine
the wound, I'm going to have to take her out of stasis, and at this
stage, every minute out is going to cut at least two hours off the time
she'll be able to survive in there."

Kirk looked at Spock for confirmation.

"We're still four days from QonoS, " the Vulcan said.

"Once we arrive, the Klingon specialists will have less than fifty
hours to treat her.  Breaking the stasis field now will decrease the
amount of time available to them."

"But if we identify the toxin," Kirk said, "they'll have four days to
prepare a counteragent for it."

"If it is a toxin," McCoy's voice added.

Spock folded his hands behind his back.  "This is a decision only you
can make."

Kirk stared at the reconstruction before him.  He knew he could count
on Spock for the logic of the situation, on McCoy for the medical
realities of what should be done, but his own instincts left him no
choice.

"Take her out, Bones.  As fast as you can.  But find that toxin."

"If the EMH is down there, I could use a second pair of hands."

180

"At last, someone who appreciates me," the hologram said.  He faded out
at once.

Kirk turned his back on the reconstruction.  "Let's go, Spock."  He ran
down the porch stairs to the path.

Spock was right behind him.  "Where, exactly?"

"The bridge."

"To do what?"

Kirk strode past himself on the path again, without a glance.  "End
program," he said.

The clearing and the guests flickered, then winked from sight, leaving
only a large room with bright yellow gridlines painted on dark emitter
panels.

"Put your logic to work on this," Kirk said as he sprinted toward the
holodeck arch.  "We only have two facts.  One: Starfleet suspected
somebody might try to do something like this.  Two: That means
Starfleet knows the monster who sent a child to kill Teilani."

Spock hurried after Kirk into the corridor and toward the closest
turbolift.

"That is not enough information from which to draw a logical, reliable
conclusion."

"Forget logic," Kirk said fiercely.  "I already know the conclusion."

They stopped by the turbolift alcove, waited for the doors to open.

"And so do you.  If not through your logic, then in your heart."

The two lifelong friends looked at each other, until Spock nodded,
reluctantly acknowledging the only answer there could be.

"Tiberius," Spock said.

The doors opened.

There was only one place to go.

181

The captain of the Sovereign looked back from the main communications
console and smiled apologetically at Kirk.  "I'm sorry, but, here-you
can see for yourself.

There is no record of a Captain Hu-Lin Radisson, as part of Starfleet,
or any other fleet we have records for."

Kirk wanted to drive his fist through the communications console and
physically pull out the information he needed.  But more than that, he
wanted to keep this captain's cooperation, even if he did look as if he
were a teenager.  Was Starfleet accepting cadets out of primary school
these days?

"Captain Randle," Kirk said as calmly as he could.  "I was on her
ship.

I spoke to her.  So did Spock and McCoy and Captain Scott."

"About that ship ... the whole science convoy, actually-" Spock didn't
let Captain Randle finish.  "There are no records for those vessels,
either."

The young captain looked relieved that he hadn't had to deliver the bad
news to his distinguished passenger himself.

182

"What do you mean, no records?"  Kirk demanded of Spock.

"The Heisenberg, the Schr6dinger, and the Pauli.  If Captain Radisson
does not exist within Starfleet's records, then it is logical to assume
that her convoy of science vessels has no accessible records,
either."

"For whatever it's worth," Captain Randle said diffidently, "the
U.S.S.

Venture has a shuttlecraft called the Pauli.

"Excuse us for a moment," Kirk said.  "Spock, over here."

Kirk led Spock to the alcove by the port turbolift doors.  He kept his
voice low.  "What else does your logic tell you?"

Sometimes Kirk envied Spock his superb composure.

Right now, Spock evinced not the slightest trace of the emotions
coursing through Kirk.  Going by his Vulcan friend's face, the two of
them might have been discussing the weather on Earth-or some other
equally boring topic.

"That Captain Radisson's Project Sign is indeed highly classified,"
Spock said.  "You and I are both aware that there have always been
certain Starfleet vessels whose existence remained unacknowledged.  But
with few exceptions, these were test vehicles, or proof-ofconcept
designs.  Not fully staffed and operational to the extent we saw on the
Heisenberg.

Kirk nodded, looking past Spock to the rest of the Sovereign's
bridge.

It was almost identical to Picard's bridge on the Enterprise-E, except
here the finishes tended toward the silver-blue range, not the
copperbronze.  And there wasn't a central captain's chair.

Instead, like the Voyager, there was a command bench,

183

with room for the captain and his senior officers.  Another ship flown
by committee, Kirk thought in dismay.

"I remember at the time," he said, "you felt the Heisenberg was a
prototype."

"She had many advanced features.  The holographic bridge displays."

"Holographic crew members," Kirk added, remembering Radisson's security
officer.  "Not just an EMH.

And they had full run of the ship, too."

Spock suddenly frowned.  It was subtle, but to Kirk, it was as striking
an expression of emotion as if Spock had snapped his fingers and cried
out, "Eureka!"

"What is it?"  he asked.

"Jim, it is entirely possible that none of what we saw onboard the
Heisenberg was real."

"I beg your pardon."

"Given your description of the holographic capabilities of Captain
Radisson's ready room, and the presence of at least two holographic
crew members, we cannot be certain that anything else we saw was not
another level of illusion."

"But why, Spock?"

Spock raised both eyebrows, as if he were stating the obvious.  "To
keep the truth hidden."

"The truth about what?"

' 'Project Sign.  The real reason why Captain Radisson attempted to
convince you that Tiberius had died.  How the convoy managed to-" "Wait
a minute-you knew she was lying, too?"

In his restrained Vulcan way, Spock seemed surprised by the question.

"Are you saying that you were also aware she presented false evidence
to us?"

Kirk couldn't believe that neither one of them had

184

dared discuss this secret in the past eight months.  "The helmet.  I
knew it was a fake.  The faceplate wasn't shattered in enough
pieces."

"Very observant," Spock said carefully, in such a way that Kirk knew
the faceplate wasn't the reason Spock had detected Radisson's deceit.

"How did you know?"

Spock's chin lifted slightly.  "At the time I didn't.  Dr. McCoy told
me ... later."

Kirk's mouth opened in disbelief.  "Bones knew?"

"The blood, bone, and tissue on the helmet was an exact genetic match
for yours.  But because the ship had proven to have such extensive
medical facilities, including a full cloning lab, the good doctor also
scanned for nutrient solution, the kind used to bathe cloned organs
grown in vitro.  Detecting it led him to conclude that the evidence had
been manufactured onboard the ship."

"I thought they'd reprogrammed his tricorder to give false results,"
Kirk said.  "How else would they have convinced Bones that the tissue
had the quantum signature of the mirror universe?"

Spock had a quick answer, and Kirk realized the Vulcan diplomat had
given the matter careful thought.

"It seems the entire labor camp on the asteroid was constructed and
supplied with components from the mirror universe.  Some of those
components could have been the source of the raw matter processed
through the Heisenberg's replicators that produced the necessary
nutrient solutions and thus the tissue with the appropriate quantum
signature."  Spock looked closely at Kirk.

"Why did you never tell me you knew Captain Radisson was attempting to
deceive us?"

Kirk wasn't about to be put on the defensive here.  Not

185

when there was enough guilt to go around.  "Why didn't you and Bones
tell me?"

"And Captain Scott as well."

Kirk threw up his hands in frustration.  "All right.  All three of
you.

Why keep me in the dark?"

Spock looked contrite.  "We assumed that since Starfleet was going to
so much trouble to convince you not to pursue Tiberius, they must have
a good reason.  We thought it would be best for you if you returned to
Chal with Teilani and got on with your life."

"You thought it would be best for me' ?"

Spock handily deflected the question.  "Why did you not tell us about
your suspicions?"

Kirk took an indignant breath, hesitated, realized he was in the same
shuttle as his friends.  "I ... thought it would be best if you were
all able to get on with your lives, without getting caught up in
another one of my .  . .91

"'Harebrained schemes,' I believe Dr.  McCoy calls them."

Kirk screwed up his face as he tried to comprehend his friends'
actions.  "Do you three just get together to talk about me when I'm not
around?"

Spock nodded.  "Yes."

irk sighed.  "Is there anything else you've been keeping from me?"

"Is there anything else you've been keeping from us?"

Kirk saw Captain Randle looking over at them as they continued to
engage in their whispered conversation at the side of his bridge.  Kirk
waved at him, then leaned closer to Spock.  He dropped his voice even
lower.

"Project Sign is a lot bigger than just three nonexistent ships and an
unusual captain."

186

"Indeed?"

"After what happened, and I got back to Chal, for the first few weeks
with my new lungs, and .  . ."-Kirk held up his hands-".  . . these, I
couldn't really do anything.

So I requisitioned a Starfleet data terminal.  Told the quartermaster I
was thinking about writing my memoirs."

Spock raised an eyebrow.

"But what I did was, I tried to see if I could find out if Radisson had
been telling the truth about anything she said to us.  Especially about
the mirror-universe duplicates replacing a hundred Starfleet
officers."

"And ... ?"

Kirk felt uncomfortable even discussing anything as outlandish as he
was about to say next.  "I found references to twenty-three senior
command staff who had held desk positions at Headquarters, who suddenly
requested assignment to the front lines in the war with the Dominion,
then all conveniently died, no bodies recovered, in the loss of only
four ships."

"Casualties have been high.  The Jem'Hadar are not known for taking
prisoners."

"Spock," Kirk hissed, "why would one scoutship have two admirals, a
fleet admiral, and a fleet captain onboard?  Unless Starfleet needed
people to disappear, so they selected ships that had already been
destroyed and changed the records to add the officers they needed taken
from the record."

At last Spock showed some sign of alarm.  He raised one eyebrow.  "Jim,
are you suggesting Starfleet murdered mirror-universe counterparts?"

"Of course not.  But what I am suggesting is that Starfleet caught some
counterparts-those twenty-three

187

officers, for instance-and has them locked up someplace.  So to explain
their sudden absence, someone in Records makes the appropriate changes
to show they lost their lives in battle.  I guess in a sense, they
did."

Spock held his hands together in concentrated thought.  "The real
Admiral Nechayey was being held in the labor camp, so no such cover
story was necessary to explain her absence.  After her rescue, she
simply returned to duty with few people knowing what had happened."

"And some officers weren't so fortunate," Kirk muttered darkly.

"If Project Sign is able to wield that much influence, to obscure
records, hide ships .  . ."

"Threaten us.  I still can't believe we all acquiesced so' easily."

Spock nodded.  "Teilani said much the same thing to us before the
wedding."

Kirk's heart stopped for a beat as he pictured his beloved.  "She knew
about all this?"

"No," Spock said.  "Not in detail.  But she was sufficiently attuned to
you to know that your emotional outlook had changed since returning
from the discontinuity.  She was troubled by the fact that you had a
Starfleet terminal installed."

Kirk ached for his lover and her comforting wisdom.

"She ... never told me."

"As it was with us," Spock said, "she did not wish to cause you further
pain."

"And what did it get her?"  Kirk said bitterly.  "Or us?

We all kept secrets from each other.  We tried to pretend that what had
happened never happened.  And in the

188

end ."-his voice suddenly failed him-".  it may have cost Teilani her
life."

"Not yet," Spock said.  "There may still be time to take action."

Kirk shook his head, momentarily overcome by despair.  "On a starship
to QonoS?  With no way of contacting Radisson or whoever's in charge of
Project Sign?"

"Between the two of us, Jim, I believe we have the influence to contact
anyone in the Federation."  Spock glanced around the bridge.

"Starfleet provided this ship merely to transport one patient.  That
should be a sign of what we might be able to accomplish in the next
four days.

Kirk nodded, despair again diminishing with the knowledge that there
was something more he could do.

That they could do.  "You're right.  We know enough people at
Headquarters.  We could start asking the right questions.  We could ask
them loudly enough.  Mention Project Sign and Radisson over nonsecure
channels.

That might get their attention."

"It might also earnus a berth on a prison asteroid."

Despite their situation, Kirk felt a smile break out on his face.

"Then let me do the talking, and you and Bones and Scotty can break me
out later."

In his way, Spock returned that smile.  "If we are to have learned
anything from these events, it is that we are stronger together than
apart."

Kirk agreed.  There was nothing he and his friends could not
accomplish, provided they stayed united.

Hu-Lin Radisson, through whatever subtle means, had almost succeeded in
forcing them apart.

189

Almost.

"Let's go ask Captain Randle if we can borrow the communications
console," Kirk said.  He led the way from the alcove to speak to the
impossibly young captain now seated on his command bench.

Unexpectedly, Randle leapt to his feet.  He seemed to Kirk to be even
more nervous than he had been only five minutes ago.  "Urn, Dr. McCoy
called up from sickbay while you were in conference," he said.  "He
wanted you to know that your wife is back in stasis, and he is running
the spectral analyses now and should have results in another ten
minutes."

"Good," Kirk said.  "Thank you.  Now, what we'd like to do is make some
personal calls to Starfleet Command, and we'd like your communications
officer to set up a station where we can do so in private."

"I would truly like to oblige you, Captain Kirk, Ambassador Spock.  But
unfortunately, we are under a communications blackout."

"Since when?"  Kirk asked in surprise.

"About ... five minutes ago.  Direct orders from Command."  Randle
reached down to turn his captain's display around.  Kirk saw the
insignia of Starfleet Headquarters on an order-transmission screen.

"Very well," Spock said gravely.  "I would like to invoke my diplomatic
status to contact my embassy on Earth."

Randle swallowed hard.  "Ambassador, I really am sorry, but ... this is
a Class-Four communications embargo.  No exceptions."

Kirk could feel his self-control beginning to slip away.

"Class Four is a war zone rating.  We're nowhere near the Cardassian
border."

190

"Captain Kirk, my orders are explicit.  We cannot initiate any contact
with anyone.  And we cannot respond to any contact unless the proper
Class-Four codes are used."

Deep down, Kirk knew it wasn't Randle's fault.  But he immediately
wondered if any of Scotty's remote controls were still installed on
this ship.  If he could take control of her again, long enough to make
contact with the right people at Headquarters ...

Then the Sovereign's Bolian security officer called out urgently enough
that he caught the attention of everyone on the bridge.  "Captain
Randle, we are receiving a Class-Four communications."

Randle turned to Kirk.  "If it's Command, I'll ask if you can have an
exemption."

"If it's Command, I'll ask them myself," Kirk said flatly.

Randle glanced anxiously over at his blue-skinned security chief, then
back to Kirk.  "Urn, actually, regulations don't permit passengers to
remain on the bridge during the receipt of Class-Four
communications."

Kirk didn't reply.  He just stared at Randle, letting the young captain
know that the only way he was leaving this bridge was stunned by
phaser.  He saw Randle's almost pleading look at Spock.

"Given the unusual circumstances of your current mission," Spock said
blandly, "logic suggests that this communications will involve Captain
Kirk in some way."

Randle nodded in relief.  "Well, I'm certainly not going to argue logic
with a Vulcan."

"Commendable," Spock said.

"Onscreen," Randle ordered.

191

Kirk turned to the main viewscreen in time to see the moving stars of
warp 9.3 wink out as they were replaced by "This is Captain Picard of
the U.S.S. Enterprise.  I have an urgent message for-ah, Captain Kirk-I
hadn't expected to see you on the bridge."

Randle nervously stepped forward.  "If this doesn't involve them, they
were just getting ready to-" "Oh, but it does.  Captain Kirk,
Ambassador Spock, I bear a message from a mutual friend."

"Hu-Lin Radisson," Kirk said.

Picard nodded, and even Kirk could sense his discomfit.

"The Enterprise will be in transporter range within five minutes.

Please stand by to join me."

"Sorry, Jean-Luc," Kirk said.  "I have no intention of leaving
Teilani."

"Even if by doing so, you could save her life?"

"I'll be with you in five minutes," Kirk said.

192

Picard watched Kirk watching the main viewscreen in the observation
lounge of the Enterprise-E.  He was surprised that Kirk wasn't showing
any surprise.

"When was this recorded?"  Kirk asked.

"Three months ago."

As the recording looped back to the beginning, Picard saw Kirk turn
away from the screen to look across the conference table at the display
cabinet where all the replicas of the starships Enterprise were
displayed.  Picard had no way to tell what the man was thinking or
feeling, any more than he could for Spock, who sat to his captain's
side.

"I was on Chal then," Kirk said.

"Oh, yes, we know."

"We?"  Kirk asked.  His smile looked brittle to Picard.

"Starfleet," Picard said in clarification.

"Not Project Sign?"

Picard sighed.  Kirk had always been a rebel during his career.

Constantly questioning orders or making up new ones whenever he was out
of range of Command.  And now, with so much at stake for him
personally, any

193

restraint on Kirk's part against disobeying Starfleet directives was
likely nonexistent.

"I must state for the record that we have been expressly ordered never
to discuss that matter."

"For the record?  You're recording this meeting?"  Kirk asked.

"Standard procedure," Picard said.

Kirk was already looking searchingly around the observation lounge as
if trying to locate its hidden visual-sensor lenses.  "Project Sign,
Project Sign, Project Sign."

Picard rubbed the back of his neck.  So he's going to be like that.

"Did you know Captain Radisson does not exist?"

Kirk said in a challenging tone.  "And her ship, with all its wonderful
holographic wizardry ... no records.

Never built.  None of her convoy."

"Captain ... Jim ... this is a serious matter."

Kirk's fist hammered down on the conference table with enough force to
make Picard react to the bang it made.  "You think I don't know that?" 
he said in a deceptively calm tone.  Then he gestured at the screen.

"Do you think I'm surprised by what you're showing me?"

"I certainly would be," Picard said.  And it was true.

On the screen, the recording now playing had been made by a security
scanner at the Starfleet Archives Annex on Pluto.  The tiny planet was,
perhaps, one of the most secure locations in the Earth system for the
longterm storage of historical data.  Pluto had a frozen core, which
meant it had no geological activity.  And even eons from now, when
Earth's sun at last ballooned into a

194

red giant, the dying star would expand only as far out as the orbit of
Mars.

In that future time, all traces of humanity's existence, and all traces
of life, would be scorched from the surface of Earth and the inner
planets and moons.  But deep within the caves of Pluto, the records of
that life would remain unharmed.  Whether those records would inform
humanity's descendants of where they had come from billions of years in
the past or merely serve as amusing artifacts to a younger race of
starfaring archeologists to whom humans would be a long-vanished
mystery was yet to be known.

But the mystery of today was how, on Pluto, James T.

Kirk had passed through Starfleet's most stringent genetic
identification techniques to gain access to his personal logs, while
hundreds of light-years away, James T. Kirk was building a wooden home
on Chal.

"Of course it's Tiberius," Kirk said with passion in his voice.

"Radisson was lying when she said he had died.  She manufactured false
evidence."

Picard was astounded that Kirk had learned the truth.

During his own classified meeting with Radisson, Picard had concluded
that Radisson's story was too pat, and that critical information was
being withheld from them about Tiberius's fate.  But then, Picard
admitted to himself, he had had the benefit of analyzing the debriefing
procedure for his entire crew and then discussing it with his command
staff.  He knew Kirk had had no such advantage.

But, Picard reminded himself, his own presence here was because of a
Starfleet mission.  And Kirk could not be allowed to take part.  His
involvement would be too personal, and thus too dangerously
unpredictable.

195

"Although I don't entirely agree with Captain Radisson's methods,"
Picard said firmly, "I do understand why she resorted to them."

"Enlighten me," Kirk said.

"Starfleet's investigation of the mirror universe is one of its most
critical and most important operations.

Counterparts could be anywhere.  All information must be tightly
constrained or-" "Innocent people might die?"  Kirk asked.

Stung by the bitterness of Kirk's voice, Picard spoke from the heart.

"Jim, please, I can't tell you how sorry I am about what happened to
Teilani.  It's true Project Sign had concerns that Tiberius might be
going to Chal, but in all honesty, their chief fear was that he would
replace you.  That's why all the security forces were deployed to your
wedding.  To prevent your disappearance.  Not an attack on your
bride."

"That is not logical," Spock said.

Picard was startled by the Vulcan's bluntness.  "Ambassador Spock, with
utmost respect, I beg to differ.

Captain Kirk enjoys an unprecedented level of access to all levels of
Starfleet Command.  I doubt there is a senior officer-or any
officer-who would not grant him any request, supply almost any
information.  If Tiberius were to take Jim's place, the repercussions
could be most grave indeed."

"Everything you say is true," Spock agreed.

Picard didn't follow the ambassador's reasoning.

"Then I do not understand your objection."

"If Tiberius were to replace Jim, then who is more likely to notice the
substitution than his wife?  If I were planning the operation, I would
be certain to remove that possibility first, by arranging for her
death."

196

Picard hesitated as he saw the flash of anguish that tightened Kirk's
face.  Spock was correct.  He wondered why Starfleet had not taken that
into account.  "I can only tell you what Radisson told me in my
briefing," he said slowly as he thought the matter over.

Kirk shoved his chair back as he stood up and began to pace the length
of the observation lounge.  Even at the best of times, Picard knew,
Kirk had never been one to endure long periods of talk and inaction.

"I'm not here to argue with you, Jean-Luc," Kirk said.  "You told me I
could help save Teilani.  What do you know?"

Picard pointed to the screen where Tiberius, impersonating Kirk, passed
through the identification station again.  "Tiberius is after something
in this universe."

"The Enterprise, as I recall."  Kirk paused before the display case.

Picard shook his head.  "Captain Scott has done a thorough job of
arguing his case.  The thinking at Headquarters is that a transporter
that large cannot be built.

The purpose of that device is still unknown."

Spock's next words made Picard decide to take a chance at doing
something that was not strictly according to regulations.

"I did detect a transporter effect in the moments before the device was
neutralized," Spock said.

"Computer, suspend recording of this meeting.  Authorization,
Picard."

"Recording suspended," the computer voice announced.

"Jim, I think you're a bad influence on me," Picard said half
seriously, "but I feel I should share something with you."

197

"Something you've been asked not to share?"

Picard rocked his hand back and forth a few times.  "A general
prohibition against talking about Project Sign and my crew's
debriefing.  But this is ... you knew the Enterprise was severely
damaged by what that device did to her?"

Kirk nodded as he turned away from the display case.

"Scotty had heard something about it, but he couldn't get any
details."

Picard didn't enjoy thinking back on what he had seen that day.  The
horrible gaping holes in his ship, the ignominy of being towed from the
Goldin Discontinuity by tugs, all the way back to the San Francisco
Yards.

"Powerful transporters were used to remove critical components from the
ship.  Main computer junctions one of the primary memory cores, medical
equipment: complete warp assemblies from two of our shuttles, quantum
torpedoes ... my chair."

"That would explain my sensor readings," Spock said.

Kirk walked forward to stand in front of one of the viewports and
looked out at the moving stars.  "Sounds like Tiberius built a ship on
the other side and needed to outfit it."

Picard stood up from the conference table.  "That is the likely
explanation," he said, straightening his uniform jacket.  "We know the
mirror universe lags significantly behind our own in most areas of
industrial development.  A result of their constant wartime footing.

The components removed from the Enterprise were among its most
advanced."  He still felt violated by the mutilation of his ship, but
he could hear in Kirk's voice that Kirk wasn't too interested in
machinery.

198

"Something you've been asked not to share?"

Picard rocked his hand back and forth a few times.  "A general
prohibition against talking about Project Sign and my crew's
debriefing.  But this is ... you knew the Enterprise was severely
damaged by what that device did to her?"

Kirk nodded as he turned away from the display case.

"Scotty had heard something about it, but he couldn't get any
details."

Picard didn't enjoy thinking back on what he had seen that day.  The
horrible gaping holes in his ship, the ignominy of being towed from the
Goldin Discontinuity by tugs, all the way back to the San Francisco
Yards.

"Powerful transporters were used to remove critical components from the
ship.  Main computer junctions, one of the primary memory cores,
medical equipment, complete warp assemblies from two of our shuttles,
quantum torpedoes ... my chair."

"That would explain my sensor readings," Spock said.

Kirk walked forward to stand in front of one of the viewports and
looked out at the moving stars.  "Sounds like Tiberius built a ship on
the other side and needed to outfit it."

Picard stood up from the conference table.  "That is the likely
explanation," he said, straightening his uniform jacket.  "We know the
mirror universe lags significantly behind our own in most areas of
industrial development.  A result of their constant wartime footing.

The components removed from the Enterprise were among its most
advanced."  He still felt violated by the mutilation of his ship, but
he could hear in Kirk's voice that Kirk wasn't too interested in
machinery.

198

"Any idea what Tiberius is after now?"  Kirk asked, without turning
around.

Picard walked around the table to join him at the viewport.

"Information.  About you."

Kirk wheeled sharply to face him.  Now he was inter ested.

"Specifically," Picard said, "something to do with your early career.

The files he accessed on Pluto, they were your personal logs from your
first five-year mission."

Kirk's brow knit in concentration.  "I ... really have no idea what
could be of interest in them.  Anything technical would have been in
Spock's science logs, or Scotty Is engineering records.  And a century
ago, our two universes were much more similar.  Our science and
engineering were equal.  So ... I doubt if there's any vital component
from those days that didn't already exist in the mirror universe as
well."

The two captains stood side by side by the viewport.

"That's exactly what Captain Radisson has concluded," Picard told
him.

"That's why we need your help."

"Captain Radisson should have thought of that eight months ago, when I
offered to help."

"She regrets that decision, as do l," Picard said.  "This is your
chance-and her chance-to try to make things right."

"What can I do?"  Kirk asked simply.  "And how will it help Teilani?"

Picard had been hoping Kirk would have held that second question to the
end, but he pressed on as Radisson had instructed him.

"Project Sign has been tracking Tiberius's movements

199

in our universe for the past six months, but always after the fact.

There seems to be no pattern behind his appearances or his actions."

"What actions?"

"That's where we need your help.  His actions always seem to have
something to do with you.  We need you to analyze his movements to see
if you can see the pattern.

And if you can, then maybe you'll be able to predict where he'll show
up next, and ... we'll have him."

Kirk remained as inscrutable as a Vulcan, giving Picard no hint as to
whether he was considering or dismissing his plea.  "And Teilani?"

"Well ... once we have Tiberius, we can find out what he did to her,
and that will give us a starting point for reversing it."  Picard
glanced hopefully at Kirk.  "It's a wonderful opportunity."

"For a starting point," Kirk said, turning back to the stars, "Teilani
has five days at most.  Six at the outside.

Then it doesn't matter if Tiberius gives us the cure with
instructions."

"But ... she's in medical stasis, isn't she?  That should stabilize her
for months."

Kirk shook his head as if he didn't trust himself to say anything
more.

Spock rose from the table.  "Teilani has a unique physiology," he
explained.  "It resists stasis."

"I ... I didn't know," Picard said, appalled.  "I'm sure Captain
Radisson didn't know, either."

"Yes, she did," Kirk said.  He tapped a knuckle against the viewport.

"Jean-Luc, how is Tiberius able to travel around without people
thinking they're seeing me every place along the way?"

200

Picard knew the answer, knew that the computer recording was still
suspended.  "Completely off the record," he said.  He saw Kirk glance
at Spock.

"Who would I tell?"  Kirk asked as he turned back to Picard.

Picard took that question to be Kirk's way of saying their discussion
would be kept confidential.  "Through the crossover events at Deep
Space 9," he began, "we have learned that the Alliance has developed a
multidimensional transporter device.  It is capable of retuning a
Federation transporter to re-create the crossover effect you first
discovered on Halkan.  We believe that Tiberius travels to a particular
location within the mirror universe, uses the device to beam over to
our universe, conducts his business, then returns to his own universe
in the same way."

Kirk nodded, strangely unemotional still.  "That's how Intendant Spock
and Kate Janeway moved me around the Moon when we were being chased by
Alliance soldiers.  They didn't have that device, though."

"Neither do we.  Though we're closing in on how it must work and we're
confident we'll be able to duplicate it."

Picard met Kirk's long questioning look directly.

"The way you keep saying'we'll' do this, 'we' can do that-are you part
of it now?"  Kirk asked.  "Project Sign?"

Picard shook his head.  "I'm just a messenger."

"So you really don't know what's goring on?"

Picard recognized that Kirk was troubled.  He recognized the pain the
man must be feeling, facing the loss of someone so dear to him.  And he
tried to take that into account.  But he had his orders.  "Jim, what
I'm about to

201

do now isn't a gray area subject to interpretation.  It is a direct
violation of my orders.  But in my judgment, it is a necessary
violation."  He couldn't help himself.  He threw his shoulders back,
tugged down on his jacket, his voice adopting a much more formal
tone.

"If you do not agree to cooperate with the project, then you will be
placed in protective custody until Tiberius is captured or known to be
dead."

But he'd forgotten that Spock had always been able to outdo him in
terms of formal severity.  "That is a flagrant violation of the
Federation's guarantees of personal rights and freedoms.  It will never
withstand the legal challenges I shall bring to bear against it."

"I've already made that argument to Captain Radisson," Picard said
defensively.  "She assures me that by remaining free and subject to
replacement by Tiberius, Jim represents a significant threat to the
security of the Federation.  It will be a lawful detention."

And with that came the moment he had dreaded would come.  He addressed
himself to Kirk.  "I need your answer, Captain.  Yes or no?"

Kirk studied him, as if waiting for something more.

"But those aren't the only options."

Why am I not surprised he said that?  Picard thought.

But there was no way out for Kirk this time.  "Unfortunately, as far as
Starfleet is concerned, they are."

Kirk didn't appear to realize the seriousness of the response he was
inviting.  Picard listened, nonplussed, as Kirk issued a challenge of
his own.

"You tell whoever it is you answer to at Project Sign that I can stop
Tiberius for them.  I can secure the Federation.  But for me to do
that, the project is going to have to accept my terms.  And you tell
them that there is

202

nothing they can say or do to threaten me, because they've already done
their worst.

"You tell them that if Teilani dies because of their inaction, I'll
join Tiberius, and I'll tear down the Federation myself.

"You tell them that I want their answer.  Yes.  Or no."

203

"Dr.  M'Benga, I presume?"

M'Benga looked up from her desk in the infirmary to give whoever it was
using that tired old line on her the tired old smile it deserved.

She blinked in surprise and her smile became genuine.

"Captain Kirk?!"

James T. Kirk held a finger to his lips.  "I'm undercover," he said in
a low voice, and as if to prove his statement, he opened one side of
his Vulcan traveler's cape, complete with hood, to show his pale gray
civilian clothes.

M'Benga didn't know what to make of Kirk's sudden appearance and
unlikely outfit.  But she was still delighted to see him.  It had been
at least two years since they had met on Chal.  She whispered
conspiratorially, "Do you need to hide out in the surgery?"

"I think I'll be safe here."  Kirk glanced around the infirmary as
though looking for something specific.  "I was surprised to see you'd
been posted to DS9."

M'Benga straightened up the padds on her desk, still flustered by the
unexpectedness of this visit.  "Well, the

204

whole crew, Bare, Pini, everyone ... we were fairly certain the
court-martial would rule in Christine's favor.

So, we all opted for nonship duty so we'd be available for recall when
she got her new command."

Whatever his purpose, Kirk had finished his visual examination of the
infirmary and now he was looking at her as if she were a long-lost
daughter.  "She blew up the Tobias.  I know how much she loved that
ship."

M'Benga nodded.  "The only reason the Jem'Hadar didn't blow us out of
space was because they were convinced we'd recovered a Borg artifact,
and they wanted it.  They had us englobed and we'd really taken a
beating from them.  Our shields were failing, warp core ejected."

"You got away from the Jem'Hadar?"  Kirk sounded truly impressed.  He
sat down on the corner of her desk as if he were settling in for a good
long chat with her.

"Captain MacDonald got us away.  She actually negotiated with them.  I
think there was probably a Vorta onboard one of their ships.  I'm sure
that's why negotiation was possible."

M'Benga paused, but Kirk looked so interested that she found herself
babbling on.  "Anyway, Christine managed to talk them into letting the
crew beam down to safety and take the shuttles.  The Jem'Hadar probably
thought they could pick us off later.  And then," M'Benga smiled at the
memory of her captain's audacity, "she completely dropped the shields,
moved into docking range so they could get their cargo shuttles into
our hangar bay, and, well, when the boarding party arrived .  . .

-M'Benga chuckled at the absurdity of telling this story to James T.

Kirk, of all people-".  . . they were all by themselves.

Christine had already beamed down directly from the

205

bridge and there were ten seconds left in the self-destruct
countdown."

"She cut it fine," Kirk said, and M'Benga could hear more than a hint
of admiration in his voice.  "What happened next?"

"When the Tobias exploded, she took out five Jem'Hadar attack ships and
one warship."  M'Benga fell silent for a moment.  It was hard to
believe almost a year had passed since that day.  Though the story had
a happy ending, at the time she and everyone else in the crew had been
certain their time was up.  But once again, their captain had pulled
them through, just as all good starship captains were supposed to-but
didn't always.

"I think Starfleet's actually going to give her a medal."

"She'd rather have a starship."

"She'll get one of those, too."  M'Benga studied Kirk and his strange
outfit.  "At the risk of being rude or ...

or exposing your undercover mission, whatever it is, what are you doing
here?"

Kirk moved off her desk, looking serious.  "It is a mission, Doctor.

And ... I am in need of medical assistance."

Like a computer program coming online, M'Benga felt herself suddenly
switch into professional mode.  "Of course.  What can I do for you?

Shall I call Dr.  Bashir?"

"No, Dr.  Bashir is off the station."

M'Benga's attention sharpened.  Julian was taking a day off.  She knew
he had booked a holosuite with Major Kira and the O'Briens.  "Actually
I believe he's just across the Promenade in Quark's."

"No," Kirk disagreed, his tone leaving no room for argument.  "He's
responding to a sudden but minor

206

medical emergency on Bajor.  It's best he not know I'm here."

M'Benga wasn't comfortable with that.  "With respect, Captain, he is my
senior officer and I do have to report all medical activities that take
place in the infirmary.

And you did say that's why you're here, correct?"

"That's right.  I'll need a complete somatic scan, at the molecular
level, encoded to a time-sensitive transporter ID trace."

M'Benga took a few seconds to speculate about why Kirk would require
such a test.

"It is an unusual request, isn't it?"  Kirk said.

"May I ask what the purpose is?"

"Identification," a new voice offered.

Three more civilians had just walked into the infirmary.  Two men, one
woman, all in Vulcan cloaks like Kirk's.

Then the man who spoke folded back his hood, and once more M'Benga
blinked in disbelief "Captain Picard?"

Picard held up his finger to indicate silence, but Kirk said, "I've
already told her."

M'Benga stared at the four of them.  "You're all undercover?"

"Correct," Picard said.  "I admit this is most unusual.

But Captain Kirk has spoken very highly of you, and we would like to
recruit you into our little venture."

M'Benga felt a warning twinge in her stomach.  "A Starfleet venture, I
trust?"

"Absolutely," Picard said convincingly.  "We have the proper command
protocols for you to confirm our authority."

207

M'Benga knew this was the time that she was supposed to say, No, that's
all right,- of course I trust the two greatest captains in Starfleet's
history.  But she didn't.

The mantra of life near Bajor replayed in her mind: There is a war
on.

The Founders are shape-shifters.  Trust no being.

"Thank you," she said.  "Under current circumstances, that will be
necessary."

M'Benga saw Picard and Kirk exchange a quick glance, but she was
utterly unable to gauge its significance.

Until Picard smiled and said, "The captain told me you were someone we
could count on.  I'm glad to know his trust in you is well placed."

M'Benga experienced a flash of insight telling her that even after she
followed the command protocols and performed Kirk's somatic scan and
whatever else the two captains had in mind, she wasn't going to have a
clue about what they were really up to.

Now the man and the woman accompanying Picard pulled back their
hoods.

M'Benga recognized the Enterprime's counselor, Deanna Troi.  But not
the rail-thin black commander at Trot's side.

Picard made the introductions.  "Dr. Andrea M'Benga, I think you
remember Counselor Troi, and may I introduce Commander Sloane, chief
security officer for the Enterprise."  M'Benga stood up to shake hands
with both of them.

"The Sloanes of Alpha Centauri?"  she asked the commander in some
awe.

He nodded as if he were asked that question a dozen times each day.

But then, his was one of the most famous names in the history of warp
propulsion.

208

M'Benga cleared her throat.  "Better give me those protocols," she
said, "and then you can tell me what's going on.

Picard pulled an isolinear chip from his cloak and handed it to her.

As she carried it over to a communications console, she couldn't help
noticing that Commander Sloane was scanning her infirmary with a
tricorder that looked twice the size of anything she had seen before.

One whole side of it glowed with a warm amber shade.

Picard caught her side glance and hurried to explain.

"A standard security scan, Doctor.  Nothing to be concerned about."

"Oh," M'Benga said, feeling just the opposite of his, assurance.  She
slipped the isolinear into a reader, then entered her personal
encryption code.  That was enough to open the first level of the chip's
security, which told her that the chip, at least, had a Starfleet
origin.

Sloane, meanwhile, now seemed interested in the overhead surgical
palette in the examination alcove.

"Is anything wrong, Commander?"  she asked.

"Do you have any problems with theft of infirmary items?"  Sloane
asked, his manner suggesting his question was only an idle inquiry,
which of course it was not.

"Not really.  We had a minor break-in a few days ago.

Nothing serious, though.  Why?"

"No reason."  Sloane turned away from her and walked over to Picard.

From her position at the communications console, M'Benga clearly heard
the commander tell Picard he was going to talk with the station's chief
of security.

"That's Constable Odo," M'Benga called out from her console, without
being asked.

209

"Yes, I know," Sloane said as he walked out of the infirmary.

M'Benga spent the next five minutes in subspace communications with
Starbase 210 and was able to confirm to her satisfaction that Picard,
at least, was operating under the express orders of Admiral Phillip
Tenn.  M'Benga's specific orders from the admiral, appended to
Picard's, included the admonition that she was not to reveal her
involvement with Picard and his party to anyone on DS9, including Dr.
Bashir and Captain Sisko, unless the safety of the station and/or its
personnel became an issue.

M'Benga logged off the encrypted channel, then returned to Kirk and
Picard.  "Whatever you're up to, it seems serious."

"Very," Picard said, but nothing more.

M'Benga gazed long and hard at both captains.  "You two are not going
to be volunteering a lot of information, are you?"

Kirk and Picard both shook their heads.

M'Benga folded her arms against her chest, letting them know that she
was ready to play the game at whatever level they chose.  "A full
somatic scan can take two hours," she announced, "and it can be
extremely invasive, if you take my meaning."  She paused to let Captain
Kirk consider the full ramifications of that unpleasant possibility.

M'Benga saw Counselor Troi unsuccessfully hide a smile as if she had
just detected a highly amusing emotion in Captain Kirk.

"On the other hand," M'Benga said, "if I know the purpose of the scan,
perhaps I can make some, shall we

210

say, adjustments to the procedure, to make it more pleasant for
everyone concerned."

Kirk blurted out his reply to her challenge.  "I'm going to be taking a
trip."

"Careful, Jim," Picard warned.

"It's all right," Kirk said.  He continued.  "And when I come back,
Captain Picard wants to be sure that ... I'm still me."

"I see."  Kirk's situation was suddenly clear to M'Benga.  "But there
are simpler ways to detect a Founder impostor.  Extracting a blood
sample.  Setting a phaser to three point five."

The blank stares she was getting from Kirk, Picard, and Troi informed
M'Benga she was well off the mark.

"So we're not looking for Founder impostors?"

Kirk shook his head.  "But please don't ask anything more."

"Fine with me," M'Benga said briskly.  She pointed over to the
examination alcove.  "Onto the table."

Kirk paused awkwardly.  "Do I ... have to take anything off?"

"That all depends on how cooperative a patient you are."

Kirk acknowledged that comment as the implied threat it was and quickly
went into the alcove.

"If you'd like something to eat, there's a replicator over there,"
M'Benga told Picard and Troi.  "It's Cardassian, so don't get your
hopes up."

"We'll be fine," Picard said.  "I don't suppose you could close the
infirmary?"

But M'Benga had a very clearly defined line she would not cross.  She
was a doctor, and out there in the station

211

were more than a thousand potential patients.  "Not a chance.  But if
you don't want to be seen, you can wait in surgery, and I'll draw the
privacy screen around the examination table."

"That will be acceptable," Picard said.

M'Benga started for the alcove, then looked back.

"Captain, Counselor, does anyone know you're here, except for me?"

"No," Picard said.  "But not for the reasons you think.

This has nothing to do with the Dominion.  And ...

that's really all I can tell you."

M'Benga knew she probably wasn't even entitled to know that much, so
she accepted Picard's minimal explanation.  "I'll be in to see you in a
few minutes to let you know how long the scan will take."

Picard thanked her, then headed into the surgical suite with Troi.

M'Benga looked across the infirmary to see James T.

Kirk sitting on the table, watching her warily.

Better not keep the patient waiting, she told herself.

But as she went to the supply cupboard to get the instruments she'd
need to start the somatic scan, M'Benga couldn't help wondering who it
was Kirk and Picard were trying to hide from.  If they weren't
concerned about Dominion spies on DS9, then who else was there here to
be worried about?

And why did I accept their incomplete explanations with so little
complaint?  she thought.

It was almost as if she were used to taking orders without asking
questions.  And M'Benga knew that kind of behavior wasn't like her at
all.

At least she thought it wasn't.

212

"So, was it a Borg artifact?"  Kirk asked.

It was a few seconds before Dr. M'Benga looked up from her medical
tricorder.  "Hmm?  I'm sorry?"

Kirk concentrated on not moving, though M'Benga had told him he could
talk without disturbing the scan.

"What the Jem'Hadar were after on the Tobias.  You said they thought it
was a Borg artifact, and I was wondering if it was."

"Oh, that, no.  Not Borg.  We sent the sensor logs to Starbase 324.  It
turned out to be some Pakled contraption, cobbled-together junk.  Too
bad the Jem'Hadar didn't get it."

Kirk watched as M'Benga went back to her instruments, making
adjustments, frowning at her tricorder as if it were a misbehaving
child.

"You remind me of your great-grandfather," Kirk said.  "He could turn
himself off and on like that.  Total concentration.  I thought it had
something to do with his Vulcan training.  But I suppose it was just
him."

M'Benga looked up again.  "Hmm?"

Kirk sighed and shook his head.  "Later."

M'Benga admonished him.  "Talking, yes.  Moving your head, no."

"Whatever you say, Bones."

That got her attention.  She smiled.  "No one here calls me that.  Dr.
Bashir ... he's very serious.  Very proper."

"Very boring?"

M'Benga searched for the correct word.  "Sincere.

That's the polite way to put it.  But a remarkable healer."

Kirk just remembered in time not to move his head by nodding
agreement.

"Three years ago, he saved my life."

"As I heard the story, he had a bit of help from Admiral McCoy."

213

"A bit."

"How is he?"

"I believe Dr. McCoy hit the maximum age for humans about ten years
ago.  Now he gets younger each year.  Either that or there're no
original parts left."

M'Benga laughed appreciatively.  "He's an inspiration to us all.  And
speaking of original parts, when did you have your lungs done?"

"You can tell?"  Kirk asked, chagrined.  He couldn't anymore, unless he
significantly overexerted himself.

"They're artificial tissue, so that stands out.  I'd say you had them
done a year, a year and a half ago?"

"Almost eight months, actually."

M'Benga whistled as she reached up to make an adjustment to the
controls on the overhead palette.  Kirk couldn't tell what she was
doing.  The multitude of Cardassian interfaces and displays was
confusing.  One or two he could handle.  But a whole room of them was
pushing it.

"You healed exceptionally fast," the doctor said.

"Where was it done?"

Kirk thought about the real answer to her question, decided he couldn't
give it.  "An experimental clinic.

Same place I had my hands replaced."

M'benga lowered her tricorder and stared at him.

"Your hands replaced?"

Obedient to her directive, Kirk didn't lift them for inspection now,
but he said, "Both of them.  I ... had an accident.  They were badly
burned.  Enough so they couldn't be reconstructed."  He stopped as he
watched M'Benga become completely consumed by the act of examining his
closer hand.  She held her tricorder over

214

it.  "I'll be damned," she marveled.  "I didn't even notice."  She
looked up at him.  "May I?"

"Please."  Kirk watched as she gently lifted his hand with hers and
manipulated his fingers and his wrist.  He could tell she was startled
and impressed.

"I've never seen work like this.  Obviously, your hands were amputated
and buds implanted in the same procedure?"

"It was all done in the same day, I know."

"What clinic was it?  It's really spectacular work."

Kirk smiled apologetically.  "I hate to say it, but I really can't tell
you."

M'Benga's eyes bored into him, as if he had issued a challenge to her
medical authority.  "Something to do with what you're involved with
today?"

"That's right."  Kirk thought about how much he liked M'Benga.  As a
person, and as the kind of doctor she was.

A definite throwback to the days of Dr. McCoy and a different,
personal way of conducting medical care.  He wished he could tell her
about the Heisenberg and its advanced medical facilities and its EMH
with an attitude.  He didn't blame M'Benga for resenting his silence.

But she was a good Starfleet officer as well as a doctor, and she moved
on, if grudgingly.  "So ... changing the subject, how's Teilani?  You
two married yet?"

Kirk closed his eyes.

"What the blazes?"  he heard M'Benga exclaim.  "Your blood pressure
just ... oh, Captain Kirk.  I'm sorry.

What happened?  Is she all right?"

Kirk felt the desperation roll over him again, the same desperation he
had been fighting for the past two days, ever since he had given his
ultimatum to Captain Picard

215

to deliver to the secret masters of Project Sign.  An ultimatum that,
to Kirk's honest surprise, they had accepted.

According to Picard, Captain Hu-Lin Radisson-the captain who did not
exist-had personally authorized Kirk's "request" to go after Tiberius
himself.  Though she had added a few conditions of her own, which Kirk
was invited either to accept or to decline.  But if he chose the latter
option, he was to prepare for a long period of incarceration.

"She's dying," Kirk said quietly as he opened his eyes.

He could tell M'Benga truly was affected by the news.

And sharing his sorrow with someone who cared only made it even more
unbearable.

"May I ask ... what happened?"

Kirk didn't see how the broad details could be part of Radisson's
security requirements.  He at least could tell M'Benga about Teilani,
if nothing else.

"An assassination attempt," Kirk said tersely.  "She was exposed to a
nerve toxin."

The doctor in the M'Benga was never far from the surface.  "What
kind?"

"They're not sure.  Something related to a class of naturally occurring
toxins on Qo'noS.  That's where she's going now.  There's a specialized
poison clinic that's ready to treat ]her-try to treat her."

"She's in stasis?"

"Dr.  McCoy is with her.  But she's resisting the stasis.

He thinks she has only a few days."

M'Benga put her hand on Kirk's.  "I am sorry.  She was ... she is a
wonderful person.  She did so much for her world, and ... for you, I
know."

Kirk nodded, not wanting to say any more.

216

"Is what you're doing here, with Captain Picard, connected to what
happened to Teilani?  With your accident ... ?"

Kirk nodded, just a slight movement, not enough to disturb M'Benga's
scan.

"Are you trying to find the people responsible?"

He nodded again.

"If there's ... anything I can do, any way we can talk about it without
compromising whatever secrecy arrangements apply .  . ."  She gave his
hand a squeeze, and he could feel it, just slightly.  "This scan is
going to take another ninety minutes or so.  We have lots of time to
talk."

In the midst of his misery, Kirk found himself contemplating her
offer.

Maybe there was a way.  "Are you familiar with nerve toxins?"  he
asked.

"Animal based?  Sure.  I saw enough of them on the Tobias."  Kirk took
a deep breath before he asked his next question.  "Ever hear of any
that can be delivered by a scratch?"

M'Benga tapped her tricorder against her palm.  "A great many toxins
are delivered that way.  Some by poison sacs in the mouth, some by
stingers, some by poison glands under an animal's claws."

"No, not like that," Kirk said quickly.  "This was a toxin that was
painted on the fingernail of a child.  A tenyear-old boy who gave
Teilani a hug and ... gave her a scratch on her scalp."  Kirk had to
take another breath to steady himself.  He had been right there.  He
saw the moment again in his mind's eye.  While he himself had been
standing by the stump on the path, the boy had been on the porch.

217

If he had just kept going, forgotten the damn stump, gone to Teilani's
side where he was supposed to be, the boy wouldn't have been able to
... No.  The child would have found another opportunity.  If not that
night, then another.

He could not afford to indulge himself in futile self- a
recrimination.

It was simpler to remember that Tiberius had done this.  That Tiberius
would pay.

And then he realized that Dr.  M'Benga had fallen silent.

"Doctor?"  he prompted.

"Hmm?  I'm sorry?"

"The toxin," Kirk said urgently, puzzled by her sudden disinterest.

"Painted on a child's fingernail.

Delivered by a scratch.  Have you ever heard of anything like it?"

M'Benga's voice was unsteady.  "A ... child ... ?"

Kirk peered at her closely, wondering what was wrong.  "A ten-year-old
boy.  McCoy found traces of the-Doctor!"

Kirk pushed himself up and off the examination table.

M'Benga had collapsed on the deck.

He knelt down to be sure the doctor was still breathing.  She was.  He
charged across the infirmary toward the surgical suite, to get Picard
and Troi.  They were at M'Benga's side in seconds.

Kirk and Picard hoisted the unconscious doctor onto the examination
table.  At once, Troi employed the medical tricorder to confirm that
M'Benga had suffered no internal injuries.  "It seems she simply
fainted," the counsellor said.

"Any idea why?"  Picard asked.

218

"No, we were just talking," Kirk said.  "She was making adjustments,
running the scan."

"I'm going to have to ask Beverly to complete the scan," Picard said.

Kirk realized that the time pressure they were under was getting to
Picard.  "You told me Radisson insisted that the scan not be done with
Starfleet equipment.  Just in case there was any sort of hidden program
that could overwrite the results with a second set of data later on."

"I'll have Dr. Crusher do the scan on this equipment," Picard
countered.  "She can be here by shuttle within the hour."

To Kirk, right now, an hour was an eternity.  The Enterprise was
stationkeeping in the oort cloud of Bajor's system, tens of millions of
kilometers away, so no record of her presence here could be made.

"Wouldn't Dr. Bashir be a better choice?  He won't have reached Bajor
yet."

"Absolutely not ", Picard said.  "Dr. Bashir has a mirror universe
counterpart.  Many of the people on the station do.  And according to
Captain Sisko's reports, crossovers in this region have become an
almost regular occurrence.  Radisson specifically ordered us to refrain
from all contact with any person in either universe who is involved
with ongoing crossover events.  If word leaks out to Tiberius .  . ."

"She's waking," Troi warned, giving them both notice that any
discussion of the mirror universe would have to be postponed.

"Dr.  M'Benga," Kirk said, "do you know where you are?"

M'Benga rubbed her face, looked around in confusion.  "Was the
commodore here?"

219

"No commodores," Picard said.  "Just captains."

M'Benga recognized Kirk, then Picard and Troi.

"What am I doing on the table?"

"You fainted," Troi said.

M'Benga sat up.  "I don't faint."  She started feeling around the table
for something until Troi handed her the tricorder.  M'Benga quickly
used it on herself, made an odd sound in her throat.

"Diagnosis?"  Picard asked.

"Maybe I did faint," the doctor allowed.  She smiled weakly at
Picard.

"What did I say about eating from those Cardassian replicators?"  She
swung her legs off the table, planting her feet gingerly on the deck
before she stood up fully.

"Dr. M'Benga," Kirk asked, "do you remember what we were talking
about?"

M'Benga leaned back against the examination table for support.

"Christine?  The Pakled artifact we found?"

Kirk decided to wait until he and the doctor were alone again before he
would try to refresh her memory.

There was no sense in provoking Picard unnecessarily.

"Shall we start again?"  he asked instead.

"Or should you take something?"  Picard still looked concerned.  "Maybe
a rest break?"

"I'm fine, really," the doctor insisted.  "While the scan's underway,
I'll run a few tests on myself, but I'm sure I... I .  . ."

Like Picard and Troi, Kirk turned to see who had startled M'Benga by
merely stepping through the infirmary's entrance.

They were two of Radisson's "conditions."

Kirk wondered how Picard was going to explain away

220

this one while staying within the letter of Radisson's orders.

"Greetings, Dr. M'Benga," Spock said as he pulled down the hood of his
cloak.  "It is good to meet with you again."

But M'Benga didn't say anything in reply.  She was too busy staring at
the second visitor.

The second Spock pulled down his hood as well.  "Dr. M'Benga, I am
pleased to meet with you for the first time."

"Two Ambassador Spocks?"  M'Benga said in a tone of disbelief.

"Actually, only I am an ambassador," Spock said.

"While I am an intendant," the mirror Spock said in qualification.

M'Benga turned to Kirk, and he saw the understanding in her eyes.

"That trip you're taking ... you're going through the Looking Glass.

.

.

221

Captain Picard didn't know what he was going to do with Captain Kirk.

The man had written most of the rules when it came to being a starship
captain.  But now he seemed determined to rewrite them all again.  And
that was unacceptable in the Starfleet of today.

"Coming up on coordinates," Data announced from the conn.

"Relative stop," Picard ordered.  He shifted uncomfortably in his new
chair.  It was eight months since he had had it replaced, after the
Enterprise had been gutted in the Goldin Discontinuity.  Most of the
repairs and replacements resulting from that incident had been definite
improvements, including the new permanent viewscreen.  But this chair
... it still wasn't right.  And Picard was reluctant to go back to
Engineering and ask La Forge to replicate yet another one.

"We are at relative stop," Data announced.

The viewscreen was awash in billows of glowing plasma storms, roiling
for millions of kilometers.

Though the ship was in the Badlands, this area of space

222

seemed to Picard to be almost identical in appearance to the Goldin
Discontinuity.

But then, that's why he and his crew were here.

"Any sign of our hosts?"  Picard asked.

Zefram Sloane responded from his security station at the side of the
bridge.  "No, sir.  Sensors show no other ships within range."

"That's surprising," Riker said.  He leaned forward in his chair beside
Picard and tapped into the main sensor display on his small tactical
screen.  Sensors were severely restricted in this region, but the ships
they were waiting to contact were supposed to be transmitting hailing
frequencies.  "If they're not within range by now, it'll take them at
least another two hours to get here."

Picard reached behind the small of his back and tried once again to
flatten the annoying lumbar bulge in the back of his chair.  "Our guest
will be wearing a path in his carpet," he said with a sigh.

"Which one?"  Riker asked.

Picard knew his executive officer had a point.  He didn't think the
Enterprise-D or Enhad ever carried such a tense collection of
passengers.

Picard could understand Captain Kirk's distress, up to a point.  Kirk
was faced with the loss of his wife and his unborn child.  And in a
desperate attempt to try to find a cure for Teilani, he had left her
side.  Picard had faced the tragic loss of family members and
remembered all too well the pain and remorse he had suffered.  That was
the only reason he had not abandoned Kirk when the man had behaved so
recklessly on Deep Space 9.

"Should I check in on them?"  Riker asked.

223

Much as he enjoyed the calm of his bridge and the quiet professionalism
of his own crew, Picard nodded.

"Invite them to the observation lounge."  It was better to offer an
invitation to Kirk and the others than to have them work themselves
into such a state that they started making demands again.

"Before they start kicking down the doors and demanding to be let
in?"

Riker said.

"Exactly."

"Riker to ... Ambassador Spock."

Intrigued, Picard wondered why the commander had not chosen to speak to
Kirk.

"Spock here."

"Captain Picard would like to invite you and your party to the
observation lounge.  The view is staggering."

"Has the convoy arrived?"

"No sign of it yet," Riker said.  "But our sensors could be compromised
by the storms."

"Understood, Commander.  We shall be there momentarily.  Spock out."

The views ' creen flickered with the intensity of a nearby plasma coil,
lighting up the bridge as if a lightning storm were in progress.  A
slight variation in the constant vibration through the deck told Picard
that the forcefield generators were stepping up their efforts.

Properly responding to his captain's concentration on the ship's
status, Riker looked at him reassuringly.

"Nothing we can't handle, sir."

"It's not the storms that have me concerned, Number One."  Riker
lowered his voice, to make their conversation private.  "You don't seem
to hold out much hope for this mission."

224

Picard knew better than to keep his doubts from Riker.  He was a good
officer and often came up with a new approach to challenges they
faced.

"To tell the truth, Will, I don't know what to hope for.  I know
Captain Radisson is not keeping me fully apprised of the goals and
intentions of Project Sign.  And Captain Kirk is equally reticent to
discuss his plans with me."

"You can't really blame him.  You did tear into him on Deep Space 9."

Picard stiffened.  Offering advice was one thing, but questioning his
decisions was quite another.  It wouldn't do to have Riker start
following Kirk's example and start overstepping his authority.

"Captain Kirk threatened the mission by revealing so much of it to Dr.
M'Benga.  In direct violation of his orders, Commander Riker."

"Not to be the devil's advocate, sir," Riker said noncommittally, "but
the real revelations didn't begin until the two Spocks arrived.  They
were considerably ahead of schedule, and that wasn't Kirk's fault."

"He still told her too much," Picard insisted.  "Orders are not
something one can pick and choose from, as seems to be the captain's
style."

"I've always thought that's one of the reasons we're out here," Riker
said, "instead of some fleet of automated ships like Radisson's,
staffed by holograms and artificial intelligences."

Picard wasn't certain of the point Riker was trying to make, but he
appreciated Riker's light tone.  His first officer appeared determined
to be nonconfrontational, as if to make certain that their discussion
could not escalate into an argument.

"So we can pick and choose," the commander contin 225 ued.  "Rules are
rules and orders are orders, but out here, where there's so much that's
new .  we do have to be flexible."

"There's a difference between flexibility and insubordination," Picard
said.

"I agree, sir.  But one thing I've noticed is that whenever Kirk
crosses paths with you, it's as if you forget how flexible you are
yourself.  Suddenly, you're like some stern father figure trying to set
a good example for your wayward son."  Riker smiled to take the sting
out of his comment.

Picard shifted in his ill-fitting chair.  "I should hope that given the
fact Captain Kirk is a century older than I, it would be the other way
around."

Riker kept his eyes expectantly on Picard but didn't say anything.

Picard couldn't help smiling at him.  "Is there something else you'd
care to add before I put you in leg irons for general insolence?"

At that, Riker laughed.  "I was just thinking, JeanLuc ... after
everything that happened in the Briar Patch, you would have been quite
at home in Kirk's era.

If you had been cut off from Command as often as he was in his day, I
think you would have demonstrated how 'llexible' you could be when it
came to orders, and the Prime Directive.  I even think you'd have
enjoyed it, too."

Rather pleased by Riker's description, Picard feigned indignation.

"Are you somehow suggesting that I might be jealous of Captain Kirk?"

Unexpectedly, his efforts to turn the conversation to banter were not
picked up on by Riker.  "Not of Kirk," Riker said seriously, "but of
his time, yes.  Things were

226

different then.  It was easier for one man to leave his mark on
history.  Today, there are more starships, and many more captains.

Competition is tough."

Picard allowed Riker to make his point.  To a certain extent, after
all, it was true.

"And in a way," Riker went on, "I wouldn't be surprised to find out
that Kirk was jealous, too.  Not of you," he quickly added, "but of
your time.  When you look at Kirk's career, it was a constant fight for
him to keep that chair."

Riker leaned forward, caught up in his thesis.  "One five-year mission,
and Kirk was promoted to the admiralty, where he might as well have
disappeared.  Then he got command again, almost by accident, when the
V'Ger incident took place.  That gave him another fiveyear mission, but
then he was forced to take a teaching position at the Academy.  He got
the Enterprise back, he lost her again.  He got her back, lost her.

From year to year, Kirk never knew when or if he'd ever get another
chance to command a ship-which is clearly what he loved to do most of
all."

Riker looked keenly at Picard.  "When it comes to the nuances of your
approaches to command, you're both the products of your different eras,
but in your hearts, where it matters most, you're both the same.

Neither one of you holds back when you believe Starfleet is
overstepping its authority.  You just want to do what you love to do,
and do it better than anyone else."  He shrugged and sat back in his
chair as if he hadn't intended to get so long-winded or
philosophical.

"Will, I had no idea that you were such a scholar of Captain Kirk's
career," Picard said.  He tried to rememher if he had ever told his
first officer that he had had

227

almost this identical conversation with Kirk the last time their paths
had crossed.

Riker smiled.  "We all are.  You want to work on this bridge, it goes
with the territory."

Picard heard the turbolift doors open behind him and glanced over his
shoulder to see Kirk, both Spocks, and the final two team members
requested by Captain Radisson-Kate Janeway and T'Val-step onto his
bridge.

He stood up, wincing in discomfort as he straightened his spine.

"Thank you, Commander; our discussion has been most enlightening.  You
have the conn.  You know where I'll be."

As he escorted his passengers to the observation lounge, he decided
that in one important way, he and his predecessor were actually
considerably different.

Where Kirk had had the opportunity to experience both ages of
Starfleet, he himself, thus far, had enjoyed the benefits only of its
more mature stage.  Picard took a moment to speculate about how he
might have fared in the pioneering era, when everything had been so new
and untried.

He could not deny that he missed the days when he and his crew had been
explorers and adventurers, not, as seemed more and more the case,
diplomats and spokespeople for the benefits of bigger and better
interstellar business opportunities.  It was to be hoped that those
early days would somehow come back again, and soon.

There was always the chance, with Kirk's example to inspire the mission
planners, that they might, he thought.

But first, Picard knew, he and Kirk had to survive their next
meeting.

228

"What do you mean, they're not here yet?"  Kirk said as he paced back
and forth past the viewports.  Everyone else was sitting at the
conference table in the observation lounge, but he had had enough of
inaction.  "We're three hours late as it is."

Picard was still sitting at the head of the table, ramrod straight,
hands folded in front of him.  "As I explained, Captain, we are not in
direct communication with Captain Radisson.  She gave us these
coordinates and a rendezvous time.  We're here as directed.  All we can
do is wait."

"I don't even know why we need them," Kirk said impatiently.  As far as
he could see, Radisson was going out of her way to make things more
difficult for him.

Maybe she was intentionally slowing him down.  "I mean, how hard can it
be to make one of those ...

multidimensional transporter devices?"  e was surprised when Intendant
Spock answered.  "It is not a straightforward matter," the frailer
counterpart of Spock said.  "When the Alliance in my universe became
aware of the potential of crossovers from your universe, they enforced
strict alterations in transporter technology.  Those alterations were
to prevent such accidents as took place at Halkan from ever
recurring."

The intendant was referring to the first time that he and Kirk had
met.

More than a century ago, in the mirror universe.  Kirk still feared
that their chance encounter had set in motion the events that later led
to the enslavement of humans and Vulcans and to the brutal tyranny of
the Alliance in that world.

"In some ways," the intendant continued, "those changes spurred
research into transporter technology beyond what your universe has
achieved.  I believe it is

229

one of the few areas in which we are actually more advanced than
you."

Hearing a version of Spock's voice that sounded so much weaker than it
should had a softening effect on the mood in the conference room.  But
Kirk knew that Intendant Spock, the leader of the Vulcan Resistance in
the mirror universe, not only looked much healthier than he once had,
he was much healthier than he had been eight months ago.

Seeing him then, for the first time in nearly a century, Kirk had been
shocked by the change in Spock's counterpart.  The mirror Vulcan's
hair, still in the traditional style, had turned snowy white, as had
his goatee.  His dark eyes were hooded, deeply sunken, his lips dry and
cracked.  His thin, transparent skin, mottled by faint green spiderwebs
of broken capillaries, was drawn tight over gaunt cheeks that were
filigreed with wrinkles.

Even more alarming, his movements had been unsteady and his left hand
trembled.  Poor nutrition, stress, and wounds from untold battles had
resulted in premature Bend syndrome, a condition unseen among the
Vulcans in Kirk's universe for generations.  Intendant Spock had seemed
at least another century older than Spock, who was a sound 146 years
old-Vulcan middle age.

But now, after months of rest, recuperation, and the best treatment the
Vulcans of Kirk's universe could provide, the intendant had put on
much-needed weight.

His gait was steadier, and even the trembling of his hand and arm was
seldom noticeable.  He was still slower in his movements than the Spock
Kirk knew, and his hair and beard were still pure white, but he was
renewed.

Still, Kirk didn't want to argue with him.  He directed

230

his anger and impatience toward Picard.  "Then why haven't we just
stolen one of the devices?"  Kirk said.

"And so we don't offend Starfleet propriety or the Prime Directive, we
can always give it back after we've replicated it."

But the Spock of this universe, not Picard, answered that question.

"Captain, even if we possessed such a device, we would be unable to
deploy it in the Badlands.

To function properly, the device appears to require the existence of a
co-located transporter.  Within the same general vicinity in the other
reality."

Kirk wanted no more of the endless excuses and qualifications, not even
from Spock.  "I've had enough of this."

"No, you haven't," Picard said.

Kirk bristled.  The last thing he needed to hear was someone else
telling him what his feelings were.  "You're the captain of your ship
and your crew," he said angrily.

"Not of me."

"Captain Kirk, while you are on this ship, you are subject to my rules
and my orders.  And I am getting tired of your constant interference
and complaints."

Spock stood up.  "I believe this conversation can serve no useful
purpose.  You are both-" "Sit down," Kirk and Picard said together.

Then they faced each other again.

"I'm not the one interfering here.  It's you," Kirk said.

Picard got to his feet.  Kirk welcomed the challenge.

Anything was better than rule-bound apathy.  "On the contrary."  Picard
said.  "You made a promise to Captain Radisson, and you aren't
following through."

"But nothing's happening, Jean-Luc!  Don't you see?

She wanted me out of the way.  She threatened me.  But I

231

refused.  I said I wanted to be involved.  She said, 'All right,
whatever you want."  And now it's been nothing but delays and
confusion, which has given her exactly what she wanted in the first
place.  I'm in the middle of nowhere on your miserable ship doing
nothing!"

"Captains," Spock said.  "The stress of the situation is-" But Kirk
didn't need Spock to save him from Picard.

"That's enough, Spock.  This is between Picard and me."

He took a step forward.

Picard remained at the head of the table.  "No, Kirk.

This is between you and Starfleet.  I understand that battle.  I've
fought them myself when I felt circumstances warranted it.  But I've
never made that fight a personal vendetta the way you're doing now.

You're not listening to reason; you're simply striking out in rage."

"Because of you, I trusted Starfleet to honor their commitment to me!

To send me after Tiberius!  To at least try to save Teilani's life,
which is more than any of you are doing!"

Kirk found his new hands could make perfect fists now, as if all he had
needed to redevelop his abilities had been the proper motivation.  And
right now, sending Picard flying over his conference table was just the
motivation Kirk needed to feel he was back in control.

He took another step forward, certain Picard could read his intent.

He did.

"Picard to Security.  Captain Kirk requires an escort to his
quarters."

"You're doing it again," Kirk warned.  "Exactly what Radisson wants you
to do.  Taking me out of the pic ture."

232

"You took yourself out, Kirk, a long time ago."

That was the final insult.

Kirk lunged at Picard, fist drawn back -only to be tackled by T'Val.

In his anger, Kirk had forgotten that Kate Janeway and T'Val were even
in the room.

Kirk hit the deck with a violent slam just as Commander Sloane rushed
in.

Kirk tried to roll to his feet, but T'Val was astride him, her
biomechanical hand a fist under his chin, crushing his uniform jacket,
her other hand poised on his shoulder, just above the katra points that
were the focus of the Vulcan nerve pinch.

"Give me an excuse," T'Val hissed at him, "and you won't wake up for a
week."

Kirk clenched his fists at his side, but made no other outward move of
resistance.  There was a difference between bravery and stupidity, and
he had crossed that line often enough in his life to know one from the
other by now.

T'Val released him and jumped to her feet.

Kirk stood up slowly, his eyes on Commander Sloane standing in the open
doorway of the lounge with one hand resting on his phaser.

"I will accept an apology," Picard said.

"So will l," Kirk answered.

"I am not your enemy, Captain."

"Then stop acting like one.  At least acknowledge that Radisson is
manipulating me, and she's using you to do it."

"Commander Sloane, show Captain Kirk to his quarters.  He will be
remaining there for the remainder of the mission."

233

"Until Teilani's dead, you mean," Kirk said bitterly.

Picard's eyes met his.  Kirk didn't know which he saw more of in the
man, anger or sorrow.  But he didn't care which emotion moved Picard to
act against him.

Kirk ripped his comm badge from his jacket.  Once that symbol had
belonged to his Enterprise.  But now, as the symbol of Starfleet, it
stood only for betrayal.  "I told you, Picard, that if Teilani were to
die, then I would help Tiberius destroy the Federation myself."

Kirk threw the communicator on the conference table, in front of
Picard.  "You are the enemy now.  And so is everyone else who wears
that.  You tell Radisson that."

Then he pushed past Commander Sloane, out of the observation lounge, to
find his own way to his quarters, where he could plot his escape from
this nightmare of a ship.

He was halfway across the bridge when a voice ca' Ied out to him.

"Captain Kirk.  I'm so glad to see you're here."

Kirk stopped and looked up at the viewscreen to see someone he had
never seen before, wearing a Starfleet uniform, smiling at him.  "I'm
Captain Mantell of the U.S.S. Schrodinger.  The convoy's here and we're
ready to proceed.  Are you?"

234

Picard still felt unsettled after the confrontation in the observation
lounge.  Given the threats Kirk had made and the actions Picard had
attempted, he was no longer certain he could allow the mission to
proceed.  The risks could be too great.

So, while Data and Riker made their preparations with Captain Mantell,
Picard asked Spock to join him in his ready room.

He got to the point at once.  "To be frank, Ambassador, I don't think
Captain Kirk is up to this mission."

"I can understand why you might think so," Spock replied calmly.  "But
as someone who knows the captain perhaps as well as anyone else, I
believe the best thing would be to allow the mission to proceed as
planned, and as promised."

Picard had anticipated Spock's response.  The Vulcan and Kirk were
extremely close friends.  But it was Picard's duty now to determine if
Spock was speaking from loyalty or logic.

"You heard the threats he made," Picard said as he sat

235

back on the edge of his desk.  "I find those difficult to discount.

Given the stress he's under, they might even be a sign of
instability."

"Captain Picard," Spock said, "if you want to know if Captain Kirk is
capable of proceeding with the mission arranged by Captain Radisson, in
my opinion, he is.  I am certain that, on reflection, you will realize
that he has said many things in the heat of passion, heightened by the
tragedy he faces.  But you must not forget that his frustration arose
from being kept from taking an active role in saving Teilani.  Give him
that role now, and that frustration will be dealt with, and the words
he said in the heat of the moment will be forgotten."

"It doesn't matter how well-or even if-I understand Kirk's
frustration.

I am responsible for the lives of everyone who is to go on Radisson's
mission.  For their safety, I cannot forget those words."

"If you allow Captain Kirk to continue his mission, I can guarantee his
behavior.  If you do not allow him to continue, then he will give you
other reasons not to forget his words."

Picard stood away from his desk to face Spock.  The new undercurrent
that had just been added to their discussion seemed to call for it.

"That almost sounds like a threat.  And surely that would be most
illogical."

"Jim Kirk is my friend, Captain.  And logic has little to do with that,
or with what he is capable of if he loses the most important person in
his life because of Starfleet's failure to act.  Send him on the
mission."

For long moments, the two men stood watching each other, like warriors
in a duel, each waiting for his opponent to make the first move, and
the first mistake.

236

"Spock, it almost sounds as if you want to add the words, 'or else,' to
what you've said."

Although Spock's expression didn't change, and his voice remained even
and unhurried, Picard detected what felt like the subtlest hint of
warning in what the ambassador had said.  "Your words, Captain.  Not
mine.

And now, if you will excuse me, I believe I have said all that is
required."

Picard watched Spock turn and leave.

For a few moments, he remained behind in his ready room.  He looked
down at his desk, letting his fingers lightly trace the outline of the
ceramic Kurlan naiskos displayed there in its place of honor.

It had been given to Picard by his archeology professor, Richard Galen,
on the eye of the professor's greatest discovery-the holographic
message from an ancestral race, hidden in the genetic structure of
diverse alien races.

Picard lifted the top of the squat figure to reveal the many small
figurines inside, perfectly crafted 12,000 years ago.

That was the purpose of the naiskos: to remind those who saw it that
each person is made up of a community of individuals.

Picard knew that was true of himself.  One individual was the career
officer who unfailingly supported Starfleet in all matters.  But
another was the career officer who had willingly chosen to throw away
that career and stand up to Admiral Dougherty to defend the Ba'Ku.

And one was the lover, one the mourning uncle, one the rebellious
son.

Each of his many selves combined to form this outer shell that
contained them all, sometimes allowing more of one than another to come
to the fore,

237

but always struggling to find the balance between the myriad hopes and
desires, demons and angels that existed within him.

Picard looked to the closed doors of his ready room, thinking about
what Spock had said.

He had no doubt that he had seen Jim Kirk's outer shell break today.

He had seen a glimpse of the demons within the man.

But who didn't have such passions hidden inside?

And who could control them faced with what Kirk faced?

Picard carefully replaced the top portion of the naiskos, containing
the community within, restoring the balance of the piece.

Spock was right.

He had to give Kirk the chance to do the same.

Or else Kirk's demons might rule him forever.

Kirk stayed on the bridge, watching and listening to the preparations
being made to proceed with the mission.

He had seen Picard ask Spock into his ready room.  He had seen Spock
leave a few minutes later.  But he would not ask what they had
discussed.  He was finished asking anyone for anything.  All that was
in his mind was getting off this ship, one way or another.  Certainly
stealing a shuttlecraft shouldn't be too difficult.  And with the
sensor distortions in this part of space, all he needed was a
five-minute head start and he could disappear into the storm.

Then Picard finally returned to the bridge.

He walked over to Kirk.  "I believe what you did in the observation
lounge was wrong," Picard said.

238

I don't care what you believe, Kirk thought.

"But I understand why you did it."

No one could understand, Kirk thought.

"And if you are still willing," Picard continued, "I will fully support
this mission, and your participation in it."

Whatever Spock said seemed to have worked.  It just wasn't enough.  Not
now.  "Before I accept," Kirk said, what if it turns out there are two
missions?"

"Explain," Picard said.

"The one Radisson says she sending me on, and the real one I suspect
she's planned."

"To isolate you."

"That's it."

"I will promise you this," Picard said.  "If Radisson is lying to you,
then she is lying to me as well.  And I will not accept that any more
than you would."

"Even if it means going against Starfleet?"

Kirk didn't understand the odd smile that suddenly appeared on
Picard.

"Remind me to tell you what happened a few months ago in the Briar
Patch."  He put a hand on Kirk's shoulder.  "Jim, I believe I have more
faith in the wisdom of Starfleet than you do.  But I will not tolerate
the misuse of that faith.  If I have to choose between Starfleet and
doing what's right, you and I will be fighting on the same side."

Kirk heard the truth in Picard's voice and saw it in his eyes.  Maybe
Jean-Luc does understand "Thank you.  For Teilani's sake,
especially."

Kirk noticed Picard glancing at his uniform jacket, knew what he was
about to say next.  "Should I see about getting you a new
communicator?"

"Not where I'm going," Kirk said.  He looked to the

239

viewscreen.  The Schr6dinger's senior science officer, a young Vulcan
commander, was on it, still transmitting warp calibration readings to
Data on the bridge and La Forge in Engineering.  "They'll be finished
soon," Kirk said.

"Let's find out," Picard said.  "After you, Captain."

Kirk shook his head.  "No, after you."

Kirk remained on the sidelines for the next 10 minutes as Picard
oversaw the operations of his ship.  Clearly what they were about to
attempt had never been tried before.  At least in this universe.

Finally, though, La Forge announced that the warp core was tuned to the
new output modulations.  Everything that could be done had been done.

Kirk found the moment oddly anticlimactic because it meant that the
entire ship now had to return to its standby status.

"The Enterprise is fully ready to begin," Picard told the senior
science officer.  "We have only to wait for your arrival at these
coordinates."

Kirk caught the Vulcan commander's almost unnoticeable expression of
amusement as she said, "Captain Picard, we have been at these
coordinates ever since we first made contact with you."

"Mr.  Data?"  Picard said.

"There are still no ships within sensor range," the android reported.

"Please switch to your forward view," the science officer said.  Then
she vanished from the viewscreen, to be replaced by the twisting lights
and shadows of the Badlands.

"Monitor your sensors in the theta range," the science officer's voice
suggested.

240

"Changing selectivity," Data acknowledged.

The science officer gave a final order.  "Watch your screen."

A flurry of subspace static crackled over the viewscreen image, and
suddenly, Kirk saw three starships in formation.  At least he assumed
they were starships.  At the current magnification, they were little
more than elongated white specks.

Picard was out of his chair at once.  Kirk knew why.

The idea that three ships could have moved that close to the Enterprise
without being detected would be unnerying to any starship captain.

"Mr.  Data, did you detect a tachyon pulse?"  Picard asked.

"No, sir.  I do not know how they managed to conceal themselves, but
they were not cloaked.  I am certain."

"Go to full magnification," Picard said, then added, "Commander T'thul,
I am quite impressed by your capabilities."

The image on the viewscreen jumped as the magnification increased.

Kirk scrutinized the three starships.

They were clearly of Starfleet design, with a forward command hull,
engineering hull, and two warp nacelles, but the ships had an odd
half-melted look.  It was as if a ship like the new Enterprise had been
draped in fabric, creating a webbed effect between the various hulls,
making them appear to flow smoothly into each other instead of the ship
being composed of separate elements.

"I've never seen anything like those," Commander Riker said as he stood
beside his captain.

Kirk saw Data turn around from the conn.  "Captain, our sensor
recording instruments are offline."

241

"Go to backups," Picard ordered.

"Sir, I mean all our sensor recorders are offline.  We can see those
ships, but we can't record any sensor returns from them."

The image of the strange starships was replaced by Captain Mantell of
the Schr6dinger.  "Sorry, Captain Picard, that's our doing.  Even the
design of our ships is classified."

"I understand," Picard said.  "But you could have instructed us to turn
off our sensors for you.  Is that how you hid in plain sight?  By
transmitting a false image directly to our viewscreen?"

Mantell shrugged off the question.  "I'm not at liberty to say,
Captain."

"Is Captain Radisson available?"  Picard asked.

"Not at the moment, though she sends her regards.

Are you ready to proceed?"

Kirk saw the frustration on Picard's face.  Good, Kirk thought.  So he
knows what itfeels like to deal with these people, too.

'Enterprise standing by," Picard said.  Then he returned to his
chair.

Riker sat beside him.  The turbolift doors opened and Kirk saw
Counselor Troi enter the bridge and take her place on Picard's left.

Kirk looked for Spock.  He was standing at the back of the bridge, near
the unstaffed auxiliary life-support station.  Intendant Spock, T'Val,
and Kate Janeway had remained in the observation lounge.  Kirk had the
strong impression that they preferred not to be around him.

"Do you think this is actually going to work?"  Kirk asked.

"The moment for asking that question has long passed," Spock said.

"However, as much as Captain

242

Radisson might be eager to rid herself of you, I sincerely doubt she
would be willing to destroy a Sovereign-class vessel to do so."

"Let's hope she has as low an opinion of me as you do."

"Indeed."

On the viewscreen, Captain Mantell was giving Picard his final
orders.

"On my mark, Captain, go to one-tenth impulse, bearing zero zero zero,
mark zero."

"Bearing dead ahead," Data confirmed.

"The field disturbance will last fifty-five hours," Mantell
continued.

"If you don't return by then .  . ."

"We're aware of the contingency plans," Picard said.

"The crew will attempt to reach Terok Nor, and we will launch the
Enterprise into a star.  No technology will be recoverable."

"Good luck, Captain Picard, Captain Kirk.  And good hunting."  Mantell
flashed off the screen again, replaced by an image of the three
distorted starships, now in formation at the points of an equilateral
triangle.

Mantell's voice came over the speakers.  "Mark!"

"One-tenth impulse , Data confirmed.

The image on the viewscreen expanded slowly as the Enterprise moved
forward, heading directly for the center of the triangle the starships
formed.

Kirk studied the screen carefully, looking for any sign of
transition.

But there was nothing.  Only the ion storms and continuous plasma
lightning of the Badlands.

The three starships slipped off the screen.  It would happen any moment
now, Kirk knew.  He put his hand on the edge of the life-support
console, just in case-the viewscreen flickered and the image of the
storm suddenly jumped to show a new configuration of plasma

243

billows as if two visual recordings had been spliced together with no
concern for continuity.

But that was all.

"Mr.  Data ... ?"  Picard asked.

Kirk waited for the answer.  Surely it couldn't have been that simple,
that inconsequential.

But it was.

"According to the quantum signature of the plasma particles surrounding
the ship," Data said, "we have just crossed into the mirror
universe."

Kirk felt a shudder pass through him, a release of tension.  He looked
at Spock.

"You have what you asked for, Captain," Spock said.

Kirk understood.  Now everything was up to him.

244

"I am so sorry Dr. Bashir was called away," Garak said as he placed
his tray on the table in the Klingon cafi.

"But still, it gives us a chance to become better acquainted, wouldn't
you say, Doctor?"

Andrea M'Benga looked up from her padd and her mug of peppermint tea as
Garak sat down across from her.

"That is, if I'm not disturbing you," the Cardassian added.

"Uh, no, not at all," M'Benga said.  Though in truth, he was.

"You're certain," Garak asked solicitously.  "You have the look of
someone who'd much rather be sleeping."

M'Benga laughed.  There was something about this tailor that made it
impossible for her to believe the rumors that floated around him like
storm clouds.  She could believe he was once a gardener at the
Cardassian embassy on Romulus.  He certainly had that gentle, caring
quality about him.  But the stories that he had also been an assassin
for the Obsidian Order-that was pushing things too far.

245

I would rather be sleeping," M'Benga admitted.

"But since I'm not, I'd appreciate the company."

Garak smiled graciously.  "Such refreshing forthrightness.  I shall do
my best to keep the conversation scintillating and hold your
interest."

"So how's the tailoring business?"

"It has its ins and outs."

M'Benga laughed.  "There's never any small talk with you, is there?"

"Words are so precious," Garak said, "that it is a shame to waste them
on the mundane.  Speaking of which, have you heard from Dr.  Bashir?"

"He'll be back tomorrow.  Apparently it was a mix-up at an agricultural
station.  Some antiviral agents were mislabeled.  They thought they had
an epidemic on their hands.  But it was just allergic reactions."

" Well, I'm glad for the people on Bajor.  But poor Dr. Bashir, he'll
have missed all the excitement."

M'Benga waved her hand to get her server's attention.

"All what excitement?"

Garak leaned in more closely, his clever eyes never resting as he
checked out the rest of the customers at the card.  M'Benga was certain
he was always on the lookout for customers and wanted to see who was in
need of new clothes.

"Surely you've heard talk about the mysterious visitors?  People in
Vulcan traveler's cloaks who weren't exactly Vulcan?  Sightings of a
Starfleet vessel hiding in the cometary halo?"

M'Benga tried to freeze her expression, but it was next to impossible
to disguise her true reaction from one as observant as Garak.

He waved a friendly finger at her.  "Now, now, Doctor,

246

let's remember that forthrightness.  You have heard the stories,
haven't you?"

A huge KJingon finally appeared at the table and M'Benga asked for a
fresh pot of hot rg'h tea.  She used the momentary distraction to craft
her answer for Garak.  As long as she could keep him believing that she
had heard stories and had not been actually involved with his
'mysterious visitors,' she was sure she could keep Kirk's secret.

"I've heard the stories," she admitted.

Garak sat back, nodding sagely.  "Ah, and you don't wish to spread
rumors.  Very noble of you.  It doesn't make for interesting
conversation, mind you, but I understand."

Then a shadow fell across the table.  "Hello ...

Garak."

M'Benga looked up at the intriguing, half-formed face of Odo, the
station's security chief.

"Doctor," the shape-shifting constable added brusquely.

"What an unexpected pleasure," Garak said.  "Would you care to join
us?"

M'Benga thought it was refreshing the way Garak treated everyone with
equal respect.

"It won't take a minute," Odo said.  "I'm here about a missing-property
report."

Garak smiled vacantly.  "Whose missing property?"

"Yours," Odo said.

Garak kept his smile.  "But I haven't filed any missingproperty
reports."

"Well, maybe you don't know it's missing yet."

At that, Odo placed a small, glittering black sensor relay on the
table, about the size of a large earring.

247

"I'm afraid I don't understand."

"It's a Cardassian optical spy sensor."

Garak looked alarmed.  "Do you suppose there are Cardassian spies
about?  On a Cardassian space station?"

Odo looked down at M'Benga.  "I found it in the infirmary."

Now M'Benga was alarmed.  "Where?  When?"

"In the equipment above the examination table.  Yesterday."

M'Benga felt her heart stop.

Odo studied her carefully.  "Is something the matter, Doctor?"

"No, not at all."  M'Benga knew she had to get in touch with Captain
Picard.  The security of his mission to the mirror universe might have
been breached.  "It's certainly an odd place to put a spy device."

Odo looked back at the tailor.  "What would you say about that,
Garak?"

Garak picked up the small device and squinted at it.

"Oh, I'm not a person who knows much about such things, I'm afraid.

But it appears to be a simple device.

Old design.  Not much range.  Probably left over from the
occupation."

"It was working yesterday when I found it.  And it wasn't there the
last time I swept the Promenade for bugs."

Garak held the device out as if to drop it into Odo's hands.  Odo took
it from him.  "Would you like me to ask if anyone's lost a spy
device?"

Garak offered.

"What I'd like you to do is to stay in your shop and not get yourself
involved in anything that might make you appear to be working for the
Cardassians.  Captain

248

Sisko might have a war to win, but I have a station to keep safe and
secure."

M'Benga watched in fascination as Odo's hand suddenly changed
configuration, becoming a three-fingered paw with powerful claws that
snapped the device into pieces, which he then sprinkled over Garak's
salad.

"Enjoy your lunch," Odo growled at the tailor.  Then he directed a
forced smile at her.  "Doctor.  We should talk about this, later, when
Dr.  Bashir returns."

The Klingon server was just waddling back with M'Benga's tea as Odo
stalked out of the cafe.

"I ... don't know what to say," M'Benga told Garak to cushion the
embarrassment he was undoubtedly experiencing.

But Garak had undergone a transformation of his own.  His face no
longer sported its disarming smile.

"You know, your problem, Doctor, is that you are far too trusting.

Always accepting things at face value," he said darkly.

M'Benga didn't understand his change in mood, but right now she had
problems of her own.  She pushed her chair back and began to rise to
her feet.

But Garak leaned forward again, and now his words were fast and
crisp.

"Did Bashir attempt that experiment with the trianosyne?"

M'Benga sat down heavily.  I must never discuss trianosyne with anyone,
she recited to calm herself.  "I don't know what you're talking about,"
she said.

"No, I don't suppose you do.  And that shows how powerful their hold is
on you."

M'Benga could feel her head begin to swim.  "I think I should go."

"I think you should come to my shop," Garak said.

249

M'Benga's entire body resisted the suggestion.  Garak was dangerous.

Anyone who wanted to discuss trianosync with her was dangerous.  They
must be avoided at all costs.  At all costs.  At all costs.

"I can't," she said.  She stood up, ready to leave.

And then Garak smiled at her with all his brilliant, heartfelt good
cheer.  "Are you sure, Doctor?  I've just received a new shipment of
colorful fabric from Betazed.  I'm so sure there are some that would
make fine new headbands that I've put aside a special selection just
for you."

The sense of growing panic left M'Benga as quickly as Garak's mood had
changed.  "Well ... well ... that does sound nice."

"Then it's settled," Garak said as he got to his feet.

411, m just around the Promenade beside the assayer's office.  We'll go
there now and you'll have first pick."

"Why, thank you, Garak."

"Not at all, Doctor.  I always enjoy doing a good turn for those I
believe are deserving.  And I find you most deserving indeed."

M'Benga basked in the warm glow of flattery.  It felt good.

How nice to have made a friend like Garak, she thought as his mention
of trianosyne, like so many other experiences she had had over the
years, faded from her memory.

Feeling ever so much better, she followed Garak to his shop, to see
just what he had for her.

250

Without bothering to hide his revulsion, Picard walked around the
vessel that would carry Kirk deeper into the mirror universe-a
so-called Imperial Raptor.  It was a squat black shape with
forward-swept wings, spiked with red talons.  A gaping maw filled with
bloodstained fangs was painted on both sides, as if it were a hellish
beast come to devour the innocent.  And the forward viewport had been
outlined in lurid circles of scarlet and saffron and violet, as if a
monstrous eye were perpetu ally leering.  In a word, it was hideous.

"What kind of a world, what kind of a history," Picard said, "brings
forth something like this?"

Kirk ran his hand along one of the vessel's black panels.  "Terror must
be maintained or the empire is doomed.  It is the logic of history."

To Picard, it sounded as if Kirk were quoting some one.  "Who said
that?"

Kirk pointed off to the side of the hangar deck, where La Forge was
holding a final briefing for the vessel's pilots, T'Val and Kate
Janeway.  The two Spocks were present as well.  "Intendant Spock.  More
than a century

251

ago.  I had dared question Starfleet's decision to exterminate the
Halkan race."

Picard saw the tortured expression that came into Kirk's eyes, and he
knew that it didn't belong there.

"Jim, if you need proof to be sure the barbarism of the mirror universe
did not come about because of you, all you need tell yourself is that
the Terran Empire was well established before you ever crossed over.

It's not your fault."

"But the Terran Empire was destined to collapse," Kirk said.  "The
Halkans gave it 240 years at most.  I told the intendant, 'Conquest is
easy.  Control is not."  The faster the empire grew, the more diffuse
its power would become and the faster it would disintegrate.  That's
the true logic of history.  But by inspiring the intendant to do
something about it, I set off a chain reaction.  One that led to an
even more brutal regime."

"Which might have happened anyway, or another way, sooner or later."

Picard knew Kirk had enough pressures weighing him down without adding
an unnecessary one to his burden.  "If I have learned anything from my
study of archeology, it is that history has an ebb and flow all its
own.  And that sometimes, it is not the individual who makes a
difference, it is a ... a wave of circumstance that sweeps individuals
along.  That's why there are patterns in the historical record, the
same stories playing out again and again."

"What does that say about free will?"  Kirk rapped his knuckles on one
of the panels that displayed the symbol of the Terran Empire-a fearsome
sword plunging through the Earth.  The panel sounded flimsy, revealing
its deception.  "Good thing there's no sound in space.

252

What's going to happen if someone scans this thing and realizes it's a
duraplast camouflage shell around an advanced Starfleet
shuttlecraft?"

Picard had already asked that question of La Forge, who had led the
team that had constructed the Raptor to resemble other craft in this
universe.  The actual specifications had been provided by Radisson.

"You should be able to outrun anything local in this," Picard said.

"The warp engine's been modified for high speed.  It won't be efficient
at low speed, and the ride could be rough.  But nothing will catch
it."

"Nothing that we know of," Kirk said, distracted by something behind
him.

Picard turned to see T'Val, Janeway, and both Spocks coming toward the
Raptor.  Their briefing had ended.  It was time for the mission to
truly begin.

Picard shook hands with them all.  "We'll take you to the edge of the
Badlands farthest from the Cardassian border.  And from there we'll be
monitoring for any transmissions.  Captain Radisson has given us
clearance to take the Enterprise out of the Badlands, but only if I
feel certain she won't be detected.  So if you do get into difficulty,
make sure it's in a secluded system."

Picard had hoped this last admonition would lighten the moment, but
only Kirk offered him a vague smile.

Janeway's face seemed locked in its permanent scowl, and T'Val remained
as unreadable as any Vulcan Picard had ever encountered.

"Just fire the triggering signal fifteen minutes after we're clear,"
Janeway said.  "We'll handle it from there."

The sensor dish has already been reconfigured," Picard said.  Then he
added in reassurance, "Whatever

253

signal Tiberius transmitted from the asteroid in the Goldin
Discontinuity, we'll be sending out the same one, almost as
powerful."

To Picard, that was one of the riskiest parts of Radisson's plan.  Days
after Tiberius had disappeared at the side of the asteroid, when enough
subspace monitoring records had been compared, it had become clear that
Tiberius had beamed down to the labor camp to activate an intense
subspace beacon.

The power couplings and the transmission nodes later discovered within
the asteroid-melted by a power surge and beyond reconstruction-had
produced a three-second pulse that subspace specialists said was strong
enough be picked up across the galaxy.  Furthermore, upon expansion,
recordings of the pulse revealed it to be a highly compressed, complex
code, containing the equivalent of thousands of screen displays.

Unfortunately, the code, thus far, had yet to fall before the
Federation's top cryptographers.

The current theory, Picard had learned, was that of the thousands of
screens of information within the pulse, all except one or two were
extraneous.  Which meant it could be virtually impossible to pick out
the vital information from the padding.  In a way, Picard thought, that
was similar to the problem Professor Galen had faced during his years
of trying to extract the hidden holographic message buried in the
genetic codes of myriad diverse species.

But whatever the message's ultimate purpose, Radisson's plan was to
have Picard re-create that same message in the mirror universe.  The
Enterprise would not be able to transmit a pulse that could span the
galaxy 254 there were some limits to her powers.  But it would be
strong enough to be received throughout most of the Alpha and Beta
Quadrants.

Radisson had half jokingly called the pulse a mating call, and Picard
had seen her point.  Given the extent of the operation that had created
the labor camp, the duplicate Voyager, and the mysterious crossover
device, Tiberius had to have an incredibly complex infrastructure in
place in the mirror universe, with ships, supply lines, and a network
of loyal workers and/or soldiers.

That meant he also had to have a sophisticated communications system
that could operate without Alliance interference.

Radisson's hope, and Picard and Kirk had agreed with this, was that
Tiberius's communications network would pick up the signal and attempt
to respond.  That response would give Kirk his first point of contact
to track down Tiberius.  From there on, he would be on his own.

Picard saw Janeway step forward to fold down the side panel on the
Raptor shell, exposing a small walkway leading to the hull of the
shuttlecraft contained inside.  The shell was supported by a fine
network of composite struts and tension wires that La Forge had
custom-configured to carry a structural integrity field.

As Janeway and T'Val now moved into the shell, Picard looked past them
to see that for safety's sake, La Forge's team had removed all
Starfleet and Federation markings from the shuttle's hull, just in case
it lost its disguise.  He knew that among the other security steps La
Forge had taken to prevent the spread of advanced Federation technology
in this universe was a self 255 destruct mechanism powerful enough to
vaporize the entire shuttle, without leaving any physical remains of
the vehicle-or of its passengers.

Kirk was now in the shell opening.  Like Janeway and T'Val, he was
dressed in rough civilian clothes, the design of which had been based
on the sensor records provided by Sisko of Deep Space 9 and
authenticated by Intendant Spock.  The garments had even been
replicated from matter obtained from the labor camp, so the fabrics'
quantum signature would not betray their true origin.

Whether any of these precautions would be necessary, or, if necessary,
successful, was something Picard fervently hoped Kirk never
discovered.

But at least the man was going into the field as properly outfitted as
Starfleet could manage.

As Kirk paused in the opening, Picard walked up the short ramp to bid
him farewell.  "As Captain Mantell said, good hunting."

"As Captain Radisson might say, good listening for that mating call."

" I hope we're both wrong about her," Picard told Kirk.  "I would hate
to think so imposing a character did not exemplify Starfleet at its
best."

Kirk gave him an odd look.  "She's an interesting character all
right.

But not what I would call imposing."

He held out his hand.  "I'll see you in fifty hours."

Picard shook it with a smile.  "Since Radisson's well over two meters
tall, and as wide as the two of us put together, I'm not altogether
sure I'd want to meet anyone you would consider imposing."

But Kirk was not smiling.  "The Captain Radisson I talked with was
maybe a meter and a half tall."

256

Picard didn't doubt Kirk's recollection, which meant only one thing.

"There're two Redissons?"

"Or none," Kirk said grimly.  "Or if there is just one, I'm betting
neither of us have seen her."  He stepped into the Raptor's shell.

"Talk to Spock.  My Spock.  He's got some interesting ideas about
that.

Those science vessels, for instance-it's possible nothing we saw on
them was real."

"Merde, " Picard whispered.

"When I get back, we'll both go hunting together," Kirk promised.  Then
he pulled the shell closed behind him, and the ghastly Raptor was ready
to take flight.

Picard stood watching as it hovered up from the hangar deck, slowly
pivoted to face the forcefield pressure screen, then took off into the
Badlands.

It was inevitable that his thoughts returned to Captain Radisson and
Project Sign, as, for the first time, Picard began to wonder where the
hunt would find more secrets hidden-in the mirror universe ... or his
own.

257

M'Benga stepped into the cool darkness of Garak's tailor shop and felt
instantly comfortable.  She could smell fresh flowers and the clean
scent of crisp new cloth.  When Garak closed the door behind them, the
noise and the bustle of the Promenade faded away completely, as if she
had entered another world altogether.

"Your shop is quite different from how I remember it," M'Benga said.

Garak was inputting codes into the security panel by the front door.

"With the windows turned to maximum opacity and the sound baffles set
to high, it is a small refuge in a busy day."  He turned to smile at
her.  "I like it."

M'Benga looked around the tiny shop but didn't see any bolts of Betazed
fabric.  "Are they in the back?"  she asked.

"Exactly," Garak said.  "In the back."  He gave her a little bow and
extended his hand to indicate the way past the purchasing counter to
the small door leading to his storeroom.  "Please."

258

She moved to the door.  It was a quaint, old-fashioned one, with a
handle she had to twist and push on her own.

Garak reached over her to open the door even wider, then put a friendly
hand in the small of her back to propel her in.

She was about to say something to object to his actions when she was
startled by what she saw ahead of her.

A man.  Human.  Civilian.  In a chair.  Tied to a chair.

Bound and gagged in a chair.

"Garak!"  M'Benga said, alarmed.  The human's face was bruised.  One
eye swollen shut.  And his right sleeve was torn back to show where
something that resembled a neurocortical stimulator had been affixed to
his forearm.  The man stared up at her with raw fear, then pulled and
bucked and tried to twist out of his bonds without success.

She started for him at once.  Those injuries had to be treated.

Garak's hand was on her arm, pulling her back.

"Let me go!  He's hurt!  I have to treat him!"

But Garak's hand didn't relax its hold.  "First, I must insist you
answer a few questions."

M'Benga struggled against his grip.  "That is unacceptable."  She
attempted to reach for her communicator.

But Garak caught her other hand, effectively immobilizing her.

"Doctor, stop!  Listen to me!  Answer my questions, and then I'll
release you and you can call ops or Odo or do whatever you want and I
won't stop you.  A minute of your time, that's all I ask."

M'Benga realized Garak's strength was too much for

259

her to overcome, unless she wanted to gamble on her Academy martial
arts, and she hadn't practiced those as rigorously as Starfleet regs
recommended.

She decided to risk taking Garak at his word.  A few questions, and
then she'd get station security in here.

"All right," she said.  "One minute."

"Look at the man," Garak said.  He stepped to the side, still holding
her arms, so she could see the prisoner.

That's what he was, she knew.  Garak's prisoner.

"What's your question?"  M'Benga asked warily.

"Do you recognize him?"

"No."

"Look closely, Doctor.  Have you ever-ever-seen that man in your
life?"

She stared at the man.  Tried to imagine him without a bruise, without
a swollen eye ... nothing.  Feeling increasingly unsettled, she glared
at Garak.  "I have never seen him.  Now let me go."

"What if I told you you were mistaken?  What if I told you you had seen
this man before?  In fact, you treated him.  In the infirmary.  Three
days ago."

"Impossible."  M'Benga began to feel herself tremble.

"Computer," Garak said.  "Display infirmary surveillance recording.

Three days ago.  Time code: twenty-six hundred hours eighteen
minutes.

Look at the display screen, Doctor."

There was a small Cardassian computer terminal on the wall, flanked by
racks of men's suits.  An extreme wide-angle image of the infirmary was
displayed upon it.

The point of view was from the equipment palette over her examination
table.  "Odo was right," she exclaimed.

"That was your spy sensor he found."

260

"He didn't find it," Garak told her.  "Your Starfleet friends did.

Keep watching."

M'Benga became even more upset as she realized that the Cardassian
tailor must know about her contact with Kirk and Picard and the two
Spocks.  Critical Starfleet security had been breached.  She had to get
word to ...

to ...

On the surveillance display, she watched herself walk across the
infirmary floor.  She was with the man who was now tied up in the
chair.  He was holding his arm as if he had injured it.

"That never happened," M'Benga said, bewildered.

"This is a holographic forgery."

"Keep watching."

The man sat down on her examination table.  M'Benga watched herself
approach him with a medical tricorder and a tray with a selection of
bone and flesh accelerators, then adjust the tricorder to read his
arm.

She watched herself make additional adjustments, stepping up its
sensitivity, as if she hadn't been able to detect any injury.

She saw herself tap the side of the tricorder as if she thought it
wasn't working properly.  Then, when her onscreen self turned to see if
there was another tricorder next to the table -the man she'd been
examining tapped a small spray hypo to the side of her neck.

Reflexively, M'Benga touched her neck but, of course, felt nothing.  If
it had actually happened, it was too long ago.

"And that is why you don't remember," Garak said.

M'benga watched, horrified, as onscreen she saw the

261

man catch her as she collapsed, then spin her around and lift her onto
the table.  She turned away.  She didn't want to see what happened
next.

"It's all right," Garak said softly.  "After that, you were quite
safe."

M'Benga turned back to the screen.  Now the man was at her main
computer station, working quickly.  But she couldn't see which
subsystems he was accessing or what he was doing with them.

"I don't understand," M'Benga said.  She was beginning to feel dizzy.

"I need to sit down."

"No," Garak told her.  He forced her two hands together, then held both
her wrists in one powerful hand.  M'Benga was vaguely aware of his
other hand reaching for something on a shelf behind her.  Vaguely, she
thought she might be able to get one of her own hands free, but she
didn't seem to have the strength.  The crowded storeroom was beginning
to feel close and hot and she could feel she was losing her balance.

"Hang on, Doctor," Garak shouted at her.  "Don't let them win."

M'Benga began to close her eyes.  It would be easier, she knew, if she
just went to sleep.  But then she heard the hiss of a hypospray, felt a
cold spot on her neck.

Now she was wide awake.  Anxious, nervous, andShe ripped her hands away
from Garak's grip.

"What the hell was that?!"  she said as she slapped her communicator
and ...

She wasn't wearing her communicator.

Garak was holding it.  He had taken it when her eyes were closing, when
she had been about to fall asleep.

She rubbed at her neck, fully aware of the fact that

262

Garak was blocking the only exit from the room.  "What did you give
me?"

"Among other things, a very powerful stimulant."

"What for?"

"Why, to help you resist the deep psychological pat terning you've been
exposed to.  Your tendency to faint or fall asleep at the drop of a
Klingon's arthkR, wheney er you're exposed to certain stimuli that
might make you remember ... things they would rather not have you
remember."

M'Benga's heartbeat accelerated.  She knew she had some kind of
synthetic adrenaline in her bloodstream.

Among other things, Garak had said.

"Who doesn't want me to remember what?"  The whole idea was ludicrous,
but the surveillance tape that was too convincing to be a forgery.  The
way she'd handled the malfunctioning tricorder.  M'Benga knew that was
exactly how she would have behaved.

"The instigator of this little conspiracy is an organiza tion called
Project Sign."

M'Benga didn't recognize the name.  "Never heard of it."

"I expected not.  I'll say this for them.  They have the expertise to
erase portions of your memory perma nently, if messily.  And they chose
not to do that.

Instead, your memories have been placed on ... let's call it layaway.

What can you tell me about Station 5 I?"

"It's a top-secret research lab for the ... good Lord."

M'Benga pressed her hands to her temples as her brain literally
exploded with information about Station 5 I, Starbase 25-Alpha, the
underground labs on Zeta Reti culi IV.  She had trouble breathing.  Her
heart was

263

pounding.  She knew somehow that Garak was holding her, lightly rubbing
her back, saying comforting things, but it was as if he were on the
other side of the Promenade while she was wholly enveloped in entire
days and weeks erased from her life and now brought back all at once.

And through it all, one face, one voice, Commodore Twining.  Nate
Twining.

"I chose this," she gasped.

It all came back.

"They came to me at graduation.  Told me of ... my Lord, they told me
so much .  . ."

"About what?"  Garak asked intently.

"Research.  Alien life.... There's so much more alien life than we
think we know about.... They're among us...... M'Benga couldn't help
it.  She began to laugh, almost helpless to stop herself.

"Is the conspiracy really that humorous," Garak asked with real
concern, "or are you having a bad reaction to my homemade bi-trianosyne
compound?"

"I'm sorry," M'Benga gasped.  "I'm fine, I think."  She wiped tears
from her eyes.  "It's just ... finally knowing all that they've told me
over the years.  Putting it all together ... they lied to me ... all
the way through it.

Kept telling me contradictory things so that ... so that .  . ."

"If partial memories ever did surface spontaneously, you'd never be
able to piece the whole story together," Garak said.

M'Benga leaned back against a rack of clothes, so liberated she felt as
if she must be floating.  How many times had she thought about a shore
leave she couldn't quite remember ... a medical conference that had

264

bored her to, tears ... and never pursued the fact that there were
whole sections of her life missing?

"Garak, how ever did you know?"

"I've heard about this trianosyne.  How it is sometimes a by-product of
certain memory manipulation techniques, usually for rather nefarious
purposes."

"How have you heard about it?  I never have, and I'm a doctor."

"Ah, but I'm a tailor."

M'Benga narrowed her eyes at him.  "Garak, that makes no sense."

"It makes as much sense as anything else around here.

The important thing is, you have your memories back."

He pointed to the panic-stricken man tied in the chair.

"And people like that won't be able to use you anymore.

For whatever purpose."

M'Benga gazed at the man with her newfound knowledge.  Now she
remembered him from the infirmary, not just three days ago, but a week
before that, and a month before that.  "He's a regular," she said.  She
suddenly understood.  "Now I know why you told Julian to try to test
himself for a trianosyne spike in his blood.  None of the equipment in
the infirmary would have detected it.

This man, or his partners, has reprogrammed everything to ignore the
substance."

"Whatever this Project Sign is, it is a very thorough organization.

How are you feeling now?"

M'Benga held up her hands.  They were shaking.

"Calming down."

"Let's test that, shall we?  What can you tell me about the children in
Station 51?"

M'Benga's mouth dropped open as something terrible suddenly tumbled to
the forefront of her mind.  "They

265

killed them!  They phasered an entire shipload of innocent children."

She clutched at her chest in the almost visceral shock of the memory.

"And what of the child Captain Kirk described?"

M'Benga rubbed her temples as all the pieces began to fit together to
form ... to form ... a pattern that had no pattern.  "The child ... I
remember Kirk saying there was a child with venom on his fingers.  A
Klingon venom.  No, it was Vulcan ... ?  It was .  . ."  It suddenly
hit her.  "That's why they stole my genetic atlas."  Now the words
spilled out of her, faster and faster.  "The last time I was at Station
51, I was examining the children, their genetic structure.  It was
mostly human, but one child ... child 7 ... he had genes from some kind
of animal on Vulcan.  And ... then the children were escaping and, oh
it was terrible.  Nate Twining ordered them killed.  And the EMH gave
me something.  That's when I woke up on Vulcan and I thought I had-"
"Rudellian brain fever," Garak supplied, a reassuring hand on her
shoulder.

"Right ... and just last week, I was going through my atlas for a paper
I was working on, and there it was, the same genetic structure from
Vulcan.  And I had the sudden memory of what had happened and the
conditioning kicked in and ... I passed out."

Garak nodded encouragingly.  "And what was that genetic structure?"

"A Vulcan sandshark."  M'Benga shuddered.  "A type of small snake in
the southern deserts.  Incredibly poisonous .  . . Why would a child
have genes from a poisonous .  . ."  The pattern suddenly began to make
sense.

Hideous, sickening sense.

266

M'Benga' looked again at the man in the chair.

"Garak, do you know who he is?"

"I know what he is.  The rest isn't necessary.  Though I think you'll
find it interesting."  The tailor took his hand from her shoulder and
went to the man.

The man cowered as the Cardassian tore off his gag.

M'Benga cringed as the man screamed hoarsely, as if he had already
spent hours screaming.

Garak turned to smile comfortingly at M'Benga.  "Not to worry.  The
shop is fully soundproofed.  I find it helps me in my work."

The man's screaming gradually stopped as he hyperventilated and was
forced to gulp in great breaths of air.

"Don't let him near me ... don't let him near me .  .

he panted over and over.

Part of M'Benga was appalled to see someone so badly mistreated.  But
another part remembered the children being incinerated by phaser
fire.

If this man was somehow involved with Commodore Twining's inhuman act,
then perhaps he deserved whatever Garak had done to him.  Perhaps ...

That raised a whole new set of disturbing questions for M'Benga.

"Garak, why are you doing this?"

For once, Garak didn't have a quick or glib answer.

"If I said professional courtesy, would that make sense?"

"Not really."

"Forthrightness, then.  I like you, Doctor.  Not in any way that should
serve to cause you concern or make you think you might have a
Cardassian suitor at your doorstep.  But an appreciation, if you will,
of your work here on the station, your unfailing civility to me, and
the

267

sweet, almost childlike way you have persisted in believing I am
nothing more than plain, simple Garak, a lone tailor with a little shop
on the Promenade."

M'Benga watched Garak closely and realized that for the first time in
all the months she had known him, in all the conversations she had had
with him, this might be the first time he was actually speaking from
his heart.

"You see, Doctor, there are far too few innocents left in this
universe, and when I see one such as yourself, abused by ... by people
like me, who should know better ... well, as insane as this may sound,
in my line of work, I am perhaps one of the few who still clings to the
idea that there are rules by which we must abide.

"This Project Sign, they're not following those rules.

And so I took it upon myself to ... to be your .  .

"Knight in shining armor?"

Garak blinked, then stared at M'Benga, and for the very first time
ever, she saw his real smile, no artifice or calculation behind it at
all.

"I think I like that," Garak said.  "Sir Garak, knight of the ... what
was it?"

"The Round Table."

"The Round Table."  The tailor remained silent for a few moments, as if
replaying that phrase in his mind.

Then he looked up again, and whatever door into his soul had just been
opened an instant before, M'Benga could sense that it had closed
again.

He smiled at her.

Warm, charming, full of friendship.  But it was not the same.  "Thank
you, Doctor M'Benga."

"Please, call me Andrea."

But Garak shook his head, then looked at his prisoner.

"We still have work to do.  Listen carefully to what this man will tell
you."

268

Garak leaned closer to the prisoner, making him pale as he tried to
push away with nowhere to go.  "And you will tell her everything, won't
you?  Because you wouldn't want me to have to start again from the
beginning."

The man shook his head rapidly.

"Now tell the doctor what you told me about the children," Garak said
pleasantly.

"We didn't kill them," the man sputtered.  "At Station 5 I, we beamed
them out into transporter cells.  Completely enclosed chambers.  Only
way in or out is through transporters.  That's what we did."

"I saw the phasers fire," M'Benga said.

"They were beamed out first, and then the ship was destroyed and the
docking chamber sterilized.  That's what the phasers were for.  It's a
Wildfire scenario.  Full implementation.  Really.  You have to believe
me.  The children were too valuable to destroy."

"Valuable?"  M'Benga asked.  "What's that supposed to mean?"

"It's how these people think," Garak explained.  "Go ahead, tell her
the rest.  About Captain Kirk and his bride."

The man sagged in his chair, and as much as M'Benga was beginning to
feel real apprehension about what Garak might have done to him, she
knew she also had to know what Garak had found out.

"Do you know what happened to Teilani?"  M'Benga asked.

"We sent the child to her.  One of the children from the ship."

"What do you mean, you sent the child to her?"

The man hung his head, defeated.  "The children are

269

genetically engineered.  Some of them have poison sacs under their
fingernails.  Some produce toxins in their saliva.  Neurochemicals in
their sweat."

M'Benga felt sick, afraid where this questioning would lead.  "Who sent
the child to Teilani?"

"We did.  Project Sign."

"To kill her?!"

"No!  She wasn't supposed to die.  She was just supposed to get sick,
go into stasis for a few months."

"Why?"

"So Kirk would do what we wanted him to do."

"What?  What did you want him to do?"

The man moaned, half sobbing.  "They didn't tell me.... It wasn't my
job.... Please .  . ."

"And that," Garak said with finality, "is as much as I could get out of
him."

M'Benga's mind churned with all the things she knew she had to do, all
the new memories she still had to sort through.  "I should get him to
the infirmary."

"He'll be fine," Garak said.  "I'll take care of him."

M'Benga didn't want to think about what Garak might already have done,
what he might be capable of still doing.  But she couldn't allow this
man to come to harm.  "Take care of him how?"

Garak took another hypospray off a shelf.  "The same way they took care
of you, Doctor.  Poetic justice, I call it.  He won't ... remember
...

a thing."

Then he offered her her communicator.

M'Benga took it, pinned it back to her jacket, but didn't switch it
on.

The tailor gave her a small nod of acknowledgment.

"Might I ask what you plan to do next?"

270

"Kirk said Starfleet's taking Teilani to Qo'noS.  I should pass on what
I know."

"But not .  . ."  Garak prompted.

M'Benga nodded.  "Not how I know it."

"Thank you, Doctor."

M'Benga studied the prisoner, cataloguing all the things she could see
that were wrong with him, that she should treat.  Wondering what other
injuries were hidden from her.

"Garak, after you've exacted your poetic justice, could you see that he
ends up on my examination table?

Think of that as a professional courtesy."

M'Benga could see it was a hard decision for Garak to make.

But he made it.

"For you, Doctor, anything."

"Thank you, Garak."

"No, thank you.  I can't remember when I've had so fascinating a
diversion.  And in such a good cause, as well.  Have a good trip to
QonoS."  M'Benga stared at Garak.  "What makes you think I'm going to
go there?"

"Trust me, Doctor.  A tailor knows these things."

271

The call had been answered.

Twenty-seven minutes after the Enterprise-E transmitted a reproduction
of the signal Tiberius sent out in Kirk's universe, a response was
received.

It was compressed, complex, and highly directional.

With the wide separation between the disguised shuttlecraft and the
Enterprise, which remained hidden in the Badlands, the exact location
of the responding transmitter was easily calculated.

Kirk was not surprised.  He was going back to where it had all begun.

Where everything had begun.

Earth.

The destination had surprised Kirk's pilots, though.

Janeway and T'Val feared an Alliance trap.

"But here, Earth's a dying planet," Kirk said.  He still had vivid
nightmares of his first glimpse, only eight months ago, of the
distorted version of his own planet of birth.

He had been running across the surface of the moon with Janeway, T'Val,
and Intendant Spock.  The moon of the mirror universe was
uninhabited.

Completely differ 272 ent from the moon Kirk knew.  No domes, no lakes,
no singing birds or children playing.

And in the lunar skies had hung a desecrated world he scarcely
recognized.

On the sunlit half, it was as if a virulent mold had spread across a
poisoned sample dish, mutating into warring colonies of dull
putrescence.  Once-blue seas, no longer dusted with swirls and arcs of
soft white clouds, were now vast reservoirs of turbid brown and black
and purple.

And the land-once swathed in green and streaked by dusty bands of
desert brown, dramatically striated by moun tain rock and glacial
plains of pristine ice-was now a single smear of gray, blemished by
obscuring blots and whorls of jet-black clouds.

On the night side, Kirk shivered at the recollection.  It was as if
civilization had been wiped from the planet.

Where cities and transportation networks should have traced the
continents with jewels of light was instead a scattered spray of
glowing red dots-whether volcanoes or fires burning out of control
...

he hadn't been sure.

Besides sporadic flashes of lightning from storms that raged across the
surface, there were no other sources of light on the entire ravaged
planet.

"I saw no signs of Alliance bases," he now told Janeway and T'Val as
they hurtled toward mirror Earth in the masked Starfleet
shuttlecraft.

"What would they want with a world like that?"

"It's not that they want it," Janeway said.  "It's that they don't want
anyone else to have it."

"Why would anyone want it?"

"For a place to hide," T'Val said.  "Except, of course, logic suggests
that the more inhospitable a place is, the

273

less likely the Alliance will be present there.  Thus, the more likely
a rebel base will be established.  Thus, the more likely the Alliance
will be there."

Kirk leaned forward from his passenger seat behind the pilot and
copilot chairs of the shuttle.  "If logic suggests that the most
inhospitable places are where the Alliance will build its bases, then
why would the Alliance send a false answer to our signal, drawing us to
a place where we would expect to find a trap?"

He heard Janeway smother a laugh.  She wasn't one for constantly
working and reworking a problem.  Like him, she preferred to face a
challenge head on, then make adjustments as necessary.  "Here's the
plan," she said.

"When we get to Earth, we'll be very careful."

Kirk had no argument with that, especially since they were in a
Federation vessel that could outrun anything that might chase them.

For the next twelve hours of high-warp travel, Kirk's two escorts spoke
very little.  If Kate Janeway and T'Val had learned new things during
their past eight months in Kirk's universe, they didn't seem inclined
to share their knowledge or any of their experiences with him.

At first, Kirk was puzzled.  Kate Janeway had a scientist's passion for
discovery.  This silence was atypical for her.  It wasn't until the
disguised Raptor was making its final approach to the mirror Earth's
system, coming in from the solar south, rather than risk crossing the
orbits of the planets and perhaps encountering automatic navigational
alert stations, that Kirk finally realized why T'Val and the mirror
Janeway were so hostile toward him.

"This was supposed to be your mission, wasn't it?"  he asked.  "That's
why Captain Radisson was able to put

274

everything together so quickly.  She'd been planning it for months,
except it was supposed to be just you two going."

T'Val gave no indication that Kirk had said anything at all, let alone
that he had said something that might be of interest, right or wrong.

But Kate Janeway's reaction let Kirk know his guess was close to the
truth.

"So what if it was?"  Janeway said.  "That doesn't change anything."

"It changes everything if you two were planning on a different mission
goal," Kirk said.  "Why were you coming back to your universe?"

"To recontact the Vulcan Resistance," T'Val said coolly.  "Set up
relations between your Federation and our freedom fighters."

But Kirk wasn't that easily convinced.  "You could have done that
anytime.  And you don't need this Imperial Raptor to do it.  No.  This
mission was set up for a different objective.  And then I came along
and forced everyone to change what they were after."

Kirk knew he was right.  But he didn't know why T'Val and Janeway
wouldn't directly acknowledge his conclusion.  What was it that they
had wanted to accomplish over here?  Something they wanted to keep from
him.

. Kirk decided to try a long shot.  "Were you planning on killing
Tiberius?"

"Isn't that what you're planning on doing?"  Janeway countered.

"Only if he gets in our way," Kirk said.  "I'm just here to find out
what kind of poison he used on Teilani.

When we have that, I'm going home.  Tiberius can wait for another
day."

T'Val's and Janeway's only reaction was to glance at

275

each other, but that was all, until Janeway announced, "Dropping to
impulse."

Ahead, through the wraparound shuttlecraft viewport and the much more
constricted opening in the Imperial Raptor shell that masked the
shuttle, Kirk saw the Earth rush at him, expanding rapidly, as it could
only for faster-than-light velocities, and then stop.

"Entering polar orbit," Janeway said.

T'Val concentrated on the sensor controls.  "I am picking up one
Alliance vessel in a standard orbit around the Moon.  It's a ...

Strell-class troop transport."

"They're probably still mapping all the ice caves and tunnels we used
to use," Janeway said.  "As long as we don't use our transporter or
phasers in orbit, they won't be able to detect us."

Kirk hoped that was true.  It wasn't as if the distance from the Earth
to the Moon was very far.  But then, sensor technology mig lit not be
as developed here.

"All right, Captain," Janeway said.  "We got you here.

What's next?"

"We look for a beacon," Kirk said.  "It will be low powered, hard to
detect.  Based on the assumption that whoever's coming to look for the
base that sent the response to the signal already knows where it is."

"Then why have a beacon at all?"  T'Val asked.

"For the last few hundred kilometers," Kirk said.

"Once you get close enough, most Class-M planets start to look
alike."

Janeway turned in her pilot's chair to catch Kirk's eye.

"We could take days to search the whole planet to find something that
might be transmitting only a few hun 276 dred kilometers.  So if you
were Tiberius, where would you hide your base?"

Janeway's approach was a good one.  Kirk considered the problem.

"First of all, it will be underground.

Anything on the surface would be too easy to detect."

"How about underwater?"  Janeway asked.

"That's too hard on spacegoing ships," Kirk said.

"Organic material gets sucked into cooling vents and stationkeeping
thrusters when you land.  When you take off, any moisture freezes and
there's the danger you'll crack open exterior access panels.  And if
there's a power failure, you can't stay hidden longer than your air
supply can last.  If it's a long-term base, it's underground."

Kirk felt Janeway's careful study of him.  "All right, that was Captain
Kirk being an efficient mission planner.  And all you managed to do was
narrow our search down to the land areas of the planet.  Now think like
Tiberius," she advised him.  "Is he going to build his base on the
tallest mountain?  The most spectacular gorge?  The biggest meteor
crater?  If he had the whole Earth to choose from, where would a man
with the ego of the emperor of known space go to first?"

Kirk realized he didn't know enough about Tiberius to answer that
question.  But he knew where he himself would go, if he were coming
home to his Earth.

"Iowa," he said.  And he gave her the coordinates of the farm that had
been his first home.  He knew them as well as he knew his own name.

But on Tiberius's Earth, there no longer was an Iowa.

Eighty years earlier, after the mirror universe's Battle of Wolf 359,
in which the Imperial Starfleet of the

277

Terran Empire had been destroyed by the Klingon-Cardassian Armada, the
armada had advanced to Earth.

In four days of constant bombardment, the entire planet had become a
wasteland.  Particle beams had carved its surface.  Klingon disruptors
had dried the Great Lakes of North America.  The rain forests had been
reduced to sterile, charred timber.

Janeway guided the disguised shuttle over the area that had
corresponded to Kirk's coordinates.  But there were no landmarks, not
even half-buried roads or the foundations of buildings that had stood
for centuries.

The golden state of Iowa was a black expanse of ash and destruction.

"Sensors are reporting indications of massive disruptor bombardment,"
T'Val said.

Janeway pitched the shuttle forward without changing its level flight
path so they could see the passing, featureless landscape through the
viewport.  "Looks like someone else knew this is where Tiberius was
born."

Even though he knew this world was but a reflection of his own, Kirk
was stunned by the cruel demonstration of the impermanence of things.

Someday, even on his Earth, he knew, there would be no sign of his
birthplace left-the roads, foundations, all the traces of all the lives
that had been lived there, would be swallowed by time, eternal
darkness.

The realization stirred the flame of resistance within him.  What
better reason could there be to keep up the fight against the
inevitable end of all things than know ing that the end was
inevitable?

After all, how could there be courage without knowledge of fear?  Or
victory, without knowledge of defeat?  The very knowledge of

278

death was what gave life meaning.  The devastation of this world, this
shattered picture of the shape of things to come, only made his own
world and his own quest all the mord precious to Kirk.

Someday all things would succumb to the dark victory of time, but not
today.

He pulled himself from the depths in which he had immersed himself.  He
tried to think where else someone like Tiberius would go on this
despoiled world.

And then T'Val said, "I am picking up a transmission pulse.  Low
powered.  Difficult to detect."

"Welcome home, James T. Kirk," Janeway said as she set the shuttle's
course to follow the beacon.

The beacon was an extremely weak, slightly irregular subspace pulse
that from more than 100 kilometers away would never have been detected
in the general background of subspatial static.  It was coming from a
tumble of old concrete slabs, half buried under drifting mounds of
ash.

At first glance, the pile of rubble and debris appeared to be all that
remained of a small town.

Yet Kirk could not remember a town or major construction so close to
the Kirk family farm.  At least in his universe.

After slowly circling the rubble, Janeway put the disguised shuttle
down as close to the slabs as possible, then nudged the small craft
forward so it would be partially concealed by an overhang.

At once, T'Val focused her sensors on the slabs and reported there was
an undamaged metal construction deep within them.  A long cylinder in
the center of the rubble pile, extending underground at least 500
meters.

She refrained from increasing the power of the sensors

279

to look even deeper.  There was a chance the spillover radiation might
alert the crew of the transport ship orbiting the moon.  But there was
little doubt in her mind or Janeway's-or Kirk's-as to what that
cylinder was or where it eventually ended.

The three of them decided the shuttle was sufficiently hidden by the
overhang and its own dark appearance.

They would leave it together and search together.

Kirk was amused, rather than disturbed, by the joint decision.  Part of
it, he was sure, had to do with the fact that neither T'Val nor Janeway
really trusted him.  He understood that he was, in their eyes,
Tiberius, and he accepted that he always would be.

The three of them moved carefully into the pile of rubble.  As the
beams from their hand torches cut through the thick, polluted air,
neither Kirk nor his two companions were surprised to discover that
what looked perfectly random on the outside was cleverly constructed on
the inside.  The concrete slabs had been arranged against each other to
create a protected walkway leading from the exterior to the central
shaft.

Kirk's team halted by that shaft, probing it with their beams of
light.

It was simply a metal tube, about three meters across, and four to five
meters tall, before it disappeared into the slabs overhead.  T'Val
reported that there was an energy source connected to something within
the shaft.  She said that logic suggested there was a turbolift car
inside.  Kirk hoped she was right.  Though the walkway they had crossed
was only 50 meters long, he and Janeway were breathing hard.  The
oxygen concentration was much lower than on Kirk's Earth.  According to
T'Val's tricorder, it was as if they were

280

halfway up Mount Everest, even though the atmospheric pressure was
normal.

"It's from the destruction of the rain forests," T'Val explained.  As a
Vulcan, she was not affected by the diminished oxygen.  "The ecosystem
of this world is no longer self-sustaining."

Kirk wished this image of a dying Earth, devoid of its natural
vegetation, could be something transmitted to every sentient being in
his own universe.  A lesson about the balance of things never to be
forgotten.

As they walked around the metal cylinder, Kirk was the first to find a
way in on the far side-inset doors that would open onto either an
elevator car or a circular staircase.  Given the oxygen count, Kirk was
still hoping for the elevator.

There was a scanning panel beside the doors, and no other obvious means
of opening them.  So Kirk did the only thing that seemed reasonable.

He put his hand to the screen.

The screen flashed blue.

The doors opened onto what appeared to be an elevator car.

Whatever waited below, it was programmed to wel come Tiberius.

Kirk stepped into the elevator, moved to the side to make room for
T'Val and Janeway.  They both began to follow him.

And then they cried out in pain as they were thrown back from a
crackling force field.

Kirk put his hand forward cautiously.  He felt no resistance.

On the other side of the elevator doors, T'Val did the same with her
biomechanical hand.  Rings of blue energy

281

suddenly flared from the tips of her metallic fingers.

Kirk saw her grimace slightly-an expression of unbearable pain in a
Vulcan-as she leaned into the force field, trying to push her way
through.  Until finally her hand was snapped back, spinning her around
to collide with Janeway.

"Is this kind of force field common in your universe?"

Kirk looked all around the elevator car but saw nothing that might be
force-field controls.

"I've never heard of anything like it," Janeway said as she struggled
to keep T'Val on her feet.  "It has to be selective on a genetic
level."

"I do not know how such a thing can be possible," T'Val gasped.  The
Vulcan was still straining to draw breath.

"Let's see if we can fool it."  Kirk reached out past the plane of the
force field, then took Janeway's hand in his, in an attempt to pull her
hand through.  Perhaps whatever the force field-control sensors were
picking up in his body would cover Janeway's presence.

But the instant her hand hit the force field, Janeway's fingers slipped
from his as if they were covered in tetralubisol.

"It's not going to work," Janeway said as she shook her hand back and
forth as if trying to restore circulation.  "But look on the positive
side.  It must mean that whatever's down there is for Tiberius's eyes
only.  You could be close to what you need."

Kirk knew that what he was about to do was inherently risky.

Especially to attempt on his own.  But if he were to have any hope of
saving Teilani, he had little time and no choice.  He nodded.  "I'll go
down, take a

282

. quick look, and come back up to report," he said.  "And I'll see if I
can find the controls for this force field."

Janeway and T'Val didn't seem too sorry to see him go, though they did
say they would wait for him to return.

Kirk doubted they would wait long, though.  The crossover instability
in the Badlands allowing the Enter prise to return home would last only
another 42 hours.

Unless Janeway and T'Val wanted to risk their lives trying to use an
Alliance transporter array at Terek Nor, Kirk knew they'd want to leave
within 20 hours, to give themselves a suitable safety margin.

Kirk couldn't blame them if they wanted to rejoin Intendant Spock the
easy way.  He'd just make it his own priority to return before those 20
hours were up, too.

"I'll be back as soon as I can," Kirk said.

Janeway and T'Val watched him without reaction.

There was only one control surface in the elevator car-a small,
rectangular red panel.  Kirk pushed it.

And realized he wasn't in an elevator car.  Suddenly, Janeway and
T'Val, the interior of the metal cylinder, and all the rubble outside
its door melted into the golden shimmer of a transporter effect.

With no time to even try to stop the process, James T.

Kirk was gone.

A timeless moment later, the universe re-formed around Kirk.

Instinctively, he braced himself for a change in local gravity, but
before he had a chance to feel a solid surface beneath his feet,
another tunnel of shimmering light formed around him.  Again and again,
the transporter effect glittered then faded, and Kirk realized he was
passing through multiple transporter stations.

Finally, one room solidified around him and didn't change.  He sniffed
the air.  The smoky scent of pollution was gone.  Everything smelled
cleaner.  He could tell there was more oxygen in the air as well.

He looked around, blinking, letting his eyes adjust to significantly
brighter lighting.

He was in a cylindrical room, almost identical to the room of just a
few seconds ago that he'd mistakenly thought was an elevator car.

Except where that transporter room had had a single red rectangular
control surface, this one had two.  A green rectangle, just above
another red one.  There were several possible interpretations.  The
most likely one, Kirk concluded, was that

284

pressing the red control would beam him back to where Janeway and T'Val
still waited for him.  Where he hoped they still waited for him.

Before he experimented with the transporter system, though, Kirk
decided to check out his current location.

As he moved toward the closed doors of the cylindrically walled room,
they slid open soundlessly.

Beyond was an even more brightly lit alcove, 20 meters across, with a
gleaming white marble floor and curved walls.  Kirk stepped out through
the transporter.

room doorway to see two corridors leading off to either side of the
alcove.  One of the corridors had a large, twodimensional, optical
photograph hanging on its wall.

The subject looked familiar to Kirk, and he went to it.

And was appalled.

The familiar part of the photograph was the buildings he
recognized-Starfleet Command Headquarters in San Francisco.  Since the
Daystrom Annex was not included, Kirk knew the photograph was an older
one, dating back at least-if not more than-60 years ago, to when the
annex had self-constructed itself.

But closer inspection of the image revealed that the symbol depicted on
the wall of the main building, and on its banners, did not belong to
Starfleet but rather to the Terran Empire.  The icon was the sword of
conquest savagely thrust through the Earth.

Then with a start, Kirk saw that the spindly constructions in the
foreground landscape were gallows.  In fact, the optical photograph
showed 20 people being hung in front of Starfleet Headquarters,
surrounded by onlookers, most in the old-style uniform consisting of
brightly colored department shirts, black trousers, and boots.

285

The photograph was barbaric.  What it depicted, unthinkable.

Then he saw the names.

There were placards on the gallows, with small though legible
letters.

Kirk read the first one, felt a wave of nausea, but was compelled to
read them all.

That first one said RAND.  The body dangling beneath it was that of a
woman, blond.  Then SCOTT.  DECKER.

MOREAU.  Several more names that meant nothing to Kirk.  But then
GARROVICK.  MARCUS.  M'BENGA.  There were more.

He was looking at evidence of a purge.  One that must have been
conducted by Tiberius.  Though he had known that the mirror universe
emperor was a monster, that his namesake had laid waste to worlds,
slaughtered colonists, and achieved command of the I.S.S. Enterprise by
the assassination of Captain Christopher Pike ... to see the evidence
of his counterpart's insatiable drive for vengeance, to see it
culminate in this grotesque and personally devastating spectacle-for
Kirk, somehow it made Tiberius more evil and more human at the same
time.

Kirk turned his back on the optical photograph and its atrocities.  He
looked the length of the rest of the corridor.  Other optical
photographs were hung on its walls.  He had no desire to view them,
unwilling to learn what other disturbing events Tiberius might have
chosen to commemorate.

He stepped back into the alcove just outside the transporter room,
checking the second corridor running from the opposite side.  There
were no photographs on those walls.  He would investigate in that
direction first.

286

The floor of the second corridor was also slick white marble.  Every
few meters, pairs of slender rose-marble pillars, exquisitely streaked
and shaded, supported inset wall panels that hid indirect lighting
strips.  It was a subdued style of design that could be a century old,
two centuries, or which might have been built no more than a few days
ago.

And not one aspect of it betrayed a single clue as to what this
installation's purpose was.  Living quarters?

Museum?  Hidden military base?

Kirk walked on to the end of the corridor.  Angled off to the side was
a large door, painted white to match the .  walls and the floor.  And,
shockingly, on the floor in front of the door lay the body of a small,
dead animal.  As out of place in its sterile white surroundings as the
photo graphs had been.  Another reminder of decay and death.

Kirk gently nudged the small sand-colored body with the toe of his
boot.

The creature-some kind of primitive, fur-covered biped, about 20
centimeters tall and profoundly over weight for its size-flopped
lifelessly to the side.  But it had a deceptively light mass.

Kirk crouched down to examine it more closely.

Abandoning caution, he picked it up.

It was a toy.  A stuffed bear with button eyes and a stitched mouth.

And just as Kirk was struggling to make sense of it, the large white
door slid open and he looked up to see -a young boy.  Memlon's age, six
or seven at most.

The boy was in white sleepwear decorated with yellow suns and blue
moons.  He rubbed his eyes, peered at Kirk, then held out one hand, his
intention obvious.

287

Kirk, feeling as if he were trapped in a dream over which he had no
control, offered the bear to the boy.

The boy took it by its soft cloth ear, then hugged it close.

He smiled then at Kirk.  "Thank you, Daddy," he murmured.

Kirk rocked back on his heels, nearly losing his balance.  Instead of
rising to his feet, he sat down on the floor, staring at the child,
knowing without question who the boy's father really was.

Then another tiny figure stepped up behind the boy.  A little girl with
curly light brown hair.  "Daddy!"  she said, and launched herself at
Kirk, throwing both arms around his neck.

Kirk tried to push the child away.  He looked past her and there was
another child, and another.  Beyond them, in the room past the large
white door, he saw a row of dormitory beds, and more children in
brightly colored sleepwear coming for him.

Kirk scrambled to his feet.  For some reason he could not yet
articulate, he was filled with terror.

These were the children of a monster.  How could the y not be monsters,
too?

And yet, as they gathered around him, all reaching up, clamoring for
love and attention, calling him Dad or Daddy or, even from the older
ones, Father, he realized they weren't just Tiberius's children.  They
were his as well.  His genetic code and Tiberius's were identical.

And then he realized the reason for his fear, something he had seen
without consciously recognizing.

One child in the midst of the others.  At least twelve of them, Kirk
counted, though there were more beds than that.  The child who stood
apart was the child who had

288

hugged Teilani, who had scratched her skin with his nail and condemned
her to death.

Kirk looked down at all the little hands reaching up for him.  What
else were these creatures capable of.?

The hands.  Kirk's eyes fixed on their nails.  He backed away, bumped
into the wall.

They called for him, reached for him.  Their hands ...

Kirk slid down the wall, back to the floor.  Saw them draw closer.

Tiberius's children.  His children.  All monsters and murderers.

And then they stopped.

Their eyes opened wide.  Their mouths forming O's of astonishment.

As they looked from Kirk to what was beside Kirk.

And Kirk didn't even have to turn his head to know what that was.  Who
that was.

His search was over.

James Tiberius Kirk stood with his hands on his hips, looking down the
corridor at his beloved children, having no need for the man on the
floor beside him to look up so he could be identified.

"James, I'm so impressed with you.  Have you said hello to ... our
children?"

Kirk slowly stood up, holding onto the wall for support.

Like a warrior, Tiberius assessed his opponent's con dition.  Better
than it was the last time they had met.  But not good enough.

"Back to your creche," Tiberius ordered.  He clapped his hands
commandingly.  "Now."  Instantly, as if stung by a lash, the children
retreated through the white door, to safety.

289

And then Tiberius and Kirk were alone, face-to-face.

They stared at each other.

Tiberius was the first to see fear.

"I have been reading about you," Tiberius said with a smile.  "About
your so-called exploits.  I never would have thought vengeance was
something you had the stomach for."

Try me."

Tiberius shook his head.  Such an empty threat.  "Be careful, James.

We're not in spacesuits.  There's no schedule we have to keep.  And I
am your better.  In all things."

Interesting, Tiberius thought as he studied Kirk's reactions.  The way
he had responded to the word schedule.  Could it be that Kirk was on a
schedule?  And if so, what kind?

"You murdered Teilani," Kirk said fiercely.

Tiberius permitted himself a gloating smile, secure in the knowledge
that before this day, or at least, this encounter, was over, James T.

Kirk would be dead, and all the universes would know of Tiberius the
Triumphant.  "If that's the way it makes you feel, if it inspires you
to take this kind of foolish chance, then I almost wish I had tried to
kill her."

"Don't lie to me, you bastard!"  Kirk shouted as he lunged at
Tiberius.

Tiberius shot out his right hand so quickly that his weak counterpart's
attempt to deflect it was much too late.  The blow caught Kirk on the
side of his head.

Before the weakling could fall to the floor, Tiberius's knee connected
with Kirk's jaw.  Only then did Kirk strike the hard marble floor.

"I don't need to lie to you," Tiberius said scornfully.

290

"I don't need to do anything to you, or for you, or because of you.

Except to hold you in the contempt you deserve."

Kirk stared up at Tiberius.  "Liar," he spat through the blood
streaming from his cut mouth.

"Are you that eager to die?"

Kirk got to his feet with surprising speed.  "If that's what it
takes."

Sighing at the drawn-out nature of the hunt, Tiberius decided he might
as well try to deduce what had brought Kirk here.  He wouldn't mind
knowing just how Kirk had managed to locate his most secret base.

Perhaps he wouldn't kill this pale ghost version of himself.  Yet.

"Come with me," Tiberius said peremptorily.  "I have something you
might enjoy."

Then, to cement his disdain for the man, and his utter disregard of
Kirk's abilities, Tiberius turned his back on his counterpart and
started down the corridor, to the section of his base that held his
private living quarters.

Kirk was too much the coward to attack him from behind.

Tiberius felt a foreign emotion invade him.  The thought of finally
disposing of this wretched, imperfect copy-when he was through toying
with him-was turning this into the sweetest day of his exile.

Why, he almost felt happy.

291

Kirk limped along in Tiberius's wake.

His head ached, the inside of his lip was split, and at an y other time
in his life, he would have jumped Tiberius the instant his back was
turned and strangled the pompous, self-righteous, murderous monster
without a second thought.

But he needed Tiberius alive.  At least until he had the antitoxin
Teilani needed.  Tiberius might survive another few seconds past that
moment.  But only seconds.

They reached the alcove outside the transporter room.

Kirk watched Tiberius walk past the terrible photograph of the hangings
at Starfleet Headquarters without paying it a moment's notice.

As he came to it, Kirk couldn't help himself.  He paused to check the
photo for another name.  mecoy.

And found it.  How is that possible?  he asked himself.

That identical people can have such different lives?

"Old friends?"  Tiberius asked.  He had turned back to see Kirk looking
at the photograph and walked back to join him, as if they were on a
tour of an art gallery.

"Do you have any friends?"  Kirk asked grimly.

292

"How can I?"  Tiberius replied.  And to Kirk it sounded, incredibly, as
if his counterpart was actually being sincere.  "I once was, and will
be again, absolute master of life and death throughout known space.

Every one wants to be my friend, James, to curry favor, to bask in some
slight reflection of my glory.  But if I were to allow that, choosing
one or two favorites or familiars here or there, how could I be fair
with my subjects?  How could I be honest?  Come along, James.  So much
to do, so little time."

Tiberius started down the corridor again.

"In my analysis of your woefully inadequate career," he continued, "I
believe I have identified many of your flaws.  Chief among them, your
foolish persistence in believing that you are like ordinary men."

Tiberius glanced back over his shoulder.  "You are not like ordi nary
men, James.  You never have been.  We never have been.  But only I have
been able to rise above your shallow concerns about being a man of the
people."

"Do you ever shut up?"  Kirk asked.

They had come to another large white door.  Tiberius placed a hand
against the scanner plate on the wall beside it, and the door silently
slipped open.

"I hope you realize," Tiberius said, "at some dim level of your
perception, that the only reason I have allowed you to live this long
while insulting me, is because I do respect you."

"Why didn't you respect Teilani?"

Tiberius paused in the open door.  "Incredible as it may seem to you, I
don't care about your Klingon Romulan hybrid concubine.  Intendant
Picard, on the other hand, seemed to find her remarkably attractive,
but if he did anything to Teilani, it wouldn't be fatal."

293

Kirk suppressed his rage.  It would not do to assault his counterpart
again.  Tiberius was better trained, more practiced in hand-to-hand
combat.  He would have to choose his time precisely.  He might not be
able to outfight his opponent, but Kirk was certain he could outthink
him.  Once the antitoxin was his.

But until then, he still couldn't let this smug bastard continue to
lie, unchallenged.

"If you don't care about Teilani, why did you send one of your children
to poison her?"

For the first time, Kirk felt he had said something that Tiberius was
interested in.

"I did no such thing."

"I was there.  I saw it.  I recognized the child in your ... crbche.  "
Tiberius took on a serious expression.  "Which one?"

"I can't be sure.  A boy.  Eight years old.  He was in pajamas."

"Where did this take place?"

"Don't play games with me!  You know where it took place."

Kirk saw Tiberius's face flush red, as if his temper had gained control
of him.  "Assume I don't know.  Assume one of my eager commandants
decided he'd make my day by sending an assassin after Teilani without
telling me.  Do you have sufficient imagination to do that?"

"Chal," Kirk said.  But he'd be damned before he'd let Tiberius escape
responsibility for what he had done.

"A backwater world.  Of no importance in your universe.  A lifeless
cinder in mine.  What did this child do to Teilani?"

"Poisoned her," Kirk said.  "With a Klingon nerve toxin."

294

Again, Tiberius took on an expression of legitimate interest.  "Follow
me.  I have something to show you on my computer."

Kirk wasn't certain what was going on, but finding out where Tiberius's
computer was could definitely provide him with an edge.  He followed
Tiberius past the exhibition of atrocities depicted in the photographs
on the wall.  He couldn't help but notice one.

"Ahh," Tiberius said as he saw what Kirk was looking at.  "One of my
personal favorites."

The small name plaque on the image said PAVEL A.

CHEKOV.  But what it showed was a desiccated body in a transparent
tube.  Then Kirk remembered what that tube was.  An agony booth.

Tiberius preened as if proud of the photo.  "I believe you share in
some of the glory of that day.  That week, actually.  My good friend at
the time, Mr. Spock, informed me that Chekov moved against me while
you were conducting your laughable masquerade on my ship.  When I
finally returned to the real universe, I found poor Chekov in the agony
booth, as punishment, but my torturers were at a loss because of the
leniency you had shown him.

"So I made leniency my showcase.  I had the agony booth set to medium
intensity.  Think of a dull toothache throughout your body, in every
part.  Bearable, but most uncomfortable.  And then I kept Pavel in
it.

It took thirteen days for him to die.  It had a bracing effect on my
crew.  Set a new standard throughout the fleet."

"In my universe, he became head of Starfleet."

"Which could explain a great deal about your Starfleet, don't you
think?"

Kirk didn't want to engage this beast in any topic of

295

conversation other than the one that had brought him here.  "Where's
the computer?"

Tiberius pointed through the door.  Kirk entered.

The computer was on a console before him.  It looked like a standard
Starfleet system, the kind he'd expect to see on a starship.  Past it,
on either side of the long narrow room they had entered, Kirk saw
transparent display cases.  At the end the hall, Kirk saw a pair of
bright red sliding doors that made him think of the original
Enterprise.

Tiberius went to the computer console and input a series of commands,
angling his body so Kirk couldn't see what his authorization codes
were.  When he stepped away again, there was a visual sensor recording
of the boy who had attacked Teilani.  The same one who was in the
crbche on the other side of the alcove.

"That's the boy," Kirk said.

"You're certain?"  Tiberius asked.  "Perhaps it was this boy?"  He
pressed a control on the console and a new image appeared.

"That's the same one," Kirk said.

"Or perhaps this one?"  Tiberius asked.

Another new image.  But again, the same boy.

Then Kirk looked at his hands, said the word that answered his
questions.  "Clones."

"Exactly.  Three of that young one.  And what might be of interest to
you is that one of him is missing in your universe.  I sent a signal to
activate a number of secret bases and assets over there.  The group of
children he was with never reported back."

Kirk tried to process that information.  "What are you saying?  That
someone just decided to use that boy to kill Teilani as a
coincidence?!"

296

conversation other than the one that had brought him here.  "Where's
the computer?"

Tiberius pointed through the door.  Kirk entered.

The computer was on a console before him.  It looked like a standard
Starfleet system, the kind he'd expect to see on a starship.  Past it,
on either side of the long narrow room they had entered, Kirk saw
transparent display cases.  At the end the hall, Kirk saw a pair of
bright red sliding doors that made him think of the original
Enterprise.

Tiberius went to the computer console and input a series of commands,
angling his body so Kirk couldn't see what his authorization codes
were.  When he stepped away again, there was a visual sensor recording
of the boy who had attacked Teilani.  The same one who was in the
crtche on the other side of the alcove.

"That's the boy," Kirk said.

"You're certain?"  Tiberius asked.  "Perhaps it was this boy?"  He
pressed a control on the console and a new image appeared.

"That's the same one," Kirk said.

"Or perhaps this one?"  Tiberius asked.

Another new image.  But again, the same boy.

Then Kirk looked at his hands, said the word that answered his
questions.  "Clones."

"Exactly.  Three of that young one.  And what might be of interest to
you is that one of him is missing in your universe.  I sent a signal to
activate a number of secret bases and assets over there.  The group of
children he was with never reported back."

Kirk tried to process that information.  "What are you saying?  That
someone just decided to use that boy to kill Teilani as a
coincidence?!"

296

"Someone who knew how to use him, yes.  That seems a reasonable
assumption."

Kirk didn't understand the choice of words Tiberius had made.  "What do
you mean by use?"

"You don't know?"

Kirk shook his head and stepped to the side as if avoiding
confrontation, but he did so to give himself a better look at the
keyboard.  "Right now, it seems I don't know anything."

"That's a start," Tiberius agreed.  "As I said, I can't have friends.

No peers.  You can't imagine the disappointment you were to me.  But
still, I have to make preparations for the future.  We both seemed to
have achieved a second chance at life.  Perhaps we'll get a third.  Who
knows?  But in the meantime, I created clones."

Tiberius grinned.  "Oh, not exact duplicates.  Replication drift can be
dangerous, and I was looking to the long term.  So they're all half
me-half us-and half various other people whom my research showed had
satisfactory genes.  And when I began adjusting their genetic heritage,
it seemed a simple matter to enhance it here and there.

Multiplied strength, vastly increased endurance.  Hyperintelligence.

And ... a built-in method of self-defense."

Kirk waited for the rest of the explanation he knew would come.  And it
did.

"I borrowed here and there from other successful species."

"Species?!"  But then Kirk knew the answer before Tiberius could
continue.  "Poisonous ones.  The toxin wasn't painted on the boy's
fingernail; he produced it."

"Mystery solved.  Let's go down there."

297

"No!"  Kirk insisted.  "It's not solved.  Who set that child on
Teilani?"

"What does it matter?  You said she's dead."

"She's in stasis.  You must know what toxin the boy produced.  You must
have an antitoxin!"

Kirk didn't like the way Tiberius remained in place, folded his arms,
and began to smile, horribly.

"You think I have the capacity to save Teilani?"

Knowing the terrible door he was opening, Kirk gave the only answer he
could.  "Yes."

Tiberius laughed, the sound hollow, mocking, to Kirk.

"Just one small detail overlooked, James.  Why would I want to?"

There was only one thing Kirk had to offer.  "You want to kill me."

"I do.  And here you are.  Not much of a bargaining chip, I'm
afraid."

Tiberius walked closer to Kirk, watching him closely.  "But you are
serious?  You want to save Teilani.  You have to save Teilani.  No
matter what the cost?"

Kirk hesitated.  He feared what Tiberius might be suggesting.

But more than that, he feared what might happen if he did not hear
more.

"What do you want me to do?"  Kirk said, and with those words he knew
his soul was forfeit to Tiberius.

From his counterpart's triumphant smile, Kirk was certain Tiberius knew
the same.

"Come with me," Tiberius said.

He turned his back on Kirk again and walked halfway down the line of
display cases, stopping in front of one that had a small figure in
it.

Kirk joined his counterpart to look inside that case.

298

And was almost sick.

"Balok?!"  he said.

"The one and only.  Brilliant scientist.  Lonely starship captain.  And
an extremely disappointing ambassador from the First Federation.  He
does, however, make an excellent trophy."

Kirk was overwhelmed by the butchery before him.

The figure in the case was Balok, the diminutive alien who had tested
him and his crew back during his first five-year mission.  The
encounter had marked the beginning of a still ongoing, if
unconventional, relationship with the First Federation.  But here, in
this universe, Balok was a stuffed specimen in Tiberius's chambers of
horrors, his mouth permanently twisted into a smile as he perpetually
contemplated the glass of tranya that had been wired to his lifeless
hand.

"Before I was finished with him," Tiberius said affectionately, "Balok
gave me many secrets.  I think you saw the Tantalus field at work.

That was one of his.  Captain Pike seemed far too eager to keep all the
spoils of the Fesarius for himself, so I used the Tantalus field to rid
the Enterprise of him, earning his rank for myself."

Tiberius frowned, as if recalling a terrible defeat.  Kirk enjoyed the
sight.

"But after a time, torture seemed to have little effect on him.  From
what my men and I could translate from his ship's computers, there was
a vast base of Fesariusclass ships just outside Imperial space.  I used
all my skills to make him reveal what I wanted to know, and in the end,
before he died, so pathetically and alone, he told me where the base
was located."

Kirk could guess what had happened.  "He lied to you.

299

"Imagine my disappointment."

Kirk looked at the mummilied body of the little alien.

He could imagine Tiberius's rage.  This was the result of it.  Absolute
insanity.

"So my question for you, James T. Kirk, is do you know where the First
Federation base is?"

Kirk nodded.  Of all the questions Tiberius might have asked of him,
that was one he could answer.

"Do you have the antitoxin that can save Teilani's life?"

Tiberius matched Kirk's acknowledgment.

Then he held out his hand.

"I believe this could be the beginning of a most profitable
relationship," Tiberius said.  "Something to give each of us what we
want most."

Kirk looked at that hand for long moments.

It couldn't just be a yes-or-no situation, to accept that hand or
not.

There had to be a third option.  There always was a third option.

But not this time.

Because there was no more time.

Kirk took Tiberius's hand in his and shook hands with the demon who
dwelled within him.

Because of what he did at this moment, Teilani might live.

But James T. Kirk was utterly and hopelessly de feated.

300

There was an ebb and flow to history.  Certain stories played out again
and again.  Similar patterns arose from the chaos.

One of those patterns was the principle of noninterference.

In some places, at some times, known as the Prime Directive.

The First Federation was immensely old, immensely advanced, and had
long ago learned the dangers that could result when a race was given
technology it did not discover by itself In the universe of Captain
Kirk, Balok had been delighted by his discovery of the Federation.  He
had eagerly taken on an exchange officer, Lieutenant David Bailey, late
of the Starship Enterprise.

Bailey had proven most informative.

Humans and their associated races in the United Federation of Planets
were not readyfor some of the more startling technologies of the First
Federation.

So Bailey was treated as an honored guest and returned

301

home a better being for his experiences.  Diplomatic relations were
established, but at the highest levels, the representatives of the
First Federation told those of the new Federation that, in most cases
ofscientific exchange, their own principle of non-interference would
apply.  The worlds of the Federation could not expect to share the
wonders of the Fesarius until they had achieved similar breakthroughs
of their own.

The Federation was committed to the Prime Directive, and so it could
not question the First Federation's posi .

tion.

Relationships were cordial Cultural exchanges were frequent.  But
Fesarius-class ships were rarely seen.

There was a base, however.  One the First Federation had abandoned
until the day the Federation became more of a technological equal The
base existed in a hollow asteroid, a forward supply station, waitingfor
the day the relationship between the two starfaring cultures could
truly be established on a more balancedfooting.

In the mirror universe, the base no longer existed.  After Balok's
tragic encounter with the Enterprise, the First Federation withdrew
from all contact with the Terran Empire and, later, the Alliance.

Balok's people would return to that region of space, but only after the
age of barbarism had ended and a more progressive, hopeful system had
taken its place.

But in the universe of Captain Kirk, the base had been left intact.

Lieutenant Bailey had seen it.  He had forwarded reports to Captain
Kirk.  Captain Kirk hadpassed those reports to Command.  Eventually,
all the reports were classified and filed away, and the location of
the

302

First Federation base became covered by the security oaths of the
people who had learned the truth.

But on a galactic scale, on a universal scale, truth had many levels.

To save Teilani, Captain Kirk now made preparations to bring Emperor
Tiberius to that base.

But the location of that base was not known merely to humans.

In the ebb antiflow of history, it was known that, in time, Kirk would
arrive at the base.  And it was now known that Tiberius would arrive
with him.

So preparations had been made.

And in addition to all that Balok's people had left behind, one more
artifact had been included.

An obelisk, with raised pictograms that described a tonal language.

In this region of space, the race who had left it had many names.

Sometimes, they were known as the Preservers.

Some of their artifacts were believed to be billions o!f years old.

But this obelisk, flashing with flares of silver light for anyone who
might be present to see it, had been put in place only six years
earlier, at the time of an unexpected event on Veridian III.

And it would remain in place, until Captain Kirk arrived to read its
message.

Those who were sometimes called the Preservers had not gone away.

They waitedfor the pattern to unfoldfrom the chaos.

They waitedfor their encounter with Captain James T Kirk.

And the waiting would be over soon.

303